HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

LIBRARY

OF THE

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

fyd.d
xchange
uly 2 59 —-Pehuary ese

ee a ee ee ee ee a ee

, ; a

a

s¢

cad

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

New York ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

New York AcADEMY OF SCIENCES

LATE

LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY.

VOLUME. XI.

October, 1891, to June, 1892.

Kdited by the RECORDING SECRETARY, assisted by the PUBLICATION COMMI?TTER.

JINEW YORK:

PUBBISHED BY THE.ACADEMY.

OFFICERS OF THE ACADEMY.

1892-1893.

Honorary President.
Joun S. NEWBERRY.

President.

OLIVER P. HUBBARD.

Vice-Presidents.

J. A. ALLEN, H. CARRINGTON BOoLron.

Corresponding Secretary.
TuHomas L. CasEy.

Recording Secretary.
H. T. Vours.

Treasurer.

HENRY DUDLEY.

Librarian.

JAMES F’. Kemp.

Council.
N. L. BRITTON, H. F. Ossorn,
CHARLES F. Cox, J. K. Rees,
D. S. MARTIN, W. T. TROWBRIDGE.
Curators.
Gro. F. Kunz, ARTHUR HOLLICK,
HAROLD JACOBY, H. H. Russy,

F. G. WIECHMANN.

Finance Committee.

Joun H. Hinton, Chairman, H. G. MARQUAND, O. B. Porrrer.

Committee of Publication.

T. L. Casnty, Chairman, D. 5S. Martin, H. T. Vuuts,
J. A. ALLEN, H. CARRINGTON BOLTON, J. K. Rexs.

Committee on Nominations.

ENTIRE COUNCIL.

Library Committee.

N. L. Brirron, Chairman, H, Carrineton BOLTon,
J. A. ALLEN.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.
VouumeE XI.

PAPERS READ BEFORE THE ACADEMY.

NATHAN BANKS.

Notes on the Phalangide of the United States (by title).....-..-.see0ee00 125

H. CARRINGTON BOLTON.
The Eggs of the Plover.. ec hades ct ae secc edna sor wen can cassis a aa eavensbee qe
Chemical Arts in Bible Tanca” a Sargcaruac Wacaepisacles sass coseasecstel OO

A Select Bibliography of Giemees wy ttle. gusausaciaariganidssienwaasl LO
Historical Notes on the Gold Cure.. Bee sepeteoees LL

N. L. BRITTON.

The American Species of the Genus Anemone.. =e sweteneteen) eo
A List of the Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora oceurring
in North America.. aes aclesaiveweak ey i:
Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants earch iceen ret me
Potosi, Bolivia............ -. 123
The sigan Plants ééilected a by I Dr. nPHonag Morong; 1888-1890
(by title).. eee Saas = Seen asia cede eal gem aae eetaesiass severe LDL

THOMAS L. CASEY.
Moleopterolozical Notices; No. LIL (by tittle). ....00cccssccoccssesncenccscssconece | Q
Coleopterological Notices, No. [IV (Oy title) ..........scsssscessesccesescccessere 125

ALBERT H. CHESTER.
The Origin and History of Mineralogical Names ..............cceceee seers 49

JOHN A. CHURCH.
Pate RRA Woy TODLOIMY WE GINA ot. casann auu'sct exe Jegas sag devgee onde’ pantassey 44, BG

CARL H. EIGENMANN AND ROSA 8. EIGENMANN.

A Catalogue of the Fishes of the Pacific Coast of America North of
eer Rae N RETO CME A on. cy nis cad cee socinav av Gy <8 <udl kes’ Séitede vaciuouse nrdanes vac/asts LOD

vi CONTENTS.

PAGE
ARTHUR H. ELLIOTT.
Contributions of Organic Chemistry to Modern Medicine................... 101
ARTHUR HOLLICK.

A Memorial of the late Dr. John I. Northrop... as se
The Paleontology of the Cretaceous Fogdationto on a Plater Yelanties Reet.)
OLIVER P. HUBBARD.

Notes on the Discovery of Chloroform...... . 149
HAROLD JACOBY.

On the Reduction of Transit Observations by Least Squares............... 25
The Rutherfurd Photographic Measures of the Group of the Pleiades... 41
Report upon the Meeting of the National Academy of Sciences.......... 41
The Rutherfurd Photographic Measures of the Stars about 8 Cygni..... 120
JAMES F. KEMP.

The Elaeolite Syenite near Beemerville, Sussex County, N. J............. 60
Petrographical Notes ... 222.0. 2.. ss.sesnesqencos os 126
JAMES F. KEMP AND VY. F. MARSTERS.

The Trap Dikes in the Lake cs Pec and the Neighboring
Adirondacks... siclhi Savjachiovs oot Se cesa's euabemessaniesscivesicr cas octane pe iteemmmnanE
GEORGE F. KUNZ.
Some Observations on the Opal Mines of Hungary and the Occurrence
of Opal in Washington and Oregon ........... 32
On the Origin of Garnets and Associated Miorinn in eee feat Dis-
trict of Bohemia and Saxony .. a, 82
Notes on the Minerals, Gems, and Ethnology of. fie eat Matin
as Observed during a Recent Trip... ~ aay
L. H. LAUDY.
Recent Researches on the Solar Spectrum.. ~ 185
J. T. MONELL AND C. R. MANN.
Transit Factors for the Observatory of Columbia College ... 41
HENRY F. OSBORN.
The Evolution of the Horse..... . 107
CHARLES 8. PROSSER.
Notes on the Geology of Skunnemunk Mountain, Orange County, N. J. 132

CONTENTS. vii

PAGE
M. I. PUPIN.
A New Form of Vacuum Tube, and a New crete hance Current
Snterruptor...:-......... . 44
Vacuum Byeeharces wid fics Henne 0 on iihe Electrical nneore of the
Solar Corona............ eeeoepenieas Pecneos ora al fi
Further ienerimeneel in Ganaieetion with beaeetin rvineiav ec seenecs oA

A. L. RAWSON.
The Ancient Inscription on a Wall at Chatata, Tennessee.................. 26

J. K. REES.
BEEP NOTRE ESTE SUTTACE <0. canica~ van'eoccoucecwevscsiece ses vedceceseusnieerenecs, 49
Ancient Astronomical Tretadmenta:: see pane reaieecse LOG
Report of Observations on the Gener of 1892 (Swifty what at the
Waloninia College Observatory «v.55 ceo -ccers csjereses s-nesscarcecasisescetess 120

HEINRICH RIES
mhe Clays of the Hudson River Valley.......-.--5:.1s oc. sessedeecsevcdecontessevass 30

JOHN TATLOCK, JR.
Remarks on the Aurora of February 13, 1892.................000---seeeeeee see 105

Cc. H. TYLER TOWNSEND.

Catalogue of the Described South America Species of the ee
Muscide.. Beas ed an neices sartenwier a celsns ens ioeiley sinsuists does delete “Ru accausiesetevect lal

W. P. TROWBRIDGE.
The Mandibles of the Hudsonian Godwit............02....cseseseesseseseeseesees 80

H. T. VULTE.

SaMITENE CITC ONL LESUNT Mien c oreinn oi anicdp nea sch cay <a-'cch ade cep set edn dei oetiess'saceeecns ous sss LOO
DeapMEBA CAIDA LTD EEY cas crntepainctien Gen aee astixae sea.cou'sceisae cewtene evtihasinan'secNAdlea-‘spnden verses], OO

H. T. VULTE AND D. W. WARD.
The Natural Dyes as applied to Wo0].........:..s:eccceseesaeeceseeseesee eee 48, 157

F. G@. WIECHMANN.

Sucrose, Dextrose, and Levulose; their Quantitative Determination
RO ILOFE CEUEEINE® COP CUNOE re cencteieee cep coclcre nes esecusinse ave Sunoco cae ccaeacsuases) LOG

Vili CONTENTS.

PUBLIC LECTURES, COURSE OF 1891-1892.

October 26, 1891.

DR. THOMAS MORONG,

PAGE
Paraguay, the Land and the People ... 20. .1...+.00sc0 02 000 000ese0ee une ses ops (Ose
November 16, 1891.
PROF. OTIS T. MASON.
Woman’s Part in the Earlier Civilizations. ..............ccceeesseesereeeeeseeeeee 29
December 21, 1891.
PROF. H. L. FAIRCHILD.
Mountains, their Origin and History «.. ..:<2200; <..cs0 5s sosuss sess =ssuss saree sane

January 18, 1892.
PROF. FRANKLIN W. HOOPER.
The Lochs and Crannogs of Scotland... ........-cccseeceeceeeesenecssesssreeeees 48

February 15, 1892.
DR. H. CARRINGTON BOLTON.
Street Scenes in Cairo and Glimpses of the Nile................ss:seeeeeeeeees 73

March 21, 1892.
PROF. A. H. ELLIOTT.
The Contributions of Organic Chemistry to Modern Medicine............. 107

April 18, 1892.
DR. ALEXIS A. JULIEN.
HLH Kd ct- 0) dv Us ae: 0 b peep ee et ab te ied Mbeya a Ll

May 16, 1892.
PROF. OGDEN N. ROOD.
COLOR ek eea a iecice cece ae oooh cane vieseice ne Soere anaes sd ba a ee Cee

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

| NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES,

T 4891-1899,

_ Eprrep sy

THE RECORDING SECRETARY,

ASSISTED BY

The Publication Committee.

1) ;
PUBLISHED FOR THE ACADEMY,
In Eight Monthly Numbers, from October to May, inclusive.

CONTENTS.

PAGE
Proceedings: October 5th, 1891. Death of Dr. Northrop :
Election of Members . ‘ - : : 3
Coleopterological Notices, No. I. By Tuomas L. Casey .
Will of Madame Goguet, veuve Guzman . 5
Sundry Communications by Members tg
The Scientific Alliance of New York . °
Proceedings: October 12th, 1891 . z : . S A
The American Species of the Genus Aveaiotie: By N. L. Brirron
A Memorial of Dr. John I. Northrop .
Proceedings: October 19th, 1891 12

The Trap Dikes in the Lake Champlain Valley nif the Neighboring

Adirondacks. By J. F. Kemp and V. F. Marsters s : ates
Proceedings, October 26th, 1891 5 4 cs 5 = . - . 24
The Eggs of the Plover. By H. Carrineron Boron . . 24
Lecture: Paraguay, the Land and the People. By THomas Masete 24
Proceedings : November 2d, 1891 25
Election of Members . 25

Astronomical Section: On the Reduction of Transit Oborsayiune by
Least Squares. By Haroxp Jacosy “ 25
Proceedings: November 9th, 1891 ; : : : eer
Ancient Inscription on a Wall at Chatata, Tani By A. L. Rawson 26
The International Geological Congress. By D. S. Martin 28
Proceedings: November 16th, 1881 . 2 : : ee,

Lecture: Woman’s Part in the Earlier Civilizations. By Orvis T.
Mason . . : - : - ° 4 - » 29
Proceedings: November 23d,1891 . : : . 30

Flexibility of the Upper Mandible of fas Hadeouie Goawit. By
Wma. P. TRowBRIDGE . : 5 . 30

Observations on the Opal Mines of Sivagaty: and the Ocbateanad of
Opal in Washington and Oregon. By Grorce F. Kunz . : . 32
Origin of Garnets and Associated Minerals in the Garnet District of

Bohemia and Saxony. By Grorce F. Kunz . . . : oe
Proceedings: November 30th, 1891 . - = “ .. 3e
The Clays of the Hudson River Valley. By ernie Rigs. . 933
Committee on the Death of Dr. John C. Jay . ‘ : 4 » 39
Proceedings : December 7th, 1891 . : a i 5 : 3 - 40
Report of the Jay Memorial Committee. : 2 - ; - 40
Election of Members H “ 2 “ : : 2 : - -40

oD MO ONNNH

[So ee

FEB 26 1902

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

October 5th, 1891.
REGULAR BusINess MEETING.

Vice-President, Dr. Hupparp, in the chair. About twenty-five.
persons present.

The Recording Secretary read the minutes of June Ist, which
were adopted.

Dr. N. L. Brirron stated that since the lamentable death of Dr.
JouN I. Norturop he had acted as Librarian, and with the aid of
officers of the Columbia College Library had perfected a schéme for
recording volumes received; that the library of the Academy had
acquired a substantial addition during the recess, amounting to
about 1000 parts of volumes.

The Recording Secretary referred to the tragic death of Dr.
Nortsrop and nominated Dr. H. T. Vuure to fill the vacancy in
the librarianship.

The following persons were nominated for Resident Members:—

Mr. Dewitt J. ApGar, by Carr. THomas L. CASEY.
Mr. Georce H. Knicur, by Pror. J. K. REEs.
Mr. NELSON SMITH, by H. Carrinaton Botton.

Mr. J. Prerpont Morcan, “ ue ss
Mr. Wo. C. ScHERMERHORN, “‘ as “

Dr. Crark BELL, by Mrs. ANNIE CHAMBERS KETCHUM.
Miss VirGtntA VAUGHAN, “ J +

Mrs. Epw.arp HEYLyn, i ef BM

Mr. Ernest Du VIVIER, by Wm. G. De Wirt.

Pror. James F', Kemp, by Dr. N. L. Britton,

Vou. XI.—1

2 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ocr. 5,
Mr. Artuur HOoLtick, by N. L. Britton.
Mr. Ernest LEDERLE, i ze a
Mr. Hernricu RIEs, Oy vs te

And the following as Corresponding Members: José G. Aaut-
LERA, of Mexico City, and Pror. L. CLERC, of Ekaterinburg, Russia;
both by Mr. Grorce F. Kunz.

The Secretary read a letter from Dr. Evcen Se tt, of Berlin,
announcing that Pror. A. W. Hormann would celebrate the jubilee
of his doctorate on August 9th, 1891. Dr. Boiron stated that by
chance he was in Berlin and assisted at the pleasant ceremonial.

The Secretary read the following paper by title :—

Coleopterological Notices, No. III.
BY THOMAS L. CASEY.

[This paper will be published in the Annas, Vol. VI, Nos. 2
and 3. |

The Secretary announced that he had received a copy of the will
of Mme. ANNE EmI“iE CLARA GoGueEtT, widow of Monsizrur Maroc
GuzMAN, who died at Pau, France, in the Convent of l’Espérance,
June 30th, 1891. By this will the New York Academy is to re-
ceive a legacy of 100,000 francs, provided two other institutions
decline the conditions; these institutions are, first, the Academy of
Sciences, Paris, and, second, the Academy of Sciences at Milan.
The conditions are peculiar, viz.: the sum named to be awarded as
a prize to the person who succeeds in communicating with one of
the planets and receiving a reply, the planet Mars being excepted
as it is sufficiently well known. A second clause, however, names
conditions which are more easily fulfilled, and it is highly improb-
able that the New York Academy of Sciences will receive the
legacy. The will is here given in full in the original language.

TESTAMENT DE Map® VEUVE GUZMAN.

a
Enveloppe renferment le testament.

Ceci est mon testament que je prie Mess Mallet de garder dans
leur caisse, et de remettre en temps et lieux (&4 mon décés) a M. le
Colonel Floridor Dumas, 11 rue des Beaux Arts, et 4 M. De la
Palme, notaire, 15 rue de la chaussee d’ Antin.

ANNE EmILiE CLARA GoOGUET, V® GUZMAN.
Paris, 30 Octobre, 1889.

1891. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 3

iF.
Lettre accompagnant le testament.

Pav, 1° Mars, 1889.
Couvent des Sceurs de l’Espérance,
rue Monpensier 9.

Je dis que le testament que je joins a cette lettre et daté du 11 et
18 Décembre, mil huit cent quatre-vingt huit est le seul valable. Je
le confie au Colonel Floridor Dumas que je nomme mon executeur
testamentaire.

Résumé des legs que je fais.
A JVacadémie des sciences de l'Institut de

France . J : ‘ - 100,000
A Vacadémie de médecine de Paris : z . 50,000
A Vassistance publique. ; - - 50,000
A Pierre Carnoy, filleul de mon “fils : 30,000

A Jeanne et Réné Garcin, petits enfants @An-

toine Garcin, en son vivant, boulevard Bonne

nouvelle 26. ; 4,000
Seur Rosalie 2000, (Delort Cornélie) 2000 : 4,000
Rente Goiraud fond 4000, Messes 4000 4 Vannes 8,000
Emile Leclert 10,000, Colonel Dumas 10,000 . 20,000
Notaire et clere 6000, frais 6000 : - -. 12,000

278,000
Ville de Vannes : Z - 10,000

Donec il me semble que j’ai disposé de deux cent quatre-vingt huit
mille francs, auquels il faut ajouter 4 peu pres dix mille frances pour
frais de maladie, enterrement, etc. Or je laisse en rente

3% plusde . . * : - 9,210 rente
Ville de Paris : 12
Avee moi en certificats nominatif Fon-
cieres, Ouest, Orleans, plus de . . 1,200 de rente
Chez messieurs Mallet . ‘ : eo 20001... of

as a Hottinguer . . : MOQ Fe 58

rente , i x ke . 12,982

J’ai oublié dans les dépenses le cotit des insertions que je demande
dans les journaux.

J’ai fait le plus équitablement que j’ai pu.

Adieu colonel Dumas.

A. E. C. Goguet, V® Guzman.

Il faut compter que j’ai aussi 5 actions, canal de Suez.

J’obligations item, Anne E. C. Goguet, V* Guzman, le 28 Sept.
1890.

En suite se trouve cette mention;

A TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ocr. 5,

Enregistré 4 Paris, premier bureau, le dix Juillet, mil huit cent
quatre-vingt onze, folio 35, case 15; recu pour enregistrement sept
francs cinquante centimes, amende de timbre cinquante frances, dé-
cimes quatorze francs trente huit centimes.

Total: Soixante onze francs quatre-vingt huit centimes.

Signé: JENTY.

1806
Testament.

Paris, ce 11 Décembre, mil huit cent quatre-vingt huit.

J’annulle et révoque tout testament, toute donation fait avant le
présent écrit, que je déclare étre ma derniére volonté.

J’institue M. le Colonel Floridor Dumas, 11 rue des Beaux Arts
a Paris, mon léyataire universel, 4 la condition bien entendu qu’-
avant tout, les legs et dispositions que je fais ci-aprés seront executés
et remplis.

Je lézue a l’académie des Sciences de l'Institut de France cent
mille francs pour fonder un prix qui portera le nom de mon fils
Pierre Guzman; ce prix sera donné sans exclusion de nationalité a
celui qui trouvera le moyen de communiquer avec un astre et re-
cevoir réponse 4 ce signe. J’exclus la planete Mars qui parait
suffisament connue.

Tant que la solution demandé ne sera pas obtenue, les intéréts
seront cumulés pendant cing années et formeront un prix toujours
décerné sous le nom de mon fils, A un savant francais ou étranger,
qui aura fait faire un progres réel et sérieux, soit dans la connais-
sance intime des planetes de notre systeme polaire, soit dans les
relations des planetes de ce systeme avec la terre au moyen d’instru-
ments de physique ou d’optique plus perfectionnés ou par tout
autre moyen de mode d’inspection ou d’investigation.

Si les prix ne seront pas décernés au bout de dix ans, l’ Académie
aura le droit de donner deux prix sous le nom de mon fils et dans
les mémes conditions avec les intéréts du capital.

Je lézue cinquante mille francs 4 l’académie de médecine de Paris
pour fonder un prix qui portera le nom de mon fils Pierre Guzman
et qui sera donné & celui qui trouvera un traitement réellement
efficace dans les formes les plus communes dans les maladies organ-
iques du ceeur confirmées.

En attendant qu’on vienne 4 trouver s’il se peut un traitement
qui guérisse la plus part de ces maladies, je veux que la rente de ces
cinquante mille franes soit décernée chaque année au travail théo-,
rique ou pratique le meilleur sur l'une ou l’autre de ces maladies,

Je légue cinquante mille francs 4 l’assistance publique pour que
l’on fasse chaque semaine dans les établissements de Ste. Périnne,
d’Ivry et des Petits ménages une musique militaire comme celle
qui se fait dans les jardins publics de Paris. La musique devra
durer pendant une heure au moins, et étre faite dans les cours au
jardins de ces établissements et non dans la rue. Si avec la rente

1891.] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 5

de ces cinquante mille frances, il y a de quoi faire de la musique dans
un autre établissement je veux que ce soit dans un établissement
de vieillards.

Aussitot ouverture de mon testament je veux que les trois dis-
positions et legs que je fais ci-dessus soient annoncés dans des jour-
naux compétents; deux journaux francais, deux journaux espagnols,
un journal anglais, et un journal américain ‘‘le New York Hérald,”
les annoncés seront faites une fois tous les ans &la méme époque
pendant 10 ans si les prix ne sont pas décernés jusque la. Le cout
en sera prélevé sur l’actif de ma succession sans que la mort ou la
nézligence de mon Jé rataire universal puisse les interrompre.

Je lézue trente mille frances 4 Pierre Carnoy, le filleul de mon fils
et fils de Marie Roy et de Ferdinand Carnoy ingénieur a Lorient.
Ces trente mille frances seront placés en 3% francais et déposés a la
caisse des dépéts et consignations pour lui étre remis 4 sa majorité.
Les intéréts seront employés jusque Ja pour faciliter ses Etudes pour
entrer a l’Ecole Polytecnique.

Je lézue quatre mille francs pour étre partagés entre Jeanne
-Garcin et Réné Montagnon petits enfants de feu Antoine Garcin
avocat, demeurant en son vivant 26, boulevard Bonne nouvelle.

Je lézue deux mille francs A sceur Rosalie, dominicaine au cou-
vent rue de la Nostre 4 Pau, en souvenir des soins qu’elle a donnés
a mon fils.

Je léxue deux mille 4 Mdlle Cornélie Delort, rue Ste. Ferdinand
20 a Paris, fille du général Delort.

Je lézue deux cent francs de rente 4 Mme. Goiraud, propriétaire
a Versailles rue Satory 12, reversibles sur la téte de sa niece Mme.
Raisin pour entretenir toujours en parfait état, le tombeau dont
elles ont bien voulu prendre soin jusqu’ici et ou reposent ma mere,
ma sceur et mon fils. Le cott pour que je sois enterré dans ce
méme tombeau sera prélevé sur l’actif de ma succession.

Je lézue deux mille francs a la fabrique de la cathédrale de
Vannes, Morbihan, pour qu’il soit cé'ébré tous les ans une grande
messe anniversaire le jour de le mort de mon fils (nuit du 7 et 8
Mai 1886). Aussi deux mille frances pour qu’il soit ézalement cé!ébré
une grande messe le 9 Novembre tous les ans pour les anniversaires
de la mort de ma mere et de ma sceur. II] est entendu que ces
grandes messes seront cé:ébrés dans la cathédrale de Vannes méme
et non ailleurs.

Je lérue six mille franes 4 M. De la Palme, notaire, 15 rue de la
chaussée d’Antin, dont trois des ces six mille francs pour son 1%
clere M. Ribaut (en tout six mille).

Tous les legs que je fais ci-dessus au dessus de deux mille frances
payeront leurs droits, et ma succession n’en sera pas grevée.

Mons fils a chargé M. Emile Leclert, ingenieur 75 rue de Chaillot,
de la suite de ses travaux scientifiques. Des que M. Emile Leclert
aura fait paraitre; des que M. Emile Leclert aura fait paraitre un
résultat déinitif (comcernant Je Dynamoteur et Vaviation) en

6 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [oct. 5,

Vhonneur de mon fils avee quelques pages explicatives toujours en
Vhonneur de mon fils, je lui Jégue dix mille frances, dont cing mille
pour les frais et cing mille pour lui.

M. le Colonel Floridor Dumas, 11 rue des Beaux Arts 4 Paris,
lequel je nomme mon executeur testamentaire, s’est chargé de publier
& mon nom les manuscrits personels que je laisse qui composent
trois volumes, un conte de fées, un roman Corallé episode de ja rev-
olution de St. Domingue, un morceaux detachés et poesies; des que
ces trois volumes seront publiés je lui lézue dix mille franes dont
cing mille pour les frais et cing mille pour lui.

Le travail de M. Emile Leclert et celui du Colonel Dumas ter-
minés, l’argent que je leur Jézue leur sera compté et jusqu’a ce
travail fini. Vargent sera déposé a la caisse des dépdts et consig-
nations.

Je lézue tout ce qu’il y a de tableaux et minatures chez moi au
filleul de mon fils, pour que le tout lui soit conser vé jusqu’a sa ma-
jorité. Je lui lézue aussi tous mes bijoux.

Je ]éxzue mon mobilier, linge de corps et de maison, glaces, pen-
dules, earniture de cheminées, vaisselle, argenterie 4 l’hospice de la
ville de Vannes (hospice militaire s’il est possible). Je lui lézue
aussi les atlas, tous les livres, brochures, qui se sont dans la biblio-
theque. Je fais ce lézue a la condition que la ville de Vannes ne
vende rien de ce que je lui laisse, absolument rien, mais fasse em-
porter le tout &4 Vannes.

Si un ou plusieurs legs que je fais ne sont pas acceptés dans les
propres termes que j’ai dit, ce leg ou ces legs seront donnés a l’acad-
émie des sciences de Milan, pour recompenser celui qui trouvera le
moyen de correspondre avec un astre (je veux dire faire un signe &
un astre et recevoir répons 4 ce signe) si l’académie des sciences de
Milan refuse, je la remplace par Vacadémie des sciences de New
York, Etats Unis d’ Amérique.

Paris, ce 30 Juillet mil huit cents quatre-vingt neuf.

Anne Emilie Clara Goguet, V® Guzman.

C’est entendu, ce testament est ma derniére volonté.

Paris, ce 30 Juillet mil huit cents quatre-vingt neuf.

Anne Emilie Clara Goguet, V° Guzman.

En marge de ce testament se trouvé cette mention: Enregistré &
Paris, premier bureau, Je dix Juillet mil huit cents quatre-vingt
onze, folio 35, case 14, regu neuf francs trente huit centimes, décimes
compris. (Signé) J EANTY. |

Il est ainsi aux originaux des enveloppe, lettre et testament
olographes ci-dessus littéralement transcrit, de Mad® Anne Emilie
Clara Goguet en son vivant sans profession veuve de M. Mare Guz-
man dé édée & Pau au convent de |’Esperance, rue Montpensier, le
trente Juin mil huit cent quatre-vingt onze.

Lesd. lettre et testament déposés au rang des minutes de M.
Emile De la Palme, notaire 4 Paris soussigné le deux Juillet mil
huit cent quatre-vingt onze, en vertu d’un ordonnance rendue par
Vun de Messieurs les Juges pour M. le Président du tribunal civil

1891.] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. T

de premiére instance de la Seine, contenue en son proces verbal
d’ouverture et de description des d. lettre et testament en date du
méme jour enregistrés. . DE LA PALME.

The Chairman then called on members for communications. Dr.
Britton stated that in continuation of his study of South American
plants he had examined the herbaria preserved at Kew, Paris, and
Geneva. He had also studied the old types as seen in the Linnzan
Collection at Burlington House, and those of Jussieu and Lamark
at Paris, and of de Candolle at Geneva. The results were chiefly
of a technical nature and would be given on another occasion.

Pror. D. S. Martin spoke of having attended the three great
scientific meetings at Washington, details of which he reserved for
the future.

Mr. GeorGcEe F. Kunz spoke of mineralogical observations made
by him in Bohemia, in the Ural Mountains at the platinum wash-
ings, ete. 2

Mr. A. L. Rawson spoke of a visit to the supposed wall near Cleve-
land, Tenn., and stated that it had not been determined whether the
wall is natural or artificial, The wall is about one thousand feet
long, built in three courses of sandstone about eight feet high, and
rests on sandstone. The courses are joined with a red cement not
easily separated. Between two courses are strange characters re-
sembling inscriptions cut by man, and the speaker exhibited a sketch
of a portion of these characters,

Dr. Brirron asked if the markings were in relief, and Mr. Raw-
son, by the aid of the blackboard, explained the position and nature
of the so-called characters.

Dr. Boiron referred to the fact that alkaline solutions, especially
calcareous, sometimes infiltrate sandstones and produce peculiar
forms in attempting to crystallize out in the pores, imitating the
work of man.

Mr. Konz referred to the quartz markings on septaria.

Dr. Boron being called upon by the Chair, stated he had been
engaged in bibliographical studies abroad, especially in the libraries
of London, Paris, Strassburg, Darmstadt, and Berlin. He praised
the advantages offered scholars at the British Museum, and spoke
of the unsatisfactory arrangements at the Bibliotheque Nationale,
Paris. He had experienced courtesies everywhere.

The Secretary announced the presence of Pror. F. R. MAtLet,

8 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ocr. 12,

of the Geological Survey of India, and of Pror. R. T. Matter, of
England.

Mr. Cox, President of the Council of the Scientific Alliance of
New York, reported the publication of a Bulletin announcing the
October Meetings of the six Societies within the Alliance. He
spoke of the awakened public spirit in New York City as shown in
recent splendid private gifts, and hoped the day was coming when
the Scientific societies would have a home of their own.

Pror. Martrn reported that the Audubon Monument Committee
had secured nearly the entire amount required.

The Recording Secretary reported the forwardness of the TRANs-
ACTIONS and the publication of the Blue Book of the Academy.

Mr. Kunz stated that the Tariff does not recognize objects of
ethnology nor archeology, and a great tax was imposed on importers.

Pror. Martin proposed that a Committee be appointed to
formulate a resolution calling upon the Secretary of the Treasury
to remedy this evil. Carried.

Meeting adjourned.

October 12th, 1891.
STatTED MEETING.
Progr. D, 8. Martin in the Chair. About twenty persons present.

The minutes of the previous meeting (October 5th) were read
and approved.

The Secretary announced the nomination of Mr. CHARLES
PROTEUS STEINMETZ as a Resident Member by Dr. Fiske,

Pror. Martin presented a communication asking for contribu-
tions to a proposed fund for the purpose of establishing the Leidy
Memorial Museum, as an independent part of the great museum
now forming at the University of Pennsylvania; the amount de-
sired being $50,000.

The Secretary read a letter from the Vice-President of the Royal
Academy of Sciences of Lisbon, announcing the death of the Secre-
tary, José Marta Latino Coetno.

The Secretary exhibited a number of plates accompanying a
paper from the Société de l’ Industrie Minérale, and entitled ‘‘ Etudes
sur le terrain houille de Commentry.”? The plates are in elephant
folio, and of great beauty.

1891.] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 9

The Chairman regretted the fact that the Academy Library is so
little used by the members.
Pror. N. L. Brirron then read a paper entitled :—

The American Species of the Genus Anemone, Illustrated by
Specimens.

[This paper will appear in the Annats, Vol. VI. ]

Mr. Artuur Horzick then read the following :—

A Memorial of the late Dr. John I. Northrop.
BY ARTHUR HOLLICK.

It is my privilege to-night to say a few words in regard to the
late Dr. John I. Northrop, whom most of us know by reputation,
many knew personally, a few, perhaps, intimately. Similarity in
the work and occupations of our lives threw us much together
during the past two years, and I thus learned to understand and to,
appreciate him more and more. For this reason, when called upon
to do so, I accepted the responsibility of preparing the tribute to
his memory, which I propose to present to-night.

John Isaiah Northrop, E.M., Ph.D., was born in New York
City, October 12, 1861. He would, therefore, have been, had he
lived, just thirty years of age to-day. With the fact of his death
we are all acquainted, but in regard to the tragedy in which he lost
his life some are perhaps not informed.

On the afternoon of the 25th of last June Dr. Northrop had
occasion to obtain some alcohol for use in the preservation of
zoological specimens. Asa measure of safety the main supply at
Columbia College is stored in a fire-proof vault under the School of
Mines building, from which is drawn, from time to time, such
quantities as may be needed. Two janitors accompanied him and
together they proceeded to draw off some of the alcohol from the
large cask into a smaller vessel. A gas jet and electric light were
burning in the hallway, but the vault was dark and Dr. Northrop
struck a match in order the better to see how the vessel was filling.
Just what happened we shall never know, but the alcohol ignited—
there was a momentary playing of flame around the faucet, a flash,
an explosion and a sea of fire in the vault. All three of the men
were thrown down and badly burned, but Dr. Northrop evidently
had his clothing saturated with the alcohol and his injuries were
such that he died during the following night.

Dr. Northrop was graduated from the Columbia College School
of Mines, in the class of 1884, with the degree of Engineer of
Mines. The degree of Doctor of Philosophy was received in 1888,
and was earned by his two dissertations: ‘Histology of Hoya
carnosa” and “ Fossil Leaves from Bridgeton, N. J.”

10 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ocr. 12,

Immediately after graduation he accepted the position of night
superintendent at Havemeyer & Elder’s sugar refinery, but shortly
afterwards removed to Deadwood, Dak., where he joined one of his
classmates, and together they opened an office as ‘“ Mining En-
gineers, Chemists and Assayers.” In the spring of 1886 he
returned to New York, on account of urgent family reasons and
decided not to return, but to devote his time to pure science. He
was appointed Honorary Fellow, afterwards Fellow in Geology at
Columbia College, and rapidly made himself familiar with the prin-
ciples of botany, geology and zoology. Of the latter he made a spe-
cialty, and the lectures in this subject at the college during that time
were delivered by him. The zoological collection in the School of
Mines, particularly the invertebrate part, is largely his creation. He:
also purchased and presented to the college a collection of New Eng-
land birds consisting of some 1500 specimens, besides miscellaneous
material too numerous to mention.

His work in his chosen field of study was evidently appreciated,
for on the 5th of last May he was made tutor in Zodlogy, and his
appointment was practically settled as the future assistant to Prof.
Osborn in the new School of Biology. In order to perfect himself
in the duties which he expected soon to assume he had obiained
leave of absence for a year, intending to start, during the early
part of last September, for Germany, to study under Hertwig and
Haeckel.

His loss to Columbia College is already manifest—his loss to
science we can only imagine, but the finished and unfinished work
which he has left behind him give evidence of acute powers of
observation, painstaking study, and a strict regard for truth in
recording of facts—all of which qualities are the essentials of a
successful man of science. He held membership in the Torrey
Botanical Club, American Institute of Mining Engineers, Linnean
Society, American Ornithologist’s Union, American Folk-lore
Society, American Association for the Advancement of Science, and
International Geological Congress, as well as in this Academy.

The titles of his principal published papers are:

Plant Notes from Termiscouata Co., Canada. (Bull. T. B. C.,
Nov. 1887.)

The Eruption of Krakatoa in 1883. (8S. of M. Quart., Jan. 1889.)

Plant Notes from Tadousae and Termiscouata Cos., Canada.
(Bully lB. C., Feb. 1890.)

Notes on the Geology of the Bahamas. (Trans. N. Y. Acad. Seci.,
Oct. 1890.)

Birds of Andros Island, Bahamas. (Auk, Jan. 1891.)

The Cultivation of Sisal in the Bahamas. (Pop. Sci. Month.,
March, 1891.)

In addition to these there are various minor notes and memoranda
published mainly in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club and
the American Naturalist.

1891. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. ll

Among his unfinished works, almost ready for publication, were :—

A List of Star Fishes and Ophiurans collected in the Bahamas,
—A List of Sea Anemones collected in the Bahamas with descrip-
tions of two probable new species (illustrated), and The Anatomy
of Hoya carnosa (illustrated). He was also at work on A Descrip-
tion of the Fossil Plants of the Yellow Gravel of New Jersey, for
publication by the U. S. Geological Survey, for which all the illus-
trations had been made. The general subject of the Yellow Gravel
was one in which he was particularly interested, and in regard to
which he had collected many notes. He also bad in contemplation
a work upon the islands of New Providence and Andros, embody-
ing all the lists of collections and the various notes made there by
him duri ing the early part of the vear 1890. The amount and
variety of ‘material collected during this trip (from Jan. 2d to July
10th) was remarkable, and it has always excited my admiration
and wonder. Mineralogy, geology, botany, and zoology are all
represented, and the specimens are carefully labelled or tagged for
reference or for future study. One of the birds collected proved to
be new to science, and was described and figured by Prof. J. A. Allen
in the Auk, vol. viii, Jan. 1891, under the name of Jcterus Northropi.
The two new sea anemones, previously mentioned, and several un-
described plants are also to be included amongst the specimens
collected during this trip, and finally it may not, “perhaps, be amiss
to call attention to the word “ rhizomorph, » eoined by Dr. Northrop
as descriptive of the peculiar cylindrical concretions ‘formed around
the roots of plants. The word is a singularly happy one, and bids
fair to become a permanent addition to ‘scientific ter minology.

Dr. Northrop was married June 28, 1889, to Alice Bell ‘Rich,
companion, the value of whose assistance in all his works he never
failed to recognize and proclaim—one whom I trust will carry to
completion much of the work which he left unfinished behind him.

Dr. Northrop’s excessive modesty gave him an appearance of re-
ticence and reserve which was not always understood by those who
did not know him intimately. He seemed to appreciate this, and
used to think that he never made a good impression on any one,
because he felt that he was not a ood. talker. To those who knew
him best, however, this apparent reserve was merely one of the
evidences of his retiring disposition, which showed itself in the in-
difference with which he regarded the discovery and descriptions of
new species as compared with the study of their structure and life
history. He was an enthusiastic and indomitable collector and
careful observer, sparing neither time nor trouble to complete or
render correct whatever he undertook. He actually seriously pro-
posed to return to the Bahamas again for the sole purpose of making
certain in regard to the exact color of the disc of one of the new
sea anemones, that he proposed to have lithographed. Unlike some
collectors, however, he could never quite smother his sense of
humanity by his enthusiasm as a naturalist, as an instance which

12 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ocr. 19,

came to my knowledge will show. While at Grand Manan, during
the summer of 1889, he visited one of the little islands which the
petrels had long used as a breeding place. He took several of the
young birds out of their holes in the ground, examined them care-
fully, and, to the surprise of his companion, returned them, not
taking even one for a specimen, although they are comparatively
rare, and he was not likely perhaps to have such an opportunity
again. He said that he could not make up his mind to take one
when he appreciated that each mother-bird had but one little one all
summer. He afterwards used to laugh at what he called his
‘« foolishness,’ but I have no doubt that he would have acted in the
same manner again under similar circumstances.

One of his former classmates upon hearing that I proposed to
say a few words in regard to him, suggested that mention should be
made of how he once saved a companion’s life at the risk of his
own. They were ascending a shaft at one of the Lake Superior
mines on a man engine, when his companion, some distance above,
missed step and was falling down the shaft. Young Northrop
grabbed him as he fell, and succeeded in holding him with one hand
while he supported himself with the other. To me this incident is
indicative of Dr. Northrop as I knew him. It was an act which
called for a strong arm, quick action, and steady nerve, and showed
that complete forgetfulness of self which was ever one of his most
prominent characteristics.

Meeting adjourned.

October 19th, 1891.
STATED MEETING.
Dr. N. L. Brirron in the chair. About twelve persons present.

The minutes of the preceding meeting (October 12th) were read
and approved.

The Secretary read a communication from Vice-President Dr.
HUvBBARD, announcing the appointment of Messrs. Kunz, Cox, and
TATLOCK as a committee to memorialize Congress with regard to
the recognition of Archeology and Ethnology in the tariff.

The Secretary announced that the Lecture Course for 1891—92
had been arranged, and that the tickets would be ready for distri-
bution in a few days.

The Chairman announced that the “ Bulletin of the Scientific
Alliance” had replaced the usual weekly notices.

1891. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 13

Dr. Britton exhibited some Spanish chestnuts in the burr, from
a grove in southern New Jersey, and now for sale in the lower part
of New York City.

Pror. Martin spoke of the existence of a fine rocking stone or
perched boulder, about ten feet in every dimension, at West Farms,
Westchester County, N. Y.; also of a glacial furrow in Pelham
Park.

Prof. J. F. Kemp then read the following paper, entitled :—

The Trap Dikes in the Lake Champlain Valley and the
neighboring Adirondacks, Illustrated by ByEEMeTOUS Speci-
mens and Photographs.

BY J. F. KEMP, COLUMBIA COLLEGE, AND V. F. MARSTERS, UNIVERSITY
OF INDIANA.

(In the preparation of the complete paper of which this article is
a condensation, the writers received a little financial assistance from .
the United States Geological Survey, through Prof. R. Pumpelly,
and the thin sections, to the number of 200, were prepared in the
laboratory of the Survey. This digest is published with Prof. Pum-
pelly’s approval. The field-work was done in 1889 and 1890.)

The shores of Lake Champlain consist in greater part of Cam-
brian and Lower Silurian rocks. The extreme southern end is
indeed bounded by the Archean; and further north, between Port
Henry and Split Rock, and between Willsborough and Port Kent,
the foot-hills of the Adirondacks reach and form the water-front,
but elsewhere it is chiefly made up of the sandstones, limestones,
and shales or slates of the early sedimentary systems. The geolo-
gical relations of the latter have been lately elaborated by Messrs.
Walcott, Brainerd, and Seely, but the true succession of the norites,
gneisses, and crystalline limestones of the Adirondacks, and even
reliable descriptions of their petrographical characters remain to be
worked out. The matter hitherto published is but fragmentary, or
is based on field observations decidedly incommensurate with the
problems involved.

The whole region is seamed with dikes of igneous rock. These
pierce both the crystalline rocks of the Archean and the sedimentary
strata up to and including their youngest member, the Utica slate.
On the Vermont side, the most southern dike at all connected with
the region is the one lately mentioned by Prof. Pumpelly,’ in the
Hoosac Mountain, near the Vermont State line, but the most south-

1 R. Pumpelly. The Relation of Secular Rock-Disintegration, ete. Proc.
Geol. Soc. of America, vol. ii, p. 209,

14 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ocr. 19,

erly one described in this paper is in Mt. Eolus, in the town of Dor-
set, Vt.’ F. L. Nason has mentioned others from Mt. Holly.2, We
have previously. described several from the vicinity of Whitehall
and Rutland.* North of this point many dikes are recorded in the
Vermont Reports and in the earlier work of Zadock Thompson,*
nearly all of which have been revisited and studied in their sections.
On the New York side, the most southerly recorded dike is near
Glen’s Falls,° and several others have been discovered by F. L. Na-
son near the town of North River, specimens of which have been
very kindly placed in our hands. Further north in the region of
the magnetite mines, hardly an excavation has been made which
does not reveal them. They occur at Hammondville, Mineville,
Palmer Hill, at the Arnold mines, and at Lyon Mountain. Many
of these are mentioned in volume xv of the Tenth Census, in B. T.
Putnam’s report on the iron ores. Many other dikes are revealed
by the cuts of the D. & H. R. R., especially near Port Kent. The
great (supposed) dike at Avalanche Lake, in the Adirondacks, was
early recorded,® but is shown by our sections to be a shear zone,
which will be elsewhere described.

From this brief outline it will be seen that eruptive action has
been widespread in the area treated. Similar phenomena are likewise
known across the national boundary as far as Montreal, where they
are the most extensively developed of any district in the entire
region.

The dikes are of two greatly contrasted kinds of rock. The one,
quite acidic and essentially feldspathic, is related to the porphyries,
trachytes, and keratophyrs; the other, much more basic, includes
diabases, camptonites, and monchiquites. The former corresponds
to the dike rock bostonite, lately proposed by Rosenbusch as a name
for the trachytic dikes, which are well nigh universally associated
with elaeolite syenite, and this name will be here employed. We
feel conservative about the introduction of new names into our
already overburdened science, the more so, as in this case the rocks
do not essentially differ from effusive trachytes, but as they occur in
dikes and far from any extended central outbreak, and as the insti-
tution of the dike rocks affords so much convenience in correlation,
the special term is adopted.

The Bostonite (Porphyry, Trachyte) Dikes.—The name boston-

1 Geology of Vermont, vol. ii, p. 586.

2. L. Nason. A New Locality for the Camptonite of Hawes and Rosen-
busch. A. J.S. ili, xxxviii, 229.

3 J. F. Kemp and V. F. Marsters. Camptonite Dikes near Whitehall, N. Y.
Amer. Geol., iv, 97.

4 Zadock Thompson, Appendix to Thompson’s History of Vermont, Bur-
lington, 1853, p. 53.

5 i. Emmons. Geol. of 2d Dist. N. Y. State Survey, p. 184.

6 W.C. Redfield. Some Account of two Visits to the Mountains of Essex
County, N. Y., 1836-37, etc., Amer. Jour. Sci., i, xxxiii, 301. See also First
Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Survey, 1837, p. 131; 2d do., 1838, p. 223; and Em-
mons’ final Report, p. 215.

1891. } NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. bod

ite was coined by Rosenbusch,' and was first applied to a dike rock
of trachytic habit that occurs with the elaeolite-syenite of Brazil.
The name is based on the descriptions of rocks of this character
from near Boston, under the names porphyry and trachyte by
Wadsworth, Diller, and others. These rocks from the Champlain
Valley have a prevailingly light tint, which is usually a creamy or
brownish white, but which is also in instances a light chocolate.
They have a general rough and granular feel and fracture very like
typical trachyte. Very rarely this is lithoidal or half vitreous, like
a lithoidal obsidian. Phenocrysts are not in general specially
marked, the less so, because widespread alteration makes fresh ma-
terial difficult to obtain. When present they exhibit the shining
cleavage faces of feldspar. One dike from the east side of Shel-
burne Point, near Burlington, consists almost entirely of the large
porphyritic feldspars. Quartz is much rarer, although recognized
as a phenocryst in two dikes.

Under the microscope these rocks are seen at once to have a

marked and characteristic trachytic structure, by which is meant
that the ground mass consists of small feldspar rods, not infre-
quently in fluidal arrangement. Between the rods one can some-.
times detect small masses of interstitial quartz. The ground mass
is invariably holocrystalline and the feldspars are ‘idiomorphie.
The quartz is not. The phenocrysts average 3-5 mm. Although
generally kaolinized, it can be seen that they are but once twinned,
and are in the great majority of cases orthoclase. The small crys-
tals are also once twinned, but as shown by the analyses they are
probably both orthoclase and anorthoclase. A very few plagioclases
have been noted. When alteration has made the feldspars of the
ground mass muddy or kaolinized they look like so many sections
of grains of wheat lying together.

It is a remarkable fact that in no case have e any recognizable dark
silicates been found in a slide. Spots of limonite and iron stains
are indeed seen in some, and these may have once been bisilicates,
but it is doubtful, for none appear in the freshest material. Nor is
any magnetite noted. A few stray crystals and masses of pyrite
alone appear. The dikes are singularly free from any basic min-
erals and present a very pure, crystallized, feldspathic magma,

In alteration the dikes afford nests of calcite and quartz, and the
usual muddy kaolin is abundantly present. The calcium for the
formation of calcite was doubtless derived in large part from the
neighboring slates, in which this mineral is very common.

The following analyses illustrate the range of compositions. No.
66 is probably nearest the average. W hile it appears very fresh

1M. Hunter and H. Rosenbusch. Ueber Monchiquit, ein Camptonitisches
Gang-gestein aus der Gefolgschaft der Elaeolith- -syenite. Tschermak’s Min.
u. Petr. Mitth. xi, p. 445, "1890. The bostonite is incidentally mentioned
evidently as a “ caveat,” but applies so well that we are glad to adopt it.
After our determinations had been made, Professor Rosenbusch kindly looked
over some specimens sent himand pronounced the rocks to be typical bostonite.

16 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ocr. 19,

_ in the slide, it is shown by the loss to have suffered some alteration.
No. 102, taken from the Vermont report, p. 585, is the cementing
magma of a breccia dike to be later described. No. 11 is abnormal
and is of the coarsely crystalline dike of Shelburne Point, referred
to above.

No. 66, No. 11, No. 102,

Kemp, 3. Morrison, 2. G. F. Barker.
Loss . . . . » 4.30 6.57 1.70
SiO, ‘ : : - - 62.28 53.40 67.30
Al,03 ; . : 5 4 ile)eily/ 20.82
| We ibe I tape wbiogad 3.92 } sn
CaO : : : : Page le: 7.05 0.79
MgO - - : . - trace 1.53 trace
K,O : 5 - 5 5 Be Ae 2.97 4.74
Na,O - “ 5 ° . 5.374 3.79 6.04

SBieg il 100.05 99.67

Sp. gr. 2.648.

No. 11 was kindly analyzed by Mr. W. M. Morrison, resident
graduate in chemistry at Cornell University. The amount of soda
in No. 66 is very suggestive. As no w ell-marked plagioclase
appears in the slide, which is of a very homogeneous rock, the infer-
ence is strong that some soda orthoclase (anorthoclase) is present
and that the dike is really allied to the keratophyrs and pantellerites.
Years ago (1853-56) T. Sterry Hunt separated a number of feldspar
crystals from related dikes in the region of Montreal, and, as shown
by the accompanying analyses (I-IV inclusive), they furnish close
parallels. V and VI are analyses by Forstner of the anorthoclase
of the trachytic rocks of the island of Pantellera, and their simi-
larity with the older analyses of Hunt is very striking. Analysis
VII, by T. M. Chatard, of the keratophyr described by J. H. Sears,
from Marblehead Neck, is wonderfully like the others. The kerato-
phyr described by W. S. Bayley, from Pigeon Pt., Minn., is much
higher in silica (A. J. S., iii, xxxvii, 54).

Te II. 100G IV. V. WA VII.
SiO, 65510 65.15). 66.15 (67260) 66:06 166.03" 65.66
Al,O, 20.80)" 20555759 A975" 18-30) 19-2475 1937 eee
FeO _— — — —_ 0.54 — trace
Fe,0, — — —_ 1.40 — 1.53 trace
MnO — — — — — — 0.13
CaO 0.84 0.72 0.95 0.45 eat 0.73 0.67
MgO = — os _ 0.11 0.02 0.18
K,O 6.43 6.32 7.53 5.10 5.45 5.40 6.98
Na,O 6.52 6.67 5.19 5.85 7.63 7.57 6.56
Loss 0.50 0.50 0.55 0.25 none none 0.41

100.79 99.99 100.12 98.95 100.14 100.65 100.64

I, T.S. Hunt, Feldspar from Brome (Canada), Trachyte, A. J.S., ii, xxxviii,
97; Geol. Canada, 1853-56.

II. st Feldspar from Shefford, Canada, l.c., p. 97. F.D. Adams has
described a rock from Shefford as quartz-free porphyry,
Geol. Canada, 1880, ’81, ’82, p. 10a.

1891. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 17

III. T. 8. Hunt, Feldspar from Chambly, l.c., p. 98.
Vie a Feldspar from ground-mass of Chambly dike after treatment
with dilute nitric acid, 1. c., p. 98.
VY. and VI. H. Forstner, Zeitschr. f. Xtal., viii, 125, 202, 1883 ; Neues Jahrb.,
1884, ii, 171.
VII. J. H. Sears, On Keratophyre from Marblehead Neck, Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zo6l., xvi, No. 9, p. 170.

In the further discussion of the basic dikes it will appear that in
the close association which they show in the field with bostonite we
have a mingling of rock types not'unlike that long known at Mon-
treal,' in many respects similar to that at Marblehead, near Boston,?
and to the dikes recently brought to notice near Rio Janeiro,
Brazil.’ In all three localities they are associated with elacolite-
syenite. This latter rock has not yet been discovered nearer to
Lake Champlain than Montreal, which is one hundred miles north
of Burlington. It is not improbable that elaeolite-syenite may yet
appear in the eastern Adirondacks.

The Breccia Bostonites.

On the east side of Shelburne Point, which is just south of Bur-
lington, and also on the west side, a broad dike (20 feet) outcrops.
It is undoubtedly continuous between. It is a most remarkable
rock, and consists of angular pieces of slate and red quartzite ce-
mented together by an igneous base. The cementing base is not
very fresh in the attainable specimens, but is clearly of the same
nature as the ground-mass of the bostonites. The included frag-
ments are angular and seldom show any absorption into the igneous
rock. Two explanations may be advanced for this dike. One, that
it has been intruded ona line of previous faulting and attrition,
which have broken up the walls and have left loose material to be
gathered up by the rising magma. This explanation has the greater

17. S. Hunt, papers cited under analyses I-IV above; also, Geol. of
Canada, 1863, p. 655. 3B. J. Harrington, idem, 1877-78, p.429. A. Lacroix,
Sur la Syénite-elaeolithique de Montreal, etc., Comptes Rendus, June 2, 1890,
p- 1152, and Descriptions des Syénites népéhliniques de Pouzac, Hautes-Pyré-
nées et de Montréal, etc., Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 3, xiii, 1890, 511-558.

2 A. Hyatt, Remarks on the Porphyries of Marblehead, Mass., Proc. Boston
Soc. Nat. Hist., xviii, p. 220, 1876. T. T. Bouvé, The Origin of Porphyry,
idem, xviii, p. 217. M. E. Wadsworth, The Trachyte of Marblehead Neck,
idem, xxi, p. 288; Geology of Marblehead, idem, xxi, p. 306; Zircon Syenite
from Marblehead, idem, xxi, p. 406. W.O. Crosby, Geology of Eastern Massa-
chusetts. J.S. Diller, The Felsites and their Associated Rocks North of Boston,
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vii, 165. J. H. Sears, Keratophyr from Marblehead
Neck, idem, xvi, 167.

® 0. A. Derby, On Nepheline Rocks in Brazil, ete., Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,
London, 1887, p. 457. F. Fr. Graeff, Mineralogisch. Petrograph. Untersuchung
von Elaeolith-syeniten von der Serra de Tingua, etc., Neues Jahrbuch, 1888,
li, p. 222. Hunter and Rosenbusch, Ueber Monchiquit ein Camptonitisches
Ganggestein aus der Gefolgschaft der Elaeolith-Syenit. Tsch., Min. u. Petrog.
Mitt., xi, 1890, p. 44.

Vou. XI.—2

18 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ocr. 19,

weight with the writers. The other is that it represents only the
upper portion of a dike, and thus contains the float-material which
the advance of an igneous body would naturally gather from the
walls. The lack of such inclusions in the neighboring dikes may be
due to the fact that their tops have been eroded. A still different
view has been advanced by Pres. Hitchcock as applicable to a second
similar dike, to which we now pass.

This second dike is much narrower, and is found on Nash’s Point,
some miles south. It is about twelve feet wide, and consists of
somewhat rounded fragments of Archean norite, red Cambrian
quartzite, and Hudson River slate, chiefly gathered in the middle
portion, and all cemented together by the bostonite ground-mass,
whose analysis was given above. President Hitchcock’ mentions,
also, gneiss, hornblende-schist with garnets, quartz, gray sand-
stone, and black Trenton limestone. Probably what he called
granite we have called norite. The slides of norite and quartzite
exhibit dynamical effects of a marked character, as the crystals have
been strained and shattered. These inclusions indicate a deep-
seated source for the igneous rock—at least beneath the norites and
gneisses, and one or two inclusions in a basie dike from Burlington
indicate the same for the basic dikes. President Hitchcock was
impressed by the rounded, or, as he interpreted it, the waterworn
character of the inclusions. He was led by this to regard the dike
as originating from acrack which had become previously filled with
débris from above. This débris he considers to have been partially
melted or sintered in the metamorphism of the region. As some of
the boulders are limestone, and as there are many undoubtedly intru-
sive igneous dikes within a few feet, we regard the rounded character
as due to partial absorption, and consider the foreign bodies as inclu-
sions. Brecciated porphyries formed of a broken eruptive rock that
has been re-cemented have been mentioned by Pumpelly from Pilot
Knob’? and by Crosby’ from eastern Massachusetts, but the phe-
nomena are obviously different from those here described.

The Basic Dikes.

The basic dikes are all compact, dark rocks, that to ordinary
microscopic examination, give almost no indication of their consti-
tution. The only apparent minerals are feldspars in the coarser
diabases, and an occasional glistening hornblende or augite prism
in the more basic dikes. The thin sections exhibit a series of
mineralogical mixtures extending from very typical ophitic diabase
through camptonites, in which the dark silicates beeome idiomorphic,
and the feldspars recede, to aggregates of augite and hornblende,

1 EK. Hitchcock, On Certain Conglomerated and Brecciated Trachytic Dikes
in Vermont, ete., Proc. A. A. A.S., xiv, 156; Geol. of Vermont, vol. ii, p. 583.

2 R. Pumpelly, Geological Survey of Missouri, Preliminary Report on the
Iron Ores and Coal Fields. E. Haworth, Missouri Geological Survey, 1891,
Bull. v.

3 W. O. Crosby, Geology of Eastern Massachusetts, p. 50.

1891. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 19

lacking feldspar entirely, and having comparatively little glass.
Olivine is occasionally seen in a fresh condition, but in most dikes
an alteration product not always satisfactory alone indicates its
probable original presence. The basic dikes are described under
the following three types, diabase including olivine-diabase, camp-
tonite, and moncliquite.

The Diabase.

The true diabase dikes are principally, if not quite entirely found
in the crystalline Archean areas. They are thus on the west side
of the lake, and in several cases back in the mountains. Diabase
is the characteristic type of rock that forms the dikes which so
plentifully intersect the lenses of magnetite.

The rocks exhibit, under the microscope, the characteristic ophitic
structure with occasional radiating arrangement of feldspars
(divergent-strahlig of Lossen). These have, at times, a dark core
which follows the outline of the crystal, and is, doubtless, an
altered portion stained by infiltration. The plagioclase was sepa-
rated from a coarse dike from near Port Kent, and afforded the fol-
lowing analysis :—

re II. At. Ratio.
Loss 0.72
SiO, 57.82 58.38 973 il
Al,0, 28.16 28.43 .276 3
CaO 7.12 fet) .139 2
Na,O 5.35 5.40 .O87 I
99.77 100.00

From this it appears that the feldspar belongs in the andesite
series. Column II is recalculated to throw out the loss on ignition.

The augite tends to become at times idiomorphic, and marks a
passage into the augite-camptonites. This tendency is wide-spread,
and indicates the close affinities of the two rocks. The augite
varies from pink to greenish. In the heavy residues obtained by
panning crushed material, some grains of hypersthene were found,
although none were ever noted in the slides. The discovery is
interesting in connection with its recently found presence in Triassic
diabase.t Subordinate biotite is occasionally seen in scales with
magnetite, and is regarded as an original mineral.? Irregular
grains of magnetite are abundant.

The process of alteration seems to be the same wherever noted.
The bisilicates pass into chlorite, or into what in other cases appears
to be serpentine. The latter is a yellow or amber colored mass,
not always showing a very marked, aggregate character. It is
lacking in pleochroism and is not very strongly refractive. Some
dikes are in such an advanced stage of alteration that they present

1 Campbell and Brown, Composition of certain Mesozoic Igneous Rocks from
Virginia, Bull. Geol. Soc. of America, 1891, p. 339.

2? Wadsworth takes a different view of similar biotite, regarding it as sec-
ondary, Bull. ii, Min. Geol. Surv. p. 65, and Pl. iii.

20 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [oor. 19,

almost nothing of a diagnostic character. Clay or kaolin, calcite,
limonite, and indefinite dirt make up the slide. Very little recog-
nizable epidote has been noted.

An interesting and exceptional alteration is afforded by the dike
at Palmer Hill, near Ausable Forks. The feldspar has yielded a
colorless, negative, uniaxial, rather brightly polarizing mineral with
abundant rectangular cleavages. This is scapolite. It often forms
secondary nests with quartz. Scapolite as an alteration product
from plagioclase has long been known in connection with various
rocks which are associated with the apatite deposits of Norway, and
has more recently been discovered in the same relations in Canada.'
The process has been discussed by Judd.’ It is urged that solutions
of sodium chloride penetrate the plagioclase along ‘solution
planes,’” after which dynamic metamorphism in connection with the
sodium chloride changes the plagioclase to scapolite. In the present
instance there seems to have been no dynamic metamorphism, but
it is likely that infiltrating sodium chloride or of hydrochloric acid
may have aided the change. Lacroix has also recently described
the alteration of plagioclase to dipyr, in a diabase of the Pyrenees.*

The Palmer Hill dike yielded, on analysis, the results in column
J. By its side is placed for comparison No. II, which is the
analvsis of a diabase from near Boston, and No. III is one from
the Keene Valley.

I. Kemp. IT. Hobbs.5 III. Leeds.§

SiO, . . - : : . . 45.46 48.75 43.41
Al,O, - 5 . ; c 19.94 UGloll 19.42
Fe,0, : : - 0 . 15.36 0.41 5.72
INNO) : ¢ 0 : : _ 13.62 6.69
CaO . 3 : : - : ono 8.82 Ont
MgO . c : . 5 : 5 Ae 3.37 5.98
MnO . : : . ; 5 _ 0.91 —
K,O ° ; 3.21 2.40 0.47
Na,O 5 ; 2.12 1.63 4.39
TiO, bri gir: Semin eS 0.99 0.35
LEO 5 _ 0.68 —
CO, : c _— trace 2.00
Fes, : 5 : — trace _
Loss : . : 5 Zhai) -— 3.00

99.66 100.17 100.54

Sp. gr. : : ¢ : - 2.945 2.985

1F. D. Adams and A. C. Lawson, On some Canadian Rocks containing
Scapolite, etc., Canadian Record of Science, 1888, p. 185. The paper gives
copious references to the literature and a valuable review of the same.

2 J. W. Judd, on the Processes by which a Plagioclase Feldspar is converted
into Scapolite, Mineralogical Magazine, vol. vili, p. 186.

3 For the description of solution planes, see J. W. Judd, Q. J. G. 5. xli,
383, 1885; xlii, p. 82, 1886; Mineralog. Mag. vii, p. 81, 1886.

4 A. Lacroix, Sur les Phénomenes de Contact de la Syenite elaeolithique de
Pouzac, Comptes Rendus, No. 110, p. 1011, 1890.

5 W.H. Hobbs, On the Petrographical Characters of a Dike of Diabase in
the Boston Basin, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., xvi, 1.

6 A. R. Leeds, Notes on the Lithology of the Adirondacks, 30th Ann. Rep.
N. Y. State Museum, p. 102.

1891. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 21

In I all the iron was estimated as Fe,O,. The excess of potash
over soda in I and II is exceptional. While the rather abundant
biotite of I in part accounts for it, the amount of this mineral is
hardly enough to furnish it all. The silica is also lower than in
the Triassic diabases, which afford about 50-53 per cent.

Olivine appears in a few dikes fresh enough to recognize, and an
alteration-product is shown by a great many more which may have
resulted from it. In other respects the olivine diabases are not
different from those without this mineral.

Diabase, including olivine diabase, is an extremely common dike
rock in the Archean rocks of Canada and the northern United
States, and it is probable that most of those simply recorded as trap
belong also with this species.

The Camptonites.

The name camptonite was originally employed by Rosenbusch
to designate those dike rocks which consist of hornblende and plagio-
clase, but varving amounts of augite are also often present. They
lack the ophitic structure of diabase in that the hornblende or augite >
is prevailingly idiomorphic. The diabases of dikes thus pass into
them by the idiomorphie development of the dark silicates. In the
Lake Champlain region there are dikes of both the augitic and the
hornblendic variety. We have employed the name augite-camp-
tonite when wishing to make a distinction.

The camptonites consist of brown basaltic hornblende, augite,
plagioclase, magnetite, and occasionally a. little intermingled g lassy
matter. The minerals are markedly panidiomorphie and the large
hornblendes and augites give at times a porphyritic character. The
hornblende is the most conspicuous and attractive component. It
is strongly pleochroic, brown to yellow, and, in distinction from
the augite, shows no zonal structure. A small second generation
consists of minute acicular cr ystals, which are a miniature repro-
duction of the larger forms. The augite likewise forms two genera-
tions. The older and larger consists of zonal prismatic erystals with
dark green cores and light yellow rims, which may differ 10° in
extinction. The second generation are minute and acicular. The
plagioclase is less perfectly developed than the bisilicates. Several
camptonites contain abundant olivine.

The camptonites all contain less than 45 per cent. SiO, in this
region, but in other respects present great variability. They do
not afford more than 6 per cent. of alkalies, with soda usually in
excess. The following table illustrates the range of composition :—

22 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ocr. 19,

I. ite Ill. We Vis VI.

SO, 5 - 43.50 41.00 41.94 40.95 48.19 44.87
AlTOn te : oe 7.02) (2136) lb 66 G45 Gao) seas

HeiOn yaw ai. oe (1BG8. BAe ROT 5.47 Seay ee
BeQi eres w tien) Pie = DA ay che

NnOnsy. 4 ea — 0.25 0.33 — trace.
NOS CONE | Aah = 2 AG) 1 Or9a ee 6.74
CaO Ho) se, SAS: (10.40. 9:47. 100535 66S ee
MeO us gael <n 62840 B05) * LOI #, 6.10" Aaa eee
K,O gas S02 ST! OH) p08 Loe set anes
Na,O yr nh “DRB4 OVE 5157) 400 = 5 50. eee
PO ee ser ye eee = = oe 0.45

CO,e ee wag ME) ee a
LOSS fos idhoprs ga re BBE of OBGO0) hs ake BA ee ade eee

Total 5 - 99.40 99.22 100.44 100.63 100.53 99.59

I. Fairhaven, Vt. By J. a ie Amer. Geologist, Aug. 1889, p. 97.

II. Proctor, Vt. do. “do.

Ill. Campton pee Na He @ Ww. Hawes, Amer. Journ. Sci., iii, xvii, 14.

IV. Montreal. B. J. Harrington, Geol. Survey of Canada, 1877-78, p. 439.

V. Forest of Dean, Orange Co., N. Y. J. F. Kemp, Amer. Journ. Sci., April,
1888, p. 331.

VI. Fort Montgomery, Orange Co., N. Y. By L. M. Dennis for J. F. Kemp,
Amer. Naturalist, Aug. 1888, p. 694.

The Monchiquites.

The name monchiquite has been lately introduced by Rosenbusch'
to include a group of dike rocks consisting of olivine, augite, horn-
blende, biotite (one or all three of the last named), and a glassy
base. It is derived from the Monchique Mts. in Portugal, where
such dikes were discovered in 1850. In the further development of
the Lake Champlain dikes toward the extreme basic end of the
series there are a number consisting chiefly of zonal augite, small
brown hornblende and biotite crystals, and olivine, in an unresoly-
able base that is only very feebly refractive, if not actually glassy.
Yet some slides do show minute plagioclase crystals in the ground
mass, but not in sufficient development to throw them into the camp-
tonites. Magnetite is the only additional mineral. The augite is
the same as that described under the camptonites, and is in two
generations. It makes up at times almost if not quite the entire rock
and the analysis (No. 14) given below must indicate the approxi-
mate composition of this mineral. Magnetite is the only other com-
ponent of note. The hornblende is also like that of the campton-
ites, but when the second generation becomes very small it is very
difficult to distinguish it from biotite. In the altered portions of the
base they seem much more abundant than in the fresh, as they
stand out with very sharp definition. The alteration-product is
calcite. The hornblende in one or two instances replaces the augite

1M. Hunter and H. Rosenbusch, Ueber Monchiquit, ein Camptonitisches
Ganggestein, etc., Tsch. Min. u. Petrog. Mitth., xi, 1891, p. 445.

1891. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 23

entirely and affords a very beautiful slide. The olivine is seldom
fresh enough to be certainly identified, but as masses of a green
alteration product are almost always present its occurrence is proba-
bly wide-spread. Professor Rosenbusch has, with characteristic
kindness, looked over some slides of certain of these dikes, and fully
indorses the determination of them as monchiquite, which had been
previously made by us.
The following analyses illustrate the range in composition :—

No.2: No. 14. No. 21.
SHGhy eG : : ‘ : 3 - 40.37 45.13 44.30
Al,Og : / A 5 ; S256 18.06 7.92
Fe,0, Se oo nee 11.88 25.38
FeO . 5 : A F : F 0.38 0.32 not det.
C20" +. Z : 5 , ; ene i fesoyl 10.17 14.67
MgO . : : : 5 s Ear glee 1.12 1.98
Re) : E é : : TH OL83 6.06 —
Na,O . : . : : : ee 129 3.57 —
Loss . 4 ~ : ; - - 4.47 3.04 4.35

99.39 99.35 98.60

No. II also contains P,O,, 0.39. No. 2 and No. 14 were kindly
analyzed by Mr. W. H. Morrison, graduate student in chemistry
at Cornell University, and No. 21 by Mr. E. M. Chamot, assistant
in the same laboratory. The rocks are thus very basic and may,
as in No. 21, be very low in alkalies.

The above-mentioned basic dikes and the bostonites are very
commonly associated with elaeolite-syenite, and we think they
furnish good reasons for anticipating the discovery of this rock in
the region of the Adirondacks. The dikes may, however, be an
extreme southern development of the great eruptive activity near
Montreal. We think their intrusion accompanied the upheaval of
the Green Mountains.

During the field-work of the second summer Mr. A. 8. Eakle, now
of the geological department of Cornell University, accompanied the
writers, and acknowledgments are due him for much valuable as-
sistance.

Pror. Martin asked the lecturer if the smaller dikes might not
perhaps be regarded as originating from the larger ones. PRor.
Kemp replied that they could hardly be so regarded, and added
that the nearest large masses of eruptive rock were in the vicinity
of Montreal.

Meeting adjourned.

24 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ocr. 26,

October 26, 1891.
STATED MEETING.
Dr. A, A. JULIEN in the chair. About forty persons present.

The minutes of the previous meeting (October 19th) were read
and approved.

The Eggs of the Plover.

Dr. H. C. Bolton stated, when in England last summer he
noticed that the eggs of the common plover or Lapwing ( Chara-
driine), eaten as a delicacy, have a peculiar appearance when
hard-boiled, the white remaining quite transparent and permitting
an unobstructed view of the yelk within.

This fact so commonly known to English epicures does not seem
to be familiar to all ornithologists. Occasional mention of similar
phenomena is found however. Mr. George W. Peck, in a work
entitled ‘‘ Melbourne and the Chincha Islands” (New York, 1854),
describes the Guano Islands off the coast of Peru, and speaking of
the myriads of birds says: ‘‘The Cholos climbed the precipices
after eggs like so many monkeys. They obtained a great many,
and we had omlets made of them which were excellent; in boiling
or frying them the white remains transparent” (page 186). For
this reference Dr. A. R. Ledoux should receive thanks.

These facts point to a peculiar condition of the albumen in certain
eges that has long been known to chemists. Fremy and Valen-
ciennes, in 1857, found that there are three conditions of albumen
differing in chemical properties, yet identical in composition. The
first is coagulated by heat becoming opaque, and is precipitated by
nitric acid. The second also coagulates on heating, but remains
transparent. The third is not affected by heat nor by nitric acid.
The first condition exists, according to these French authors, in the
eges of different species of gallinaceous birds; the second is peculiar
to the eggs of swimming and wading birds, and the third is peculiar
to the eggs of predaceous birds and of some kinds of perching and
climbing birds. (Ann. chim. phys. [3] L. 138.)

The subject seems to be worthy of further investigation.

Dr. THomas Morona was then introduced, and delivered the
opening lecture of the public course entitled ‘“‘ Paraguay, the Land
and the People,” illustrated by lantern views. At the close of the

lecture a vote of thanks was tendered Dr. Morone and the meeting
adjourned.

1891.] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 25

November 2, 1891.
RecutarR Business MEETING.
Proressor J. K. Rees in the chair. Thirteen persons present.

The minutes of the previous Business Meeting (October 5) were
read and approved.

Mr. CHartes R. MANN was nominated as a Resident Member
by Mr. Haroxp J Acosy.
Dr. H. T. Vurri was elected Librarian by ballot.
The following persons were then elected Corresponding Members
by ballot:
José G. AcuiuerA, of Mexico City,
L. Cuero, of Ekaterinburg Russia,
and the following Resident Members by ballot:
Dewitt J. APGAR,
Dr. CLARK BELL,
Pror. ALBERT H. CHESTER,
ERNEST DU VIVIER,
Mrs. EpwarpD HEyYtyn,
Artuur HOo.Ltick,
Pror. JAMES F. Kemp,
GerorGE H. Knicut,
ERNEST LEDERLE,
J. Prerpont MoraGan,
Hernricu Rigs,
Ww. C. ScHERMERHORN,
NELSON SMITH,
CHARLES PRroTevus STEINMETZ,
Miss VIRGINIA VAUGHAN.

The Astronomical Section then organized with Pror. Rees in
the chair; the minutes of the section were read by the Secretary,
Mr. JAcosy.

The following paper was read :

On the Reduction of Transit Observations by Least Squares.

BY HAROLD JACOBY,

[This paper will appear in one of the monthly notices of the
Royal Astronomical Society. ]

26 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ Nov. 9,

Pror. Ress referred to the publication of the index of plates pre-
sented to the Observatory of Columbia College by Mr. RuTuHeEr-
FuRD. This led to correspondence with Pror. Epwarp 8. HoxpEeNn
of the Lick Observatory, who requested a series of copies of the
negatives of the moon. These were made by Mr. Mone 1, forty
in number, and sent to Pror. HonpEen, who is much pleased with
them. Mr. Honpen intends, eventually, to publish what may be
called the ‘Lick Map of the Moon,” embodying results of examina-
tions made of the Lick Photos by observers in Europe and America.
Pror. Ress referred to the especial value of Rutherfurd’s Photo-
graphs of the Moon in examining the question as to changes
going on in the lunar surface.

Meeting adjourned.

November 9, 1891.
STATED MEETING.
Dr. A. A. JuniEN in the chair. About nineteen persons present.

The minutes of the previous meeting (Oct. 26th) were read and
approved.

Dr. Ruspy exhibited the head of a South American Indian
curiously preserved, leaving the hair and features intact, while the
whole cranium is reduced to the size of a billiard ball. Dr.
FriepERIcH and others made a few remarks in regard to this
method of preserving the head as a trophy, a custom common
among certain tribes. The reduction is supposed to be effected by
alternate boiling and compression; certainly the process is slow
and tedious.

The following paper was then read:

The Ancient Inscription on a Wall at Chatata, Tennessee.
BY A. L. RAWSON.

Mr. J. H. Hooper found what appeared to be a headstone to
a grave, on a wooded ridge on his farm, in Bradley County,
Tennessee, about thirteen miles from the railroad at Cleveland.
He dug around the stone, expecting to find a name, but instead
found only curious unknown letters or marks. He dug deeper
and uncovered other stones that formed a wall of three courses,

1891. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 27

in all about two feet thick, eight feet high, and about sixteen
feet of its length, as measured from the north end, was covered
with the letters, arranged in wavy, nearly parallel and diagonal
lines. The wall was traced and examined in many places for a dis-
tance of nearly a thousand feet, its course marked on the surface
by stones like No. 1, projecting a few inches above the surface of the
ground, and twenty-five or thirty feet apart. Seventy-five feet of
the south end of the wall was bent at an angle of 15° to 20° east.
The wall ended in a hollow of the hill.

IBSKCAVIWSYIASH «9p tote
FLYNN 7 $9 GO FG Cor 8) GK

In March, 1891, the Cleveland Express printed a short account
of the discovery, written by Mr. Carson of that place, who had seen
the wall. In the Sunday Sun, New York, June 7th, I published a
short notice of the find, with engravings made from my sketches
made at the place, May 21st. The engravings in this article are
from my sketches corrected by photographs.

The stone is dark-red sandstone, and the wall lies along the crest
of a ridge of that kind of stone which trends north and south,
flanked by limestone east and west, and extending from the Hia-

28 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [NOV. 9,

wassee River north to Chattanooga, south where it dips below the
bed of the Tennessee River.

The surface of the west side of the inner course of stones is cut
into rounded ridges with hollows between, and the characters are
raised on the crest of the ridges, and are from two inches to three
inches in width, with a few larger groups.

Mr. J. Hampden Porter says, in a letter from Chatata, October
Q1st: ‘It is not a wall but a red sandstone ridge, faced with red,
slaty, and yellow clays to an unknown depth. No implements and
no traces of previous excavations have been found.” The faces of
the other course of stones are level and not cut into grooves. Be-
tween the courses is found a dark-red cement, which is probably
formed of red clay with salts carried down by water.

Mr. Porter says: “As a rule inscriptions are intended to be
read. . . . . I do not remember any instance of a designed con-
cealment like this.”

The architect of the Pharos at Alexandria, Egypt, cut his name
on the stone, covered it with plaster, and moulded Pharaoh’s name
in the covering. Time tore off the plaster and exposed the builder’s
name. This concealment in Tennessee may have been effected in a
time of invasion or some great social calamity.

Hight hundred and seventy-two characters have been examined,
many of them duplicates, and a few imitations of animal forms, the
moon and other objects. Accidental imitation of oriental alphabets
are numerous.

The rock was chiseled in the form of letter intended, a hard
cement worked in and raised above the surface, and a cement placed
over the whole, against which the outer course of stones was placed,
fitting closely. A piece of this covering cement with the letter-form
in its surface is engraved here. The bird or other animal is the
largest of that kind of figures that is found on the wall. Some of
these forms recall those on the Dighton Rock, and may belong to
the same age. How many other hidden inscriptions there may be
in this, the geologically oldest continent, it is impossible to say but
delightful to conjecture. This wall would be a valuable and in-
teresting addition to the Metropolitan Museum.

Considerable discussion followed the reading of this paper, and _
was participated in by Drs. JuLieNn and Boiron, and Pror. Marvin
and others.

Prof. D. S. Martin spoke at some length upon the features of
peculiar interest connected with the series of scientific meetings
held during August, 1891, at Washington, particularly the Inter-
national Geological Congress. He described in outline the general
plans and arrangements “for the session and the topics that were
discussed on the several days. The exhibition of geological
material and literature was referred to and some of its leading
features specified; among these, the great display made by the

1891. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 29

U. 8. Geological Survey of reports, monographs, maps, reliefs, and
photographs ; the large collection of Mexican rocks exhibited by
the delegates from that country ; the remarkable Ordovician fish-
remains recently collected and described by Prof. Walcott from near
Cafion City, which carry back the evidences of fish-life to a horizon
corresponding to the Trenton limestone of the Eastern United States ;
the illustrations of mountain structure and rock-folding produced by
Mr. Bailey Willis, by laterally compressing layers of clay and
plaster under heavy weight; and, of extreme interest, the photo-
graphs and specimens of glacial markings in Silurian rocks, exposed
to view by the removal of overlying beds in Scandinavia, and ap-
parently affording clear evidence of an early Paleozoic ice period.

The several days’ programs were referred to further; the ex-
haustive classification by Prof. Chamberlain of quaternary deposits,
introductory to the discussion of that subject; the second day’s
topie of Geological Correlation, and the views of leading specialists,
both American and foreign, as to the methods, principles, and
possibilities in that great field; and, later, the subject of Geological
Cartography, with a description of Majér Powell’s account of the
comprehensive and elaborate scheme of combined colors and patterns
adopted for the extensive work of the U. 8. Geological Survey.
This Prof. Martin illustrated with blackboard drawings and one of
the new survey maps.

Meeting adjourned.

November 16, 1891.
STATED MEETING.

Mr. P. H. Duptey in the chair. About seventy-five persons pre-
sent. .

The minutes of the previous meeting (November 9th) were read
and approved.

Proressor Henry F. Osporn, of Columbia College, was pro-
posed as a Resident Member by Dr. N. L. Brirron.

Pror. Oris T. Mason, of Washington, D. C., was then intro-
duced and delivered a lecture entitled

Woman’s Part in the Earlier Civilizations,

illustrated by numerous lantern slides.
At the close of the discourse a vote of thanks was extended to
the lecturer, and the meeting adjourned.

30 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [NOvV. 23,

November 23, 1891.
STATED MEETING.
Vice-President ALLEN in the chair. About forty persons present.

The minutes of the previous meeting (November 16th) were
read and approved. .

Professor Trowbridge presented two sketches relating to animal
mechanics, and illustrating a discovery by his son C. C. Trowbridge,
connected with the mechanism by which certain birds secure their
food by boring in soft ground.

The sketches represent the head and bill of the Hudsonian
Godwit. Sketch No, 1—the mandibles closed as in the act of bor-
ing; and No. 2, the bill as in the act of seizing its food under
ground.

Professor Trowbridge stated that it is well known to naturalists
and sportsmen that in the boring birds, such as the godwits, snipe,
and woodcock, the upper mandible at its extremity is quite flexible,
and may easily be bent upwards as shown in sketch No. 2. But
that it has not been known, as far as he is aware, that this bending
is also under the control of the bird, and is accomplished by certain
muscles about the base of the mandibles; the muscles being con-

1891. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 31

nected mechanically, in an interesting manner, with the extremity
of the upper mandible—along the cavity of this mandible.

The fact that immediately after the death of the bird, when the
bill is in its flexible condition, this opening of the bill, at its ex-
tremity, may be accomplished by any one who knows how to pro-
duce the proper action of the muscles, was discovered by Mr. C. C.
Trowbridge about two years ago, while examining specimens of the
Hudsonian godwit that he had shot. An examination of the
woodcock by him showed similar action.

The solution of the object of the flexibility of the upper mandi-
ble at its extremity, connected with the fact that the opening of the
bill at the end (as in sketch No. 2) is under the control of the bird,
is doubtless as follows :

When the bill is forced into soft ground it must be closed to its
very extremity ; it then acts like anawl. To open the bill and seize
an object reached, if both mandibles were hard and inflexible through-
out their whole length it would be necessary for the bird to enlarge
the hole around its bill along its whole extent ; an operation requiring
much force, and possibly the opening and closing would be in such
case impracticable. But the opening at the extremity to the slight"
extent necessary to take in its food is comparatively a simple mat-
ter. Moreover, when the food is seized and the bill withdrawn
through the small hole made by the bill the effect during the whole
of the withdrawal of the bill is to cause the food to be clasped more
firmly and securely. The operation of withdrawing the food would
otherwise be very difficult, and possibly impracticable.

Professor Trowbridge also presented the results of some further
observations made by Mr. C. C. Trowbridge, on the locking or
overlapping of the primary wing feathers by certain birds during
flight.

Attention was called to the fact that about four years ago (Oct.
17, 1887) he had read a paper before the Academy describing this
locking of the primaries of certain hawks, discovered by Mr. C. C.
Trowbridge, and stated that, as the number of specimens then ex-
amined was small, and although the fact of this habitual locking or
overlapping, especially during soaring flight, seemed completely
established for certain hawks; yet from time to time observations
had been continued; a most remarkable opportunity for such. ob-
servations having occurred this autumn during the month of
September.

Large flights of hawks migrating southerly took place near New
Haven on the 8th, 9th, and 14th of. September. On those days the
wind was northerly and high, and advantage was taken, for the
purpose of procuring specimens, of a high hill around which hawks
and eagles were circling. Large numbers passed within shooting
distance, generally soaring, but frequently soaring and flapping
alternately.

On September 8th nine hawks were shot, on September 9th
three, on September 14th fourteen, in all twenty-six, embracing

32 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Nov. 23,

four species—the ‘Sharpshinned,” the ‘Broad winged,” the
‘« Marsh,” and the ‘‘ Fish” hawks.

The birds were examined and notes made of the condition of the
wing feathers as soon as the birds reached the ground. Of the
twenty-six birds which were shot twenty-three were found to have
the primaries locked or overlapped along that portion of the feathers
which were emarginately cut.

Of the three which were counted as not having primaries locked,
one was a fish hawk, which was at first only “‘ wing tipped” by the
shot, and which was found flapping along the ground in the under-
growth of the woods where it had fallen; and another was a small
hawk which ran some distance through the bushes before being
caught. The third was moulting and its primaries had only partly
grown out, and but one primary was locked.

Professor Trowbridge stated that he was present during the
observations of the 14th of September, and many more birds might
have been shot; but he concluded that enough had been killed to
confirm absolutely the facts reported at the meeting of the Academy
above referred to.

The following papers were then read by Mr. Grorce F. Kunz:

1. Some Observations on the Opal Mines of Hungary, and the
Occurrence of Opal in Washington and Oregon.

2. On the Origin of Garnets and Associated Minerals in the
Garnet District of Bohemia and Saxony.

Both papers being illustrated by lantern slides.

After the reading of these papers considerable discussion ensued,
in which Pror. Kemp, Drs. JuLreN and Brirron took part.

Dr. Britton, calling attention to the approach of Christmas,
moved that when the Academy adjourns on December 21st it do
adjourn until January 4th, 1892. Carried.

Mr. GARRETTSON called attention to the death of Dr. Joun C.
Jay, the oldest member of the Academy, formerly active in the
Lyceum of Natural History, and its Treasurer from 1836 to 1843.
His valuable conchological collection was bought by Miss WOLFE
and presented to the American Museum of Natural History, Cen-
tral Park. Dr. Jay became a member of the Lyceum in 1832, and
died last week.

Meeting adjourned.

1891. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 33

November 30, 1891.
STATED MEETING.

Vice-President Dr. Hupsarp in the chair. About thirty persons
present.

The minutes of the previous meeting (November 23d) were read
and approved.

The following paper was then read, entitled:

The Clays of the Hudson River Valley.
BY HEINRICH RIES, COLUMBIA COLLEGE.
(PUBLISHED By PERMISSION OF THE N. Y. State Museum)
(Illustrated by lantern slides. )

Summary of Contents.—1. General description of the clay deposits, with spe-
cial reference to those at Cornwall and Thiells. Unstratified material covering
the clay.—2. Delta deposits.—3. Terraces:—4. Conclusions.—5. Organic re-
mains.—6. Concretions.—7. Tables.

A characteristic topographic feature of the Hudson River Valley
between New York and Albany is formed by the natural terraces
which extend more or less continuously along both sides of the
river.

These terraces are underlain by three types of quaternary de-
posits :—

1. Drift.

2. Delta deposits.

3. Estuary deposits of fine stratified sand, and blue and buff clays

These estuary deposits indicate a period of submergence, during
which the water covering the land was very quiet.

The clays extend more or less continuously from Sing Sing to
Albany, with the exception of two narrow portions of the river,
viz., from Jones’s Point to Cornwall and from New Hamburgh to
Staatsburgh, where little or no clay is found, the terrace, if present,
being usually underlain by till. Below Sing Sing the clay occurs
in isolated patches of no great extent. (W. W. Mather, Geol. First
District, N. Y., p. 133.) °

The different members of the estuary deposits are not always
present in any one spot. Sometimes only two occur, rarely only
one. The clay is usually horizontal, but in a few instances dips
slightly towards the river; the stratification is more distinct and
the layers thinner in the buff clay. The blue is more plastic than
the buff and makes a better brick. Both effervesce readily with acid
from the amount of lime in them and are known as marly clays.

At most localities where the clay is exposed the blue has a greater
thickness than the buff, though there are cases in which only the
buff is present.

Vou. XI.—3

34 ' TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Nov. 30,

Usually the different members of the deposit are separated by
well-marked lines. ‘There are times, however, when the blue shades
into the buff and the latter into the stratified sand, this being always
the upper member while the blue is the lower.

At some localities the clay layers are not over an inch thick and
alternate with equally thin lavers of sand or sandy clay. Such al-
ternation is found at Haverstraw, Stony Point, Fishkill, New Wind-
sor, Cornwall, Croton, Dutchess Junction, Catskill, and Port Ewen.
At all these localities except the last two we find the clay covered
by or associated with delta deposits, and this interlamination of the
clay and sand is probably due to variations in the rapidity of the
river entering at those points.

The delta of Catskill Creek has recently been found at Leeds,
some two miles back from the Hudson, and the delta of Rondout
Creek will probably be found by following up that stream to the
shoreline of the ancient estuary.

Ice-scratched boulders are often found in the clay, some of them
six feet in diameter.

The thickness of the clay is very variable (see Table I), due to
the irregular form of the underlying surface. Sometimes the clay
rests on loose till, or hardpan, or, as at Glasco, on the upturned
edges of the shales. At Verplank and Montrose the clay lies in
basins scooped out of the rock by the glacier.

From Albany to Catskill the clay is usually underlain by modi-
fied drift of a dark gray or black color, and consisting of pebbles of
shale and quartz and sand which is mostly comminuted shale. This
sand is used for tempering the clay in the manufacture of bricks,
but at Catskill contains too much lime for this purpose. These
underlying masses of sand and gravel are probably kames; the ma-
terials composing them show a cross-stratification in many places,
they having probably been deposited by the waters rushing from
the glacier. At Coeyman’s Landing this material is faulted in
three places, and at Hudson to the rear of Fitzgerald’s yard there
are five faults in a space of fifteen feet.

Borings have been made in the clay at several localities, to wit:
At Jover’s yard near Roseton a well was sunk 175 feet through 80
feet of clay and 95 feet of sand and gravel, and this added to the
height of the upper limit of the clay above river-level gives us a
total thickness of 180 feet at this point. At Rose’s yard to the
south of Jover’s, a boring was made from river-level 135 feet
through blue clay, which added to the 108 feet of clay above river-
level gives a total thickness of 243 feet. At Haverstraw the clay
is known to extend 100 feet below river-level.

There is a very interesting clay deposit between Cornwall and
Newburgh. The clay layers are in many places wrinkled and in
some cases pressed together so as to obliterate the stratification.
We also find several terraces of small extent at this locality, to
which there are no corresponding ones on the other side of the
river; and finally the clay rests on the glaciated surface of the rock.

1891. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 39

I am inclined to think that the disturbance at this locality was pro-
duced by one or more land-slips.

At Cornwall the upper terrace is underlain by till, and this we
find to be the usual succession. In only two instances was the
upper terrace found to have the clay beneath.

Going further down the river we come to Haverstraw. Here we
find three terraces, the upper one underlain by till containing large
boulders; this drift dips under the clay, as can be seen by a section
exposed at the south end of the village and to the rear of T. Chrys-
tie’s yard.

Some two miles west of Haverstraw along the N. J. & N. Y. R.
Ri. between Thiells and Mt. Ivy is a very interesting little basin-
shaped clay deposit of elliptical outline. It is not over 18 feet thick,
as determined by boring. The clay is underlain by till and over-
lain by two to three feet of the same material containing small ice-
scratched boulders. The valley in which this deposit lies contains
numerous ridges of drift, whose longer axes lie parallel to the
direction of the valley. A section of one of them is exposed near
the clay deposit. This latter was probably formed in a small tem-
porary lake under the ice. j

At Stony Point the upper surface of the clay is very uneven and
is covered by two to eight feet of unstratified material consisting of
coarse sand and cobblestones. A similar deposit is found over-
lying the clay at Low Point above Fishkill. Also at Dutchess
_ Junction the clay is covered by the same kind of material, this latter
locality being the only one where any stratification is observable in
the mass. The layers dip towards the river.

The delta deposits of the streams tributary to the Hudson are of
great interest. They afford us an idea of the former size of these
streams, and also indicate the amount of submergence which took
place at the several points.

These delta deposits are made up of two members: Ist, the thinly
stratified loamy clays which were deposited a short distance from
the mouth of the river; and, 2d, the coarse, cross-bedded sands and
gravels which were deposited at its mouth.

The following streams between New York and Albany have
formed delta deposits (as noted by Dr. Merrill, Amer. Journ. Sci.,
June, 1891): Wappinger’s Creek, New Hamburgh; Fishkill Creek ;
Quassaic Creek, Newburgh; Moodna River, Cornwall; Indian
Creek, Cold Spring ; Peekskill; Pocantico River, Tarrytown; Saw-
mill River, Yonkers ; Tibbitt’s Brook, Van Cortlandt ; Minisceongo
Creek, Haverstraw.

All of these deltas have been largely eroded by the streams which
formed them, and little is left of them at the present day.

Dr. Merrill (Amer. Journ. Sci., June, 1891) considers it highly
probable that some of these deltas once filled a large portion of the
valley in the Highlands. At Jones’s Point opposite Peekskill there
is a deposit of thinly stratified loamy clay which may have formed
a portion of the secondary cone of Peekskill Delta; also at Rose-

36 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Nov. 30,

ton there is a similar deposit which may belong to the delta of Wap-
pinger’s Creek, which discharges at New Hamburg, about one and
a half miles further up the river.

In general, the upper limit of the clay increases northward, as
does also the terrace-level. To illustrate the latter point, we have
the following altitudes, those marked with an * being given by Dr.
Merrill :—

East SHore. WEstT SHORE.
Croton, 100 100 Haverstraw.
Peekskill, 120
185* West Point.
200 Cornwall.
Fishkill, 205 205 Newburgh.
207 Port Ewen.
340* Schenectady.

The measurements apply to what is probably the upper terrace.
At some localities we find more than one terrace, thus :—

Athens, Mp By Bhs Stony Point, 3.
Port Ewen, 2. Peekskill, 2.
Cornwall, 3. Fishkill, 2.
Storm King, 2. Schodack, 2.

Table No. 2 gives the terrace measurements made at the different
points along the river, and it should be borne in mind that they do
not represent the highest portion of the upper terrace when more
than one is present, as, especially along the upper portion of the .
river, the shore-line is quite a distance back.

Such, in brief, are the general relations of the deposits along the
Hudson River.

As far back as 1800 Dr. Samuel L. Mitchell mentioned the Hudson
River clays in the Mineralogical History of New York. In this he
says: ‘The flats between the basaltic rocks and Stony Point at.
Haverstraw appear to be underlaid by argillaceous strata, which, as
their edges appear along the shore, are not yet hardened enough to
withstand the impression of the walker’s foot.”

In 1826, according to Prof. W. W. Mather (Geol. First District of
New York, p. 130), Mr. John Finch described the quaternary de-
posits of the Hudson ina general manner under the name of tertiary.

Prof. W. W. Mather (Geol. First District of New York, pp. 123-
150) in 1848 gives a general description of the quaternary deposits
of this region.

In apaper published in the Amer. Journ. Sci. for June, 1891, Dr.
F. J. H. Merrill expresses the following conclusions concerning the
estuary deposits of the Hudson Valley :—

That after the departure of the glacier from the Hudson Valley
the land was depressed for a time, this depression amounting to at
least 80 feet at New York and 340 feet at Schenectady. That during
this depression a great depth of clay accumulated, and over this a
deposit of fine stratified § sand. Dr. Merrill considers that the sand
may possibly have been deposited during the emergence of the land,

1891. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 37

and he further considers that following the submergence there was
an elevation amounting to 180 feet at New York and at Albany to
an amount probably not less than 350 feet and perhaps even 400
feet, and that during this elevation the estuary deposits were exten-
sively eroded. There is then supposed to have been a second de-
pression, which at New York amounted to 100 feet.

As far as my personal observations go, they practically confirm
Dr. Merrill’s conclusions. A few facts I may, however, add :—

Regarding the unstratified material overlying the clays at certain
points we note the following :—

1. The materials are coarse sand, pebbles, and cobble-stones, lying
mixed up together, the only locality where stratification was noticed
being at Dutchess Junction.

2. The materials are of the same kind as the rocks in that vicinity.

3. The stones are rounded and water-worn and show no signs of
glaciation. This material was possibly washed down into the Hud-
son Valley from the valleys of its tributaries by the floods which
took place in the late quaternary and during the emergence of the
land.

The ice-scratched boulders found in the clay were probably dropped
there by icebergs floating down the estuary to the sea.

While in the field I found no fossils, but a microscopic examination
of the clays has thus far resulted in the discovery of three objects :—
1. A diatom resembling a tertiary species from Richmond, Va.

2. A fragment which may possibly be a diatom or desmid.

3. Another fragment whose surface has a moniliform pattern.
This closely resembles the surface-marking of the shell of a Buc-
cinium described by Sir William Dawson from the Champlain de-
posits of Canada. (Canad. Nat., New Series, vol. vi.)

Concretions avé very common in the clays and of varied outline.
One variety found at Coxsackie has formed around the roots which
penetrate the clay and resembles in form the rhizomorphs described
by Dr. Northrop (Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci., vol. x, No. 1) from the
Bahamas. They may have originated in a similar manner.

In the sands overlying the cla ys at Croton Point concretions are
common, sometimes forming masses four by six feet and several
inches thick.

[ Nov. 30,

TRANSACTIONS OF THE

38

‘Sd P[MOq [[BUIS pavoreYys

[a] agitp pur opeys
‘PARIS puB pug

‘uedp.ae yy

‘o[eys puv uvdpaeyyT

‘OPH] UROM MO[aq YWdop v soyworput zaoquInu ¥ Surpodoad uSis snutaL y

”
”

”
“UIvO'T
‘so[qqoo pure pug
*purg

”
TUBO'T

” ”

” ”
‘JoAvas puv purg

“ysnaq pue weo'y
‘sarqqoo pue purg

|
baal

ENCES WIE NDON
leak 1
HOOM NCO

*SoM0]S pu pURS dSIvOD » 08-9
‘yooy | -sso.10 ‘joavas pue purg » O[-8
Avo] “yooy |4eys] ‘poaras pue pueg » OZ
Aq paused uvdpaeyyt ‘PARIS ‘uIvOT ‘pus » O19
*‘SUOTJAIONOD f puRg my HE
” ‘so[qqoo pue pus in tS
3 *[PABLS PUB puBg | “yooz g-9
” ” ” ”
Baerga ‘joavas our | ‘peddrg
*[T10}B UL BOT » 09-02
‘7ea48 9 ‘aAvas puv purg » CI-9
” ” ’ Or
‘PARIS PUB JUOJSOUILT ‘JPABIS puB puBg : ae
‘PARIS puB puRs UT » OF-8
” ” 6
” ” ” CAL
” ” ” AL
” ” ” G
” “WUBOT » G
a ‘pues pue qyaeq se OP
‘ore yS “pues our » 8-9
‘pues pue wvoT eye tg.
‘OUR Y «“[OABIS pus puvg es » £3
‘oe aS ” » ©
£yud =) uF
‘oulRy «"[OARIS pue purg “UIBO'T | "qooF e-Z
; *SULIOAOD
[el.1038 UL ‘SULIOAOD JO LOJOBILYD yo
Surdjsapun jo rajovreyy SSOUYOry,

OF = 09 0%
G = GCL &
GL = 02 G
as a i) 9
83 = OL 8
9g = 6 02
OG) |e OL 81
88 Ne Sar 6 ai
6F — OT ¥
G9 = OL OT
C&T G9 OL =
FL aa or 8
g9 = Or 6-9
+9 0g Ole v
8L = = 9
8 = a 14
OF oe = a
GL Gg IF 7
GG as SI= a
6 8T = §
154 = cI 9
cy a CR oe
OOT 00T 8 =
GG >= 9T 8
09 re OF-06 0Z-0T
EPG CT 8 =
OsT 08 8 =—
08 eae 0% =
am) lh eo 08 6
09 | 09 a OL
— i} SP — os
LT = G9 L
cP — PS =,
9&1 — 8 F
68 = GE 9
G9 = cg cI
Ge 001 cy
68 | 8© 08 6
03T = cT 06
‘sso ‘ABO 70

-yoryy |“ pasoys | T0730q JO |-Morjax
BIOL surg | Pt} 9Aoqe

t | WSN

Tl ‘ON aay J,

nRassnolg “of

‘sO1g YS[R A

‘sO1g, UOSTYLW

0) Y SIDIND “DD

‘opBoW “A ‘£

‘Top y ueUy

‘OD Youg ABVMyoorg
“AOR A

“AO[ULD ZY SIIIV EL
‘MOT WZ 9nNovUAeE
‘OD Y ‘sorg OS PLIPLV
‘uaIng UBA "T
“AOUOUWILT, “LE
“TouUUOg 32 afoD
OITNSV I “fT
“U0}LOW “fC

“yes “VO

‘OD Wug soyouy
0D 3PM “VM
“IOUIVW Y 10997
“pur s,mang [vy
“mos 3 ATjaUUOd

‘Ol Wola LOW][IOXY
‘sod poH ‘dV Y'V'O

0D Y 980,
*IOAOL “CL
‘240s “V ‘OD
‘solg WRYstaig
“YsNVqIIAY “O “d
‘0D Y BS0Y “VW

‘sorg Wanqgyse
| “neassnoig “I
‘OD Yorg sarysfq aa
“OIQON “ML

‘Topsy “M

‘A[Iapng puew uojyng

‘TTEuUUODIW ‘Wa1AqG |

quesaafnyg
‘s+ * grod340049
ee eae ee aT ON DUET

SF Ss ROG ROT,

* TPLTaStl

uorjoune sseyoynq

"8" TEAS 490d
OS Obey

‘+ * gs0r; TORY

‘ Suppuey wojo19
“Ss * SPMD

MBIISIOA® FT
ee [EAC OLrOnp
* * JOSPUTAA MONT

oe) Ol Oso

“PPFODIWT “HH 'O |
*XLIPUOT] ¥ 1099099 |
| ‘uasnd UA 'N ‘Wf |

* * Wo IssULy yest

Sp ein BPN Sh OOSBTE)
* Surpuey s,qurarg
ps 5 88 rrysqE9

* * © © 9ryoRsxOD
ses S guamy
SurpuryT s,uvmsaoy

| ‘OpPVUL SUM WOT
-BAIOSGO BIOTA PIB

*KLITVOOT

1891.]

NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

TABLE No. 2.— Terrace Measurements.

Measurements marked thus * are from Dr. Merrill.

WEsT SHORE.

Coeyman’s Landing.
Coxsackie.

Athens.

Catskill.

Malden.

Smith’s Landing.

Glasco.

E. Kingston.
Port Ewen.

Marlborough.

Roseton.

Newburgh.
New Windsor.

Cornwall.

West Point.

Jones’s Point.

Stony Point.

Haverstraw.

GroLocicaL LABORATORY, CoLuMBIA COLLEGE.

Following the reading of this paper there was considerable dis-

Norra.
140 130
60
135
150
125 100
40
20?
140
Sta.
84
75
150
160
207
40
200
60
120 185
106
84
205 205
108 125
120
200 200
138 150
60
185*
120* 120*
20?
100 90
60
20
100 100
60

East SHORE.
Schodack.

Stockport.
Hudson.

Low Point.

[Dinan & Butler. ]
[Brockway Brk. Co.]
Fishkill.

Dutchess Junction.
[T. Timoney. ]

Storm King.

Peekskill.

Verplank.

Croton Landing.

cussion by Proressors Brirron, Kemp, Martin, and others.

Mr. GARRETTSON offered the following :

Resolved, That a committee of three be appointed by the chair
to draft resolutions relative to the decease of Dr. Joun C. Jay, of
Rye, N. Y., who, on November 8th, 1891, the date of his decease,
was the oldest surviving member of this Society, and to present
such resolutions before the Academy at its next meeting for action.

Carried.

The Chair appointed as such committee Messrs. GARRETTSON,

Britron, and Martin.
Meeting adjourned.

40 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ DEC. 7,

December 7th, 1891.
REGULAR Business MEETING.

Vice-President Dr. HusparD in the Chair. Twenty-five persons
present.

The minutes of the Business Meeting of November 2d were read
and approved.

Mr. GARRETSON, Chairman of the Jay Memorial Commitee, made
the following report, which was unanimously adopted :—

Resolved, That the New York Academy of Sciences receives with
deep regret the announcement of the death of Dr. Joun C. Jay,
which occurred at his country seat at Rye, N. Y., on November
8th of this current year. At the date of his decease, Dr. Jay was
the oldest surviving member of this Society, having joined the
Lyceum of Natural History fifty-nine years ago.

Resolved, That the Records and Annals of this Society bear
abundant testimony to the efficient services of Dr. Jay in its behalf
in his performance for many years of the duties of Treasurer of the
Lyceum, and to his substantial aid and wise advice afforded it in
times of financial difficulty.

fesolved, That the Academy recognizes the eminent services ren-
dered by Dr. Jay to the cause of science in his specialty as a con-
chologist, through his labors in the collecting, classifying, and cata-
loguing of mollusca in the celebrated ‘‘ Jay Collection” and the
gathering together of extensive and valuable literature connected
with the subject.

Resolved, That the Academy and the public have cause for con- .
gratulation in the fact that the results of Dr. Jay’s labors will live
as a monument to his name and usefulness by the deposit with
the American Museum of Natural History in this city of ‘the
Jay Collection of Shells” and the catalogues and literature con-
nected therewith—all of which were purchased from Dr. Jay by
the late Miss Catherine Wolfe, and by her generously presented to
that institution for the benefit of posterity.

ftesolved, That these resolutions be recorded in the minutes of the
Academy, and a copy of the same be furnished by the Secretary to
his son, Dr. John C. Jay, Jr., of this city, to be received by him
in behalf of the family of our deceased member.

The following persons recommended by the Council were elected
Resident Members by ballot :—
STePHEN P. Nasu,
Dr. J. ADELPHI GOTTLIEB,
CHARLES Ripora Mann,
Pror. Henry F. Osporn.

(ik Se NS ere ner aes

NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Late LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY.
Organized 1817.

a ae re ee
a

- Peed 'wrk ob . Y r, 2h
Pp SE

The Meetings of the Academy are held in Hamilton Hall, Columbia College,
49th Street and Madison Avenue, on Monday evening of each week, beginning ~
at 8 o’clock, from October to June, and are open to the public. On the even-
ings devoted to the Popular Lecture Course, admission is by tickets, which are
free, on previous application. .

og
“2

OFFICERS OF THE ACADEMY,
1891-1892.

President:
JOHN 8. NEWBERRY.

2d Vice-President:

1st Vice-President:
OLIVER P. HUBBARD. J. A. ALLEN.

Corresponding Secretary: Treasurer:
THOMAS L. CASEY. HENRY DUDLEY.

Recording Secretary: ; Librarian:
H. CARRINGTON BOLTON. H. T. VULTE.

Council:

N. L. BRITTON, D. 8. MARTIN, CHARLES F. COX,
J. K. REES, A. A. JULIEN, J. J. STEVENSON.
Curators: 5
GEO. F. KUNZ, JOHN I. NORTHROP, N. L. BRITTON,
D.S. MARTIN, H. T. VULTE.
Finance Committee:

JOHN H. HINTON, Chairman. H. G. MARQUAND, O. B. POTTER.

Committee of Publication:
T. L. CASEY, Chairman, D. S. MARTIN, J. 8. NEWBERRY,
J. A. ALLEN, H. CARRINGTON BOLTON, J. K. REES.

Committee on Nominations:
ENTIRE COUNCIL.

Library Committee:
N. L. BRITTON, Chairman. A. A. JULIEN,

C. F. COX, J. 8S. NEWBERRY,
J. A. ALLEN.

PRICE OF THE TRANSACTIONS.

To residents of the City of New York, not members of the Academy, $5.00.
per annum. To non-residents, $3.00 per annum; 50 cents per number. To
resident and honorary members, they are free; extra copies, 25 cents per
number.

/

% ic : EDITED BY
a THE RECORDING SECRETARY,
| a ASSISTED BY
| 4 The Publication Committee.
1

dt puBiisHED FOR THE ACADEMY,

»

In Eight Monthly Numbers, from October to May, inclusive.

2 ———

I. DE rn JANUARY, FEBRUARY cs si Mb ;

CONTENTS.

Proceedings: December 7th, 1891. Regular Business Meeting (

tinued). Astronomical Section . nian ea ciemhes

Transit Factors for the Observatory of Columbia eign gre
Monet and C. R. Mann. ABs, title.) . . =

‘ag By Harotp Jacosy. (By title.) . 4 : b.
Report upon the Meeting of the National Academy of Soiences. ‘By a a
iris: Harotp Jacosy. (Abstract.) . . ep
Changes on the Lunar Surface. By J. K. Bae: (Abstradh: ) Sos
Proceedings: December 14th, 1891. Stated Meeting . . SNe
> The Railway Problem in China. By Joun A. CuurcH. . Beisrece
A New Form of Vacuum Tube and a New Electrodynamic Current Pn
Interruptor. By M. I. Purin. (No abstracts.) . 5 : °
Proceedings: December 21st, 1891. Stated Meeting . . . .-

Geographical Exhibition ;') >; cap eee toe

A List of Early Works on North American Geology a ake
Public Lecture: Mountains, their Origin and History. By H. L.

FAIRCHILD . . : ° ° . . em
Proceedings: January 4th, 1892, Ropuiak Business Meeting «oe one
Election of Members . ° ° : 4 5 ° 4 es

: . Proposals for Membership ° . 23 tps
Astronomical Section: Progress of Standard Time i in anieens :

Letter from the American Meteorological Society . . es Gc
Proceedings: January llth, 1892. Stated Meeting : . * ‘
The Natural Dyes as applied to Wool. By_H. T. Vuursé and D. Wook nae
Warp . : : : A > . .

Proceedings : January 18th, 1892, Stated Meeting sie °
Public Lecture: The Lochs and Crannogs of Scotland. By FRank- ,

Lin W. Hooper . : oye he, NS ee
Proceedings: January 25th, 1992. Stated Mashing : 5 . os 49
The Origin and History of Mineralogical Names. By Aupert H. ~

CueEsteR. (Abstract.) . E : 5 : ° °
Remarks by Dr. Botron and others ° .
Proceedings: February Ist, 1892. Regular Rusiieee Meeting
Report of the Audubon Monument Committee ° '.
Report of the Council, Recommendations . .
Election of Members. es oe

List of Officers for 1892-1893 7 b ; 4,

1891. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 41

Mr. Frank M. CHAPMAN was nominated as a Resident Member
by Proressor J. A. ALLEN.

The Astronomical Section then organized, Proressor J. K. REEs
in the chair. Mr. Jacopy, the Secretary, read the following papers
by title:

I. Transit Factors for the Observatory of Columbia College.
BY J. T. MONELL AND C. R. MANN.

II. The Rutherfurd Photographic Measures of the Group of the
Pleiades.

BY HAROLD JACOBY.

The following papers were then read, entitled:

Report upon the Meeting of the National Academy of Sciences.
BY HAROLD JACOBY.
(Abstract. )

At the meeting of the National Academy of Sciences held at
Columbia College, November 10th to 12th, the following papers of

a mathematical nature were read: Certain New Methods and Re-

sults in Opties, by Professor Charles 8. Hastings; New Pendulum
Apparatus, by Professor T. C. Mendenhall; Astronomical Methods
of Determining the Curvature of Space, by Professor C. 8. Peirce ;
Variation of Latitude, by Professor 8. C. Chandler ; Color System,
by Professor O. N. Rood; Reduction of Rutherfurd’s Photographs,
by Professor J. K. Rees; Measurement of Jupiter’s Satellites by
Interference, by Professor A. A. Michelson.

Professor Hastings’s paper contained some new and very simple
demonstrations of optical formule already known, as well as certain
important formule altogether new, including a general expression
for magnifying power applicable to both telescopes and microscopes.
Professor Peirce presented astronomical evidence tending to show
that space possesses a negative curvature, and called attention to
various methods of conducting an investigation of this property of
space. Professor Chandler exhibited curves showing that the re-
cently discovered variation of latitude could be made to explain
certain hitherto unaccountable discordances in older observations.
His paper was followed by considerable discussion among the as-
tronomers present, Professors Young, E. C. Pickering, C.S. Peirce,
Abbe, and Dr. Gould taking part. The chief question debated was
whether the variation bas a /errestrial or celestial origin. The
investigations are being published in the Astronomical Journal.

Vou. XI.—4

,

42 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [DEC. 7,

Professor Michelson described his recent measurements of Jupiter’s
satellites at the Lick Observatory, and thought that we may hope
to measure the angular diameters of some of the brighter stars, if
they be as great as the hundredth part of a second of are. His
paper was perhaps the most important one of the session. In it
was presented a new method of measuring the angular diameters
of luminous discs by means of the interference phenomena produced
by them. The experiments made at the Lick Observatory have
been described in the Publications of the Astronomical Society of
the Pacific. The 12-inch telescope was used, but a telescope is by
no means indispensable for these observations, the chief requisite
being a very favorable condition of atmosphere. It is to be hoped
that these very promising researches will be continued.

III. Changes on the Lunar Surface.

BY J. K. REES.
(Abstract. )

Professor Rees first presented briefly the various reported dis-
coveries of changes on the lunar surface, making especial mention
of the case of Linné. Ile then stated the case of Hyginus N. “‘ Let
us recapitulate the present state of this most important question.
In the central regions of the moon, where libration has no sensible
effect in altering the appearance of the lunar surface, there is a com-
paratively open region which has been often studied. Schroter,
Lohrmann, Gruithuisen, Beer and Midler, Schmidt, Klein, Neison,
have all made this region the object of special study, so that it has
been repeatedly examined with most powerful instruments. <A
great number of very small crater-hills and ridges have been seen,
and all drawn and mapped. <A smaller number of larger craters
and hills have also been seen, and every one which existed has been
mapped. So often has this region been studied, that several years
ago it was pointed out as being one of the very few regions in which
if a change occurred it would be possible to prove it.

‘“What do the present observations show? This, that in the very
midst of this region there now exists a big black, rounded spot, per-
haps a crater, perhaps merely a depression, possibly only a surface
marking, but in any case so large and conspicuous as to be almost
the most distinct object in the entire region. We know that the
minuter features shown on the maps and drawings made anterior
to 1876 could only have been seen and drawn within forty-eight
hours of sunrise and sunset. We know, moreover, that most of
these drawings were made shortly after sunrise Yet the present
observations would indicate that now, whenever these smaller de-
tails are visible, there, in their very midst, stands this great black
object. For more than thirty-six hours after sunrise this black,
crater-like object appears to be now always visible. Before 1876

1891. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 43

it was never to be seen; since 1877 it is never to be overlooked.
Wherefore ?”

This was the statement of the case in the Selenographical Journal
for June 19th, 1879. Thereafter the Jowrnal published numerous
drawings showing Hyginus N. In various astronomical papers and
journals is to be found frequent mention of this interesting ques-
tion.

At the meeting of the Royal Astronomical Society of London,
in April, 1882, Mr. Neison gave a succinct account of the observa-
tions made by himself and others on this portion of the moon. He
believes the marking new, and says: ‘‘ What its real nature is—
whether it is a volcanic elevation, whether it is a break down,
whether it is a black surface, or what it is—I do not know; but it
is a certain black object which was not there when I observed it
before 1877, when Prof. Schmidt and Dr. Klein observed it, who
could not have overlooked it if it had been anything as distinct as
itis now. Although there are very many drawings of that part of
the moon, there is not a single one that shows it. mn

Although the evidence br ought forward is considered very strong
and appears almost like proof of a change in lunar marking, yet
astronomers have not regarded the evidence as sufficient ; the pith
of their objection being that ‘“‘when your attention is directed to a
thing, the thing is easily seen.’”

I was encouraged to take up this question by the Director of the
Lick Observatory, Prof. E. 8. Holden.

Knowing that the Columbia College Observatory had received
from Mr. Rutherfurd all his lunar photographs, most of them taken
before 1876, Prof. Holden suggested that we were the only persons
in the world who possessed the requisite material for settling the
question.

Our first examination was as to whether the photographs taken
during the past few years show the marking Hyginus N.

This was answered in the affirmative. The “photograph taken
August 15th, 1888, by Prof. Holden, and the phctograph by W.
H. Pickering’ in 1889, showing Hipparchus and the surrounding
region, seem to me to show plainly the marking. Being satisfied
that the marking can be photographed, I next examined a number
of positives made by Rutherfurd ; these were sealed and could not
be examined as closely as desired. On the positive taken Septem-
ber 16th, 1870, there appears to be a dark marking in the place
where Hyginus N. shows itself in the later photographs. The
phase is not the best suited for such examination. This marking
was also seen by Mr. H. Jacoby. I find, too, in ‘“ Poetry of As-
tronomy,” by R. A. Proctor, on page 240, that he examined sey-
eral photographs of the moon by Rutherfurd, and thought he saw
on the positive of September 16, 1870, Hyginus N.

1 The Observatory, No. 60, 1882, p. 102.
* Remark by Prest. Stone, R. A. S. Observatory, No. 60, p. 105.

44 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [prc. 21,

This examination seems to show it will be desirable to make posi-
tives from all of Rutherfurd’s negatives of the moon when her age
was less than thirty-six hours greater than the first quarter.

Such an examination will be begun very shortly.

Meeting adjourned.

December 14th, 1891.

STaTED MEETING.

Vice-President Dr. Hupparpin thechair. About fifteen persons
present.

The minutes of November 30th were read and approved.

The following paper was read, entitled :—

The Railway Problem in China.

BY JOHN A. CHURCH.
(No abstract.)

At the close of this paper, the Academy adjourned to the Chemical
Lecture-Room, where the following papers were read, entitled :—

A new form of Vacuum Tube, and A new Electrodynamic Cur-
rent Interruptor, both by Dr. M. I. Pup.

No Abstract.

December 21st, 1891.
STATED MEETING.

Vice-President Dr. Hupsparp in the chair. One hundred and
fifty persons present.

The minutes of December 14th were read and approved.

Pror. D. 8. Martin announced that during the coming week an
exhibition of geographical apparatus, maps, charts, globes, etc.,
would be opened at the Arsenal Building in Central Park. The
exhibition would remain open for two weeks, and members of the
Academy were invited to attend.

1891. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 45

Dr. Hussarp exhibited the following early and interesting works
on North American Geology :—

Wm. Maclure’s Geology, with a section map from St. Louis to
the Atlantic Ocean, through Philadelphia, published in 1817.

The Van Rensselaer Canal Survey, by Prof. Eaton, of Troy,
with a section from Boston to Niagara, published in 1825.

Prof. Mitchell’s Geology of North Carolina, 1842.

Meeting of Geologists in Philadelphia in 1840. Dr. Hussarp
stated that he had been present at that meeting.

The third lecture of the Popular Course was then delivered by
Pror. H. L. Faircuixp, of Rochester University, entitled :—

Mountains, their Origin and History,

illustrated by lantern views.
At the close of the meeting a vote of thanks was passed to the>
lecturer, and the Academy adjourned until January 4th, 1892.

January 4th, 1892.
REGULAR Business MEETING.
Vice-President Dr. Hupsarp in the chair. Ten persons present.

The minutes of the previous Business Meeting (December 7th,
1891) were read and approved.

Mr. Frank M. CHAPMAN, having been recommended for election
as a Resident Member by the Council, was duly elected by ballot.

The following persons were proposed as Resident Members, viz :

J. Woopgprince Davis, Ph.D., by H. Jacopy, Isragrn C. Pirrson,
Ph.D., by J. J. Stevenson, and referred to the Couneil.

The Astronomical Section then organized, Pror. J. K. Rees in
the chair. The Secretary of the Section read a communication
from Count E. v. Hesse-Warrece, who was expected to lecture
upon ‘‘The Progress of Standard Time in Europe.”” The Count
was unable to be present, as he had been summoned to Spain by
cable on important business of his government.

Remarks were made by Progr, Rees upon Standard Time, and

46 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JAN. 4,

letters were read upon the same topic from Count HEssE-W ARTEGG,
Dr. Ropert ScuramM, of Vienna, and Mr. ALLEN.

From the latter the following communication was obtained :—

Weare informed by Prof. Pasquier, of the University of Louvain,
that M. Vandenpeereboom, Minister of the Department of Railway,
Postal and Telegraph Lines of Belgium, has decided to introduce
the use of the Standard Time of the Greenwich Meridian on May
1, 1892, in all services in his department. He also recommends its
adoption by the other departments in their relations to the public.
This is a great step in advance toward the unification of time
throughout all- the world.

The situation in other countries, as briefly set forth by Prof.
Pasquier, has been published in the ‘‘ Annales de la Sociéié Scien-

tifique,” of Brussels, from which we extract the following :—

In Holland the government has authorized the use of Standard
Time of the Greenwich Meridian for the operation of railways
from May 1, 1892, the same date as for Belgium. On the time
tables for the use of the public, for the present, local time will be
used.

In Prussia ‘‘ Middle European Time,” one hour faster than
Greenwich time, was adopted on June 1, 1891, for employés’ time-
tables. At the meeting of the German Railway Union, held last
year, the Prussian delegates opposed the adoption of this standard
for public time-tables, but they have now themselves proposed its
adoption for the use of the public also. A speech made by Field-
Marshal Von Moltke in the Reichstag shortly before his death
appears to have been a moving cause of this change of opinion.
At the meeting of the ‘‘Union” in July, 1892, the general adoption
of Standard Time for all railway tim-etables in Germany is likely
to be accomplished, and its use in civil life will probably follow.

The governments of the South German States (Bavaria, Wur-
tembere, and Baden) have decided to adopt the ‘ Middle European
Time” for all railway time-tables on April 1, 1892. Its introduc-
tion in Alsace-Lorraine will be effected on the same date.

Since October 1, 1891, the same standard time has been in use in
all railway, postal, and-telegraph service in Austria-Hungary, and
many Austrian cities have also adopted it. Dr. Peez, a member of
the Chamber, presented, at the meeting of May 11, 1891, in the
name of twenty- -nine of his colleagues, a petition asking legislation
authorizing the extension of the use of the new time for civil life
throughout the entire empire.

It appears quite probable that by the winter of 1892, or not later
than the summer of 1893, the unification of time in all the countries
mentioned, on the same principle of standard time now in use in
this country, will have been completed.

1892.] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 47

The following letter was read by Mr. J AcoB¥ :—

Dr. B. A. Gould, president of the American Metrological Society,
writes from Germany that at the quinquennial session of the
Geographical International Congress held in Berne, August 10 to
17, there were about two hundred and eighty delegates and repre-
sentatives from all countries. At this Congress was passed the
following resolution on August 14th :—

“The Geographical Congress entreats Englishmen of science to
desist in future from the use of their ancient units of weights and
measures in scientific and technical publications, and to employ
those of the metric system only.”

This resolution was passed with immense enthusiasm; the ap-
plause and cheering lasted for nearly five minutes, and the vote was
unanimous.

In connection with this, allow me to state that the American
Metrological Society has prepared a petition asking Congress to
pass the following act :—

“That on and after July Ist, 1893, the metric system of weights
and measures authorized by the act of Congress approved July
28th, 1866, shall be used exclusively in the customs service in the
United States.”

Such petition we desire to circulate widely amongst those desir-
ing to sign it, and we ask each signer to mail it to his Representative
in Congress.

The American Metrological Society has prepared a simple and
excellent chart of the metric system, which, for educational pur-
poses, it will mail to any one asking for it for the eost price, 10
cents in stamps. Address Secretary of American Metrological
Society, No. 41 East 49th Street, New York City. Copies of the
petition can be had at the same address.

JOHN K. REES, Secretary Am. Met. Society.

New York, Sep. 24, 1891.

The Secretary of the Section announced the discovery at Heidel-
berg of two minor planets by photography. He also, upon the
request of Pror. Martin, made some remarks upon the Secular
Variation of Latitude.

Meeting adjourned.

48 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JAN. 18,

January 11th, 1892.
StaTeD MEETING.

Vice-President Dr. Husparp in the chair. Twenty-five persons
present.

The minutes of December 21st, 1891, were read and approved.

The following paper was read, entitled :—

The Natural Dyes as Applied to Wool.
BY H. T. VULTE AND D. W. WARD.

This paper will appear in the May number.
At the close of the paper the meeting adjourned.

January 18th, 1892.
STATED MEETING.

Mr. F. W. GaArrertrson in the chair. One hundred persons
present.

The minutes of January 11th were read and approved.

The fourth lecture of the Popular Course was then delivered by
Pror. FRANKLIN W. Hooper, of the Brooklyn Institute, on

The Lochs and Crannogs of Scotland,

illustrated by lantern views.

From the deductions of Pror. Hooper, the ancient Scottish Race,
the Picts, resisted successfully the invasion of Roman, Northman,
Dane, and Saxon arms; their peculiar manner of building these lake
homes, and the engineering skill displayed in the construction of
the Crannogs, together with the implements found in their ruins,
mark them as a people of no small degree of civilization. These
lake dwellings have been found in almost every quarter of Scotland,
and when fully investigated will probably throw much light on this
unconquerable race.

Meeting adjourned.

is ;
NSACTIONS OF THE New YorK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES,

Vol. XT, pp. 49-58...
To replace pp. 49-58 of Nos. 3, 4, 5, 1891-1892.

‘ES. 49

January 25th, 1892.
STATED MEETING.

Vice-President Dr. Hupsparp in the chair. Eighteen persons
present.

The minutes of January 18th were read and approved.

A letter was read from Dr. Jonn C. Jay, Jr., thanking the
Academy for the Resolutions adopted in memory of his father, the
late Dr. Joun C. Jay.

Dr. Boiron announced that an illustrated lecture would be de-
livered before the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences by
Pror. Cuaries V. Rivey, Chief of the Division of Entomology, .
U. S. Department of Agriculture, on Tuesday, March 2d, 1892. —

Insects and flowers ; or, the Interrelations of Insects and Plants.

Members of the Academy were invited to attend.

The following paper was then read, entitled

The Origin and History of Mineralogical Names,

BY ALBERT H. CHESTER,
with an exhibition of classical works on Mineralogy.

The study of mineral names is an interesting one, not only from
the mineralogist’s point of view, as affording an insight into the
growth and development of this branch of science, but also to the
student of human nature, for many traits of character are shown in
the various considerations which have determined the particular
name to be adopted.

We sometimes find as a reason for a name the simple idea of dis-
tinguishing the thing itself; but this is not the most common reason.
To do honor to some person who may perhaps be pleased or flat-
tered by the attention, or to immortalize some place, often otherwise
obscure or unknown, is a much more common reason. Names have
been given to commemorate battle-fields, to sneer at the work of
earlier investigators, and as a tribute to feminine loveliness. In
short the whole round of human passions has been gone over in the
manufacture of these words, which are purely scientific in their
uses, and for the making of which scientific methods might well
have been employed. The subject has also no little interest from
the philological side,and these names deserve study if only as part

50 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JAN. 25,

of language. I need make no excuse for occupying your thoughts
for a short time in the consideration of this general subject.

One of the most noticeable things about mineral names is the
lack of uniformity in their terminations. While the large majority
of them end in -ite, there are many in -ine, while -ane, -ase, -ose, and
several others have been often used. It is to be regretted that the
termination -ite has not been universally adopted, for it has been so
far adopted as to be the generally accepted one for such names. It
has the sanction of antiquity, for it was used by the old Greek
writers in the forms -ites, or -itis, as in deuarirys, ‘hematite,’ and
arxaBaorctis, ‘alabaster.’ Such forms were also used by the Romans,
and we have in Pliny siderites, ‘lodestone,’ steatitis, ‘soapstone,’
molochites, ‘malachite,’ and many others. These forms are un-
doubtedly the source of the termination -ite now in use, as they are
the earliest known terminations. Such names were given by the
ancients as noting some property or use of the mineral, or some-
times designating its source, or the locality from which it was
derived; as payryres, a mineral from Magnesia. Or, to speak of
those already mentioned, acuarirys iS a mineral resembling blood,
from the color of its powder ; aaaSacrires, A mineral from hich a
vessel called an alabastron was cut, siderites, from otézpos, ‘iron,’
because it contains it, steatitis, from ozéaros, ‘ of fat,’ because it feels
greasy, and molochites, from waaay, ‘mallows,’ alluding to its green
color.

All scientific works were written in Latin up to a very recent
date, and as there was no chemistry to show differences in composi-
tion, there was no real progress in mineralogy. External characters
alone were used as means of distinguishing minerals from each
other, and those that looked alike must necessarily be classed
together. Pliny’s names were sufficient for all the uses of science
down to the 16th century. There had hardly been a name added,
even by Agricola, whose large works were published 1529 to 1546.
The name fluor is perhaps his only new one, and that he probably
did not originate, but took from the vocabulary of the furnace-men,
who used it in smelting their ores. Certain minerals in general use
had their common names in various languages, but there were few
of these.

The use of the termination -lite, in German -lith, from the Greek
avdoc, ‘a Stone,’ ought here to be mentioned, as it was a genuine
attempt to introduce a distinguishing mark for mineral names,
which, if successful, would have been of great benefit to mineral
nomenclature e, as bringing in the desirable element of uniformity.
This also comes from antiquity, being found in the Greek. But
it never came into general use, and in later years is hardly used
except for euphony. ‘There is an erroneous impression that the ter-
mination -ite is derived from this, which, as we have seen, is not the
case, being a much older form.

Several attempts have been made to give systematic names to
minerals on some such principle as is used in other branches of

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 51

natural science, but none of them have been generally adopted, and
all have by degrees been dropped. One of the earliest of these was
by Sir John Hill, in his History of Fossils, 1748. He divides min-
erals into numbered series, classes, and orders, and under these into
named genera and species. His genus names are many of them
new, but are sometimes older names modified to suit his system.
For instance, Marmora, for the marbles. A good example of his
new names, and also of the way in which species were multiplied,
when only external characteristics were considered, is in the order
of inflammables. The 3d class is called Phlogoniw, and under this
we have as the Ist Genus, Pyricubia, and under this two species—

Ist. Pyricubium maximum foliaceum, and

2d. Pyricubium solidum minus.

The first of these species is simply cubical crystals of iron pyrites,
striated by oscillation toward a hemi-tetrahexahedron, and the
second is the unstriated erystals of the same. Octahedral pyrite is
made another genus, and dodecahedral is still another. Several
more genera are made from what is now the one species. This
system never came into general use, and Hill himself gives it up
and adopts one much more simple in his later work, 1771.

In 1820 Prof. Mohs brought out a small book entitled ‘“‘ The
Characters of the Classes, Orders, Genera, and Species; or the
Characteristic of the Natural History System of. Mineralogy.
Intended to enable students to discriminate minerals on principles
similar to those of Botany and Geology.” This system is more
fully presented in his larger work of 1822-24, translated by Hai-
dinger in 1825. He uses genus and species names for each
mineral, and sometimes adds a third for more careful distinction.
Under the genus garnet he gives Pyramidal Garnet, or idocrase ;
Dodecahedral Garnet, or true garnet, and Prismatoidal Garnet, or
staurolite. Dioptase becomes Rhombohedral Emerald-Malachite.
This system was quite popular for a time, and had several imita-
tors. Prof. C. U. Shepard adopts Mohs’s system, and in the first
edition of his mineralogy, 1832-5, he not only uses his names, but
extends the system still further. He, however, gives the common,
or trivial name as it is called first, and always uses them in speaking
of the species. Microlite is the one new species of his own noted in
this book, which under the system he calls Octahedral Tungstic-
Baryte, and similar names are carried all the way through. None
of these names are mentioned in his third edition, 1852-7.

In 1836, Prof. J. D. Dana read a paper before the New York
Lyceum of Natural History, entitled ‘A New Mineral Nomencla-
ture,” in which he presents a complete arrangement according to
the Natural History method, and gives some very good reasons for
its adoption. This system is carried out in full in the first edition,
1837, of his great work on Mineralogy. He uses in general two
names for each mineral, as Andalusius prismaticus for andalusite,
but he gives the common name first in all cases. In his second

52 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JAN. 25,

edition, 1844, he retains these Latin names as the scientific ones,
as necessary to ‘‘a systematic idea of the science,’ but adds, ‘the
shorter trivial names should, however, be retained, as more con-
venient for common use.’’ In the third edition, 1850, however,
Prof. Dana discards the whole system, not even retaining the names
as synonyms. A system of arrangement was adopted that was
understood to be temporary, while at the end of the work a chemi-
cal classification was suggested. In the later editions, this last has
been perfected, and we now have an arrangement easy of reference
and answering all purposes of classification, but from which all
traces of the double Latinized forms of the Natural History methods
have disappeared. This or some similar system is now generally
followed by writers on mineralogy, much to the satisfaction of
those who use their works. In 1847, Glocker published his work
entitled ‘‘Generum et Specierum Mineralium Synopsis.” This is
perhaps the most successful attempt at a systematic nomenclature
that has been made. He uses in general a Latinized form of the
common name for the name of each species, with some descriptive
word added. For varieties, he adds a third word, as is common in
other branches of natural history. For instance, under Granatus,
garnet, he gives three species: 1st. Granatus nobilis, precious gar-
net ; 2d. Granatus byacinthinus, cinnamon garnet; and 3d. Granatus
vulgaris, common garnet, and under the latter, the varieties Granatus
vulgaris fuscus, niger, viridis, flavus, and albidus. The work is
in Latin, thus going back to the style of the scientific books of the
last century. Recently, Prof. T. Sterry Hunt has devised a new
Natural System, suggested indeed as early as 1853, but as he does
not give us new names for the species, a discussion of it would be
out of place here. His work is, however, exceedingly interesting,
and will well repay examination by those who care to go further
into that side of the general subject.

In 1728 Dr. John Woodward published a work entitled ‘‘ Fossils
of all Kinds Digested into a Method, Suitable to their Mutual Re-
lations and Affinity, ” but it isa description from external characters
only, and can hardly be called a scientific treatise. The first one
that really deserves such a name is by the Swedish mineralogist,
Wallerius, in 1747, which is arranged on a scientific plan, and gives
us the earliest systematic description of minerals. Cronstedt,
another Swedish chemist, ten years later gave us a work of much
greater value, as be brought in chemical relations, as far as was
possible in the crude state of that science. But few new names
were added, for the study was still largely from the external side,
and new species could not be recognized. With the discovery of
oxygen in 1776, and the real beginning of the science of chemistry,
a more correct basis for the differentiation of mineral species was
found. This was aided by the application of scientific crystallo-
graphy, the first edition of Delisle’s work appearing in 1772, and
the second, in four volumes, in. 1783. From this date new names

i li: te a ee i ee

re

1892. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 53

were given to minerals as the result of more extended research in
this branch of study, and one of the first of these was prehnite,
given by Werner to a mineral brought from the Cape of Good Hope
by Colonel Prehn, and hence named after him. Werner first an-
nounced the name in his lectures in 1783, as he himself states later,
but it was not published for several years. In 1789 there is an
article in the Journal de Physique, by Sage, objecting to the use of
names of persons for minerals, the text for which is this name of
Werner’s. But the name has kept its place, and is now the accepted
one for the species. Other names, given about the same time after
persons, are Witherite, after Dr. Withering, who first described it,
and torberite, later changed to torbernite, after Torbern Bergmann,
its firstanalyst. This latter mineral has gone through various vicis-
situdes as to its name, and a list of them, as an illustration, may not
be out of place here. I take them from the 5th edition of Dana’s Min-
eralogy, p. 585; Mica viridis, 1772; Chalkolith, 1788; Torberite,
1793; Uranglimmer, 1800; Torbernit, 1803; Uranite, 1814; Uran-
phyllit, 1820; Copper Uranite (no date) ; Cuprouranit, 1865.

My study of the history of mineral names was begun in the in-
terest of Murray’s English Dictionary, where these names are con-
sidered as words simply, and part of the language, as found in
books. The information sought with reference to each is Ist, the
author of the name; 2d, date of first publication; 3d, reference to
original publication ; 4th, first form, if different from the form now
used by English writers; 5th, derivation ; 6th, reason for the name;
Tth, a short description, sufficient to identify it, particularly if the
name has been used for more than one species or variety.

A good example is Erinite, a name given by Haidinger, 1828,
Annals of Philosophy, 2d series, vol. iv, p. 154, from Erin, because
it was supposed to have been found in Ireland. It is a green,
fibrous, arseniate of copper. This description is necessary, and suffi-
cient to distinguish it from Erinite of Thompson, 1836, Thompson’s
Mineralogy, vol. i, p. 342, derived also from Erin, for the same
reason, and properly so, for it came from Ireland. But this is a
reddish, clay-like mineral from the Giant’s Causeway, and probably
does not merit a name at all. Full information about the majority
of the names is easily obtained, and is usually to be found in the
last edition of Dana’s Mineralogy, up to 1892. In his 5th edition
Prof. Dana makes an attempt at uniformity of nomenclature by
changing the terminations of many of them into -ite, particularly
those ending in -ine, only leaving those unchanged which had come
into too general use in the language to be so treated. So we have
galenite, alabandite, pyrrhotite, and periclasite, instead of galena,
alabandine, pyrrhotine, and periclase. These changes have been
generally adopted, and are all in the right direction.

In 1876 Prof. Shepard published a ‘‘ Catalogue of Minerals found
within about 75 miles of Amherst College, Mass.,’’ in which he pro-
posed that the names of all acknowledged mineral species, except

54 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JAN. 25,

those of the elements and a very few more, shal] uniformly end in
-ite, and that the termination -ine shall as uniformly be used for all
variety names, and those whose specific character is not fully settled.
Accordingly, he gives us gypsite, serpentite, wadite, orthoclasite,
spodumenite, epidotite and many similar changes, while marmolite,
picrolite, nacrite, and others are made to end in -ine, marmoline,
picroline, nacrine. It is hardly necessary to say that these sugges-
tions have not been generally or fully accepted.

With reference to a considerable number of names the full infor-
mation wanted is not easy to obtain, and in some cases perhaps it
cannot be found at all. When it is not given in Dana’s Mineralogy
the student may be sure that he will have to hunt to find it. This
is particularly true of obsolete names, information about which must
be sought in the earlier volumes of scientific journals.

The first publication of Taylor’s name killinite is in 1818, in vol.
xiii, p. 4, of the Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy, a fact
not stated in any work on mineralogy, as far as I have examined
them. There are some names also about which very erroneous
ideas as to derivation prevail, and which need correction. The name
chabazite was given in the form chabasie, by Bose d’ Antic, in 1780,
Journal d’Histoire Naturelle, vol. ii, p. 181, and is derived from
yoBalios, the name given to one of the stones mentioned in the
Orphic poem [epi adov. The name as we now have it in the poem
is yaaafids, and the mineral should therefore have been called chala-
zite. Kidd ealled attention to the blunder in 1809, Kidd’s Min-
eralogy, vol. i, p. 249; but the original name has held its place.
It is but fair to say that the form yaBafcos was used in the current
editions of the poem at the time the name was applied. The deriva-
tion of the word datholite has often been incorrectly given. It is
really a corruption of the original name datolith, given by Esmark
in 1806, from ddréouar, to divide, and acdos, alluding to the granular
structure of one of its varieties. Werner added the h for no appa-
rent reason, and the changed form was adopted by most authors
until Prof. Dana unriddled the matter and gave it its correct form
again. But wise writers have tried to find another derivation for
it, and one author of note says it is from 8a60s, which he says means
turbid, because the mineral is not clear and transparent. Another
wiser one says there is no such Greek word as 6490s, which is true,
and that it is from the compound word $a-90,20s, meaning very tur-
bid, which is no more a proper derivation than the other. The
word feldspar has been changed into felspar for no better reason
than that the latter form was thought the right one. It was used
by Wallerius in his Mineralogy of 1747, p. 65, in the Swedish form
felt-spat, meaning field-spar. It did not originate with him probably,
but may have been a popular name in his time. Da Costa used
it in 1757, in the German form feld-spath, and this form was cur-
rent until 1794, when we find, in Kirwan’s Mineralogy, vol. i,
p. 317, the following note: ‘‘This name seems to be derived from

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. a)

fels, a rock, it being commonly found in granites, and not from feld,
a field; and hence I write it thus, felspar.””. This assumption of
Kirwan has been taken for fact by all English writers, and the cor-
rupt form is in very general use.

The point most commonly lacking is the reason for adopting the
name. Where it is for some characteristic of the mineral the author
often takes it for granted that it is as evident to others as to him-
self. The name coracite, Le Conte, Amer. Jour. of Science, 2d
Series, vol. iii, p. 117, is a case in point. Le Conte does not
give any eek but it is the name of a pitch-black variety of
uraninite, and is probably derived from xopag, a raven. A similar
case is that of adinole; Beudaat’s Mineralogy, 1832, vol. ii,
p. 126. No derivation is given, but it may easily be conjectured
from the description that it is from déeos, compact. But there are
other cases where there is nothing suggestive in the description, and
even conjecture is at fault. Such conjectures if stated as such are
of value, but to give them as facts, as has often been done, is cer-
tainly a serious blunder, if not something worse. Yet this has
often been done. In one of the large dictionaries we find the name
acanticone derived as follows: From “ Greek dx7, point, dvi, against,»
and xavos, cone.”” This is a mere guess. The name was given by
d’Andrada, 1800, Journal de Physique, vol. ii, p. 240, in the form
akanthicone, and is derived from dxav6i’s, a gold-finch, and xowa,
powder, because the color of the powdered mineral is yellow. <A
similar blunder is made with the name alvite, so called after one of
its localities, Alve, Norway. In the dictionary it is derived from
alvus, the belly. Another instance of a mistaken popular deriva-
tion is that of coreite, an obsolete synonym of agalmatolite, from
the name of the country Corea, probably because agalmatolite is
from China, and Corea is close by. The name was given by Dela-
métherie in 1795, and he derives it from yocpecos, of a swine, because
of its greasy appearance. He at first calls it koireiite, but changed
it to koreiite, and then to koreite, with ak, which has since been
changed to ¢, giving the form resembling one derived from the name
Corea. But the name ought to be choireiite, commencing with ch.

Sometimes errors of the compositor have failed of correction, and
the changed names have feund their way into later books as real
ones. One of these is glorikite ; Dufrenoy’s Mineralogy, 1859, vol.
ill, p. 326, which is an error for glinkite. Gibsonite, in the 1847
edition of the same work, vol. iii, p. 761, is probably an error for
gibbsite, but this is not so clear. Galadsite, galadstite, and galad-
tite are all printer’s errors for galaktite.

A curious case of this sort is seen in the various forms of the word
didymite. It was announced by Schaufhautl in 1845 from &dipos, a
twin, because it was thought to be a second silicate containing cal-
cium carbonate as part of its composition. The form was by some
blunder given as didrimite, but this was soon changed by the author
himself to the correctly derived form, didymite, the original 7 being

56 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JAN. 25,

properly changed to y. Of this word you will find in the books
four different forms, only one of which deserves any place in
mineralogy.

Breithaupt gave the name kupholit, from xovpos, light, and acdos,
to a very light variety of serpentine. He leaves out the o of the
original word, probably because the word with the o had been used
before, being an obsolete synonym of prehnite. This was first
changed to kuphoite and then to cyphoite, which gives little idea of
its original derivation and meaning.

Many more instances might be cited, but enough has been said to
show how much confusion has arisen through carelessness or un-
warrantable assumption, and how desirable it is that it should be
disentangled as far as possible.

The first requisite for this work was to get as complete a list as
possible of the names. This was compiled from many sourees, as
no published list containing all the names was to be found in
the books. This list was then written in alphabetical order in a
book with space between the names for the facts to be noted, and
plenty of space in which to insert omitted names. All the books at
command were then looked through in chronological order, and
facts inserted in their proper places as fast as found. In this way
all desired information was obtained and collated about the great
majority of the names, but a number were left either entirely blank
or with space only partially filled. Then the words were taken
one by one, in order as written down, and the lacking matter filled
out as far as possible. In this way the work has progressed through
the letter G, which accounts for the fact that most of the names
cited come in the earlier part of the alphabet. But there are a num-
ber still incomplete, and it is partly in the hope of obtaining infor-
mation about some of these that this preliminary paper has been
prepared.

Of Ainalite and several other words I have not found the deriva-
tion. They are given by Nordenskiold, and probably the informa-
tion is to be found in his Mineralogy of Finland, but I have not
been able to see a copy of it. Albertite is a name that needs a
father and a first reference. Anagenite as a name for chrome ochre
seems to have no authoritative beginning. Aricite, a synonym of
gismondite, is in the same position. Aspidelite of Weibye has only
the author’s name after it. Barettite, Beffonite, Beudantite as a
synonym of eleolite, Bieirosite, Bischofite as a synonym of plum-
bogummite, Braardite and Bromlite are also more or less lacking.
Bromlite and some others can be cleared up by consulting the
Records of General Science, a journal published by Thompson in
1835 to 1836, but I have not yet found a copy of it. These twelve
names in A and B are all that are wanting to complete the infor-
mation about the six hundred names catalogued under those letters ;
and the other letters have about the same proportion. Any infor-

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 57

mation about these names or the books mentioned will be gladly
welcomed.

One other word I wish to speak of, and that is dragonite, an
early synonym for rock crystal. No suggestion is to be found
as to its author or derivation, and yet it is mentioned in many
books. The earliest mention I have found of it is in Zappe’s Min-
eralogisches Hand-Lexicon published in 1817, where it has the form
dragomit, probably a typographical error, as everywhere else it is
spelled with ann. Zappe says the name refers to rounded or rolled
quartz crystals, where only traces of the columnar form can be de-
tected. It is easy to conjecture that this word is from draconis, of
a dragon, and that such specimens were thought to have some rela-
tion to the fabulous monster, but without more light on the subject
nothing positive can be affirmed. But having carried you back to
the age of fables, I had better close, lest you think me wandering
from my subject.

Nore.—Since the above paper was presented, the name dragonite has been
completely traced back to Pliny’s Draconites, the so-called stone of the Flying
Dragon.

The paper being concluded, Dr. Bouton stated that the Library
Check-list in Bolton’s Catalogue, to which the speaker had referred,
was compiled by a clerk in the Smithsonian Institution, and his work
was unfortunately rather carelessly done. He, Dr. Boiron, would
not like to be held responsible for it. Dr. Bowron said he had read
in Alchemy for Murray’s Dictionary and contributed about four
hundred words. Murray’s monumental work is not free from
errors in chemistry, benzine and benzene being confounded, for
example.

Dr. Boxron directed the attention of Pror. CHESTER to several
early dictionaries of chemistry that might be useful to him in his
research, viz.: William Johnson’s London, 1652; Martin Ruland,
Frankfurt, 1612; and Sommerhoff’s Lexicon, Nuremberg, 1701.

He also exhibited a copy of Bruce’s American Mineralogical
Journal, New York, 1814, a work of great rarity. Pror. G.
Brown GoopeE had stated in print that only two copies of this
journal are known to exist, one in N. Y. State Library, and one in
Harvard Library (Proceedings, Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. iv,
1886-88).

Dr. Botton also exhibited a copy of the Memoirs of the Columbian
Chemical Society, Philadelphia, 1813, a book of peculiar interest
and but little known.

In reply Pror. Cuesrer said the Library of Hamilton College
Vou. XI.—5

58 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [FEB. l,

also possessed a copy of Bruce’s Journal, and Mr. Kunz stated he
too owned a copy.

Mr. Kunz spoke of his connection with the Century Dictionary,
and of a controversy on paper he had concerning the true nature
of ‘‘ Rhinestone,” a lexicographer of eminence claiming it to be
quartz, whereas it is known to be paste.

Dr. Brirron asked Pror. CHESTER whether any definite date
could be assigned to the beginnings of mineralogical nomenclature ;
botanical terminology dates chiefly from Linnaeus. Pror. CHESTER
replied that, after Pliny, perhaps Agricola was the first authority,
and that in Agricola’s work he had found only one new name, fluor.
Minerals began to be scientifically differentiated about 1780-1790,
and systematic nomenclature of minerals probably dated back to
this epoch.

After some remarks by Dr. Husparp the meeting adjourned.

February Ist, 1892.
REGULAR BUSINEss MEETING.

Vice-President Dr. Husparp in the chair. Highteen persons
present.

The minutes of January 4th were read and approved.

Pror. THomas Eaneston reported, on behalf of the Audubon
Monument Committee, that $9004 had been subscribed, of which
about $250 would probably never be paid. He then introduced the
following resolutions, which were adopted :—

Resolved, That the Audubon Monument Committee have power
to erect the monument to Audubon, and to make the proper arrange-
ments for the ceremonies of the unveiling, provided the work is all
done without expense to the Academy.

zesolved, That Pror. J. A. ALLEN be added to the Audubon
Monument Committee.

Pror. Eartston further explained the work of the committee,
and the co-operation of Trinity Church Corporation in providing a
new plot and vault for the remains. ,

Pror. Hairston exhibited a yellow sapphire (oriental topaz) of
unusual beauty.

_ ae

1892. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 49

January 25th, 1892.
StTateD MEETING.

Vice-President Dr. Hupparp in the chair. Eighteen persons
present.

The minutes of January 18th were read and approved.

A letter was read from Dr. Joun C. Jay, Jr., thanking the
Academy for the Resolutions adopted in memory of his father, the
late Dr. Joun C. Jay.

Dr. Borron announced that an illustrated lecture would be
delivered before the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences by
Pror. Cuarues V. Ritey, Chief of the Division of Entomology,
U. S. Department of Agriculture, on Tuesday, March 2d, 1892.

Insects and Flowers; or, the Interrelations of Insects and Plants,

Members of the Academy were invited to attend.

The following paper was then read, entitled

The Origin and History of Mineralogical Names.
BY ALBERT H. CHESTER,
with an exhibition of classical works on Mineralogy.
(Abstract. )

The study of mineral names is an interesting one, not only from
the mineralogist’s point of view, as affording an insight into the
growth and development of this branch of science, but also to the
student of human nature, for many traits of character are shown in
the various considerations which have determined the particular
name to be adopted.

We sometimes find as a reason for a name the simple idea of dis-
tinguishing the thing itself; but this is not the most common reason.
To do honor to some person who may perhaps be pleased or flat-
tered by the attention, or to immortalize some place, often other-
wise obscure or unknown, is a much more common reason.

Names have been given to commemorate battle-fields, to sneer at
the work of earlier investigators, and as a tribute to feminine love-
liness. In short the whole round of human passions has been gone
over in the manufacture of these words, which are purely scientific
in their uses, and for the making of w hich scientific methods might
well have been employed. The subject has also no little interest
from the philological side, and these names deserve study if only as
part of language. I meed make no excuse for occupying your

a TRANSACTIONS OF THE [san. 25,

thoughts for a short time in the consideration of this general
subject.

One of the most noticeable things about mineral names is the
lack of uniformity in their terminations. While the large majority
of them end in—ite, there are many in—ine, while ane, ase, ose,
and several others have been often used. It is to be regretted that
the termination ite has not been universally adopted, for it has been
so far adopted as to be the generally accepted one for such names.
It has the sanction of antiquity, for it was used by the old Greek
writers in the forms—ites, or—itis, as in dewarcrys, hematite, and
araBaorires, ‘alabaster.’ Such forms were also used by the Romans,
and we have in Pliny siderites, ‘lodestone,’ steatitis, soapstone,
molochites, ‘malachite,’ and many others. These forms are un-
doubtedly the source of the termination ite now in use, as they are
the earliest known terminations. Such names were given by the
ancients as noting some property or use of the mineral, or some-
times designating its source, or the locality from which it was de-
rived ; aS payryres, a mineral from Magnesia. Or, to speak of those
already mentioned, darirys is a mineral resembling blood, from
the color of its powder ; daaGasrites, & Mineral from aon a vescal
called an alabastron was cut, siderites, from oSypos, iron, because
it contained it, steatitis, from ozéaros, ‘of fat,’ because it feels
greasy, and molochites, from paadzy, ‘mallows,’ alluding to its green
color.

All scientific works were, written in Latin up to a very recent
date, and as there was no chemistry to show differences in composi-
tion, there was no real progress in mineralogy. External characters
alone were used as means of distinguishing minerals from each
other, and those that looked alike must necessarily be classed to-
wether. Pliny’s names were sufficient for all the uses of science
down to the 16th century. There had hardly been a name added,
even by Agricola, whose large works were published 1529 to 1546.
The name fluor is perhaps his only new one, and that he probably
did not originate, but took from the vocabulary of the furnace-men,
who used it in smelting their ores. Certain minerals in general use
had their common names in various languages, but there were few
of these.

The use of the termination lite, in German lith, from the Greek
xiG0s, ‘a Stone,’ ought here to be mentioned, as it was a genuine
attempt to introduce a distinguishing mark for mineral names,
and which, if successful, would have been of great benefit to mineral
nomenclature, as bringing in the desirable element of uniformity.
This also comes from antiquity, being found in the Greek. But it
never came into general use, and in later vears is hardly used at all
except for euphony. There is an erroneous impression that the ter-
mination ite is derived from this, which, as we have seen, is not the
case, being a much older form.

Several attempts have been made to give systematic names to
minerals on some such principle as is used in other branches of

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 51

natural science, but none of them have been generally adopted, and
all have by degrees been dropped. One of the earliest of these was
by Sir John Hill, in his History of Fossils, 1748. He divides min-
erals into numbered series, classes, and orders, and under these into
named generaand species. His genus names are many of them new,
but are sometimes older names, modified to suit his system. For
instance, Marmora, for the marbles. A good example of his new
names, and also of the way in which species were multiplied, when
only external characteristics were considered, is in the order of
inflammables. The 3d class is called Phlogonie, and under this
we have as the Ist, Genus, Pyricubia, and under this two spe-
cies—

Ist. Pyricubium maximum foliaceum, and

2d. Pyricubium solidum minus.

The first of these species is simply cubical crystal of iron pyrites,
striated by oscillation toward» a hemi-tetrahexahedron, and the
second is the unstriated crystals of the same. Octahedral pyrite is
made another genus, and dodecahedral is still another. Several
more genera are made from what is now the one species. This
system never came into general use, and Hill himself gives it up
and adopts one much more simple in bis later work, 1771.

In 1820 Prof. Mohs brought out a small book entitled ‘“ The
Characters of the Classes, Orders, Genera, and Species; or the
Characteristic of the Natural History System of Mineralogy.
Intended to enable students to discriminate minerals on principles
similar to those of Botany and Geology.” This system is more fully
presented in his larger work of 1822-24, translated by Haidinger
in 1825. He uses genus and species names for each mineral, and
sometimes adds a third for more careful distinction. Under the
genus garnet he gives Pyramidal Garnet, or idocrase ; Dodecahe-
dral Garnet, or true garnet, and Prismatoidal Garnet, or staurolite.
Dioptase becomes Rhombohedral Emerald-Malachite.

This system was quite popular for a time, and had several imitators.

Prof. C. W. Shepard adopts Mohs’s system, and in the first edition
of his mineralogy, 1832-5, he not only uses his names, but extends
the system still further. He, however, gives the common, or trivial
name as it is called, first, and always uses them in speaking of the
species. Microlite is the one new species of his own noted in this
book, which under the system he calls Octahedral Tungstic-Baryte,
and similar names are carried all the w ay through. None of these
names are mentioned in his third edition, 1852- 7.

In 1836, Prof. J. D. Dana read a paper before the New York
Lyceum of Natural History, entitled ‘A New Mineral Nomen-
clature,” in which he presents a complete arrangement according
to the Natural History method, and gives some very good reasons
for its adoption. This svstem is carried out in full in the first edi-
tion, 1837, of his great work on Mineralogy. He uses in general
two names for each mineral, as Andalusius prismaticus for andalu-
site, but he gives the common name first in all cases. In his second

52 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JAN. 25,

edition, 1844, he retains these Latin names as the scientific ones,
as necessary to “a systematic idea of the science,’’ but adds, “ the
shorter trivial names should, however, be retained, as more con-
venient for common use.” In the third edition, 1850, however,
Prof. Dana discards the whole system, not even retaining the
names as synonyms. A system of arrangement was adopted that
was understood to be temporary, while at the end of the work a
chemical classification was suggested. In the later editions, this
last has been perfected, and we now have an arrangement easy
of reference and answering all purposes of classification, but from
which all traces of the double Latinized forms of the Natural His-
tory method have disappeared. This or some similar system is now
generally followed by writers on mineralogy, much to the satisfac-
tion of those who use their works. In 1847, Glocker published
his work entitled ‘‘Generum et Specierum Mineralium Synopsis.”
This is perhaps the most successful attempt at a systematic nomen-
clature that has been made. He uses in general a Latinized form
of the common name for the name of each species, with some de-
scriptive word added. For varieties, he adds a third word, as is
common in other branches of natural history. For instance, under
Granatus, garnet, he gives three species: Ist. Granatus nobilis,
precious garnet; 2d. Granatus hyacinthinus, cinnamon garnet;
and 3d. Granatus vulgaris, common garnet, and under the latter,
the varieties Granatus vulgaris fuscus, niger, viridis, flavus, and
albidus. The work is in Latin, thus going back to the style of the
scientific books of the last century. Recently, Prof. T. Sterry Hunt
has devised a new Natural System, suggested indeed as early as
1853, but as he does not give us new names for the species, a dis-
cussion of it would be out of place here. His work is, however,
exceedingly interesting, and will well repay examination by those
who care to go further into that side of the general subject.

In 1728 Dr. John Woodward published a work entitled ‘‘ Fossils
of all Kinds Digested into a Method, Suitable to their Mutual Re-
lations and Affinity, ? but it is a description from external characters
only, and can hardly be called a scientific treatise. The first one
that really deserves such a name is by the Swedish mineralogist,
Wallerius, in 1747, which is arranged on a scientific plan, and gives
us the earliest systematic description of minerals. Cronstedt,
another Swedish chemist, ten years later gave us a work of much
greater value, as he brought in chemical relations, as far as was
possible in the crude state of that science. But few new names
were added, for the study was still largely from the external side,
and new species could not be recognized. With the discovery of
oxygen in 1776, and the real beginning of the science of chemistry,
a more correct basis for the differentiation of mineral species was
found. This was aided by the application of scientific crystallo-
graphy, the first edition of Delisle’s work appearing in 1772, and
the second, in four volumes, in 1783. From this date new names
were given to minerals as the result of more extended research in

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 53

this branch of study, and one of the first of these probably was
prehnite, given by Werner to a mineral brought from the Cape of
Good Hope by Colonel Prehn, and hence named after him. I say
probably, for I have been unable to fix the exact date, as there was
no publication of it, but only an announcement of some sort, prob-
ably in lectures to his students. The date was perhaps 1785,
certainly not later than 1786. In 1789 there is an article in the
Journal de Physique, by Sage, objecting to the use of names of
persons for minerals, the text for which is this name of Werner’s.
But the name has kept its place, and is now the accepted one for
the species. Other names, given about the same time after persons,
are Witherite, after Dr. Withering, who first described it, and tor-
berite, later changed to torbernite, after Torbern Bergmann, its first
analyst. This latter mineral has gone through various vicissitudes
as to its name, and a list of them, as an illustration, may not be out
of place here. I take them from the last edition of Dana’s Mine-
ralogy, p. 585: Mica viridis, 1772; Chalkolith, 1788; Torberite,
1793; Uranglimmer, 1800; Torbernit, 1803; Uranite, 1814;
Uranphyllit, 1820 ; Copper Uranite (no date) ; Cuprouranit, 1865.

My study of the history of mineral names was begun in the in->
terest of Murray’s English Dictionary, where these names are con-
sidered as words simply, and part of the language, as found in
books. The information sought with reference to each is Ist. The
author of the name; 2d, date of first publication; 3d, reference to
original publication ; 4th, first form, if different from the form now
used by English writers ; 5th, derivation ; 6th, reason for the name ;
7th, a short description, sufficient to identify it, particularly if the
name has been used for more than one species or variety.

A good example of Erinite, a name given by Haidinger, 1828,
Annals of Philosophy, 2d series, vol. iv., p. 154, from Erin, be-
cause it was supposed to have been found in Ireland. It is a
green, fibrous, arseniate of copper. This description is necessary
and sufficient to distinguish it from Erinite of Thompson, 1836,
Thompson’s Mineralogy, vol. i., p. 342, derived also from Erin, for
the same reason, and properly so, for it came from Ireland. But
this is a reddish, clay-like mineral from the Giant’s Causeway, and
probably does not merit a name at all. Ful! information about the
majority of the names is easily obtained, and is usually to be found
in the last edition of Dana’s Mineralogy, up to 1868, and for later
names in the several appendices added since.

In this edition Prof. Dana makes an attempt at uniformity of
nomenclature by changing the terminations of many of them into
ite, particularly those ending in ine, only leaving those unchanged
which had come into too general use in the language to be so treated.
So we have galenite, alabandite, pyrohotite, and periclasite, instead
of galena, alabandine, pyrohotine, and periclase. These changes
have been generally adopted, and are all in the right direction.

In 1876 Prof. Shepard published a “ Catalogue of Minerals found
within about 75 miles of Amherst College, Mass.,” in which he pro-

54 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JAN. 25,

posed that the names of all acknowledged mineral species, except
those of the elements and a very few more, shall uniformly end in
ite, and that the termination ine shall as uniformly be used for all
variety names, and those whose specific character is not fully settled.

Accordingly, he gives us gypsite, serpentite, wadite, orthoclasite,
spodumenite, epidotite and many similar changes, while marmolite,
picrolite, nacrite, and others are made to end in ine, marmoline,
picroline, nacrine. It is hardly necessary to say that these sugges-
tions have not been generally or fully accepted.

With reference to a considerable number of names the full infor-
mation wanted is not easy to obtain, and in some cases perhaps it
cannot be found at all. When it is not given in Dana’s Mineralogy
the student may be sure that he will have to hunt to find it. This
is particularly true of obsolete names, information about which
must be sought in the earlier volumes of scientific journals.

The first publication of Taylor’s name killinite is in 1818, in vol.
xiii., p. 4, of the Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy, a
fact not stated in any work on mineralogy, as far as I have
examined them. There are some names also about which very
erroneous ideas as to derivation prevail, and which need correction.
The name chabazite was given in the form chabasie, by Bose
d’Autic, in 1780, Journal d’Histoire Naturelle, vol. ii., p. 181, and
is derived from yaSafios, the name given to one of the stones men-
tioned in the Orphic poem Mepiacéov. The name as we now have it
in the poem is yoaafids, and the mineral should therefore have been
called chalazite. Kidd called attention to the blunder in 1809;
Kidd’s Mineralogy, vol. i., p. 249; but the original name has held
its place. It is but fair to say that the form yaSdafios was used in
the current editions of the poem at the time the name was applied.

The derivation of the word datholite has often been incorrectly
given. It is really a corruption of the original name datolith, given
by Esmark in 1806, from daréouacr, to divide, and 260s, alluding to
the granular structure of one of its varieties. Werner added the h
for no apparent reason, and the changed form was adopted by most
authors until Prof. Dana unriddled the matter and gave it its cor-
rect form again. But wise writers have tried to find another de-
rivation for it, and one author of note says it is from da60s, which
he says means turbid, because the mineral is not clear and trans-
parent. Another wiser one says there is no such Greek word as
8a90s, Which is true, and that it is from the compound word 8a-@aaaos.
meaning very turbid, which is no more a proper derivation than the
other.

The word feldspar has been changed into felspar for no better
reason than that the latter form was thought the right one. It was
used by Wallerius in his Mineralogy of 1747, p. 65, in the Swedish
form felt-spat, meaning field-spar. It did not originate with him
probably, but may have been a popular name in his time. Da Costa
used it in 1757, in the German form feld-spath, and this form was
current until 1794, when we find, in Kirwan’s Mineralogy, vol. i.,

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 05

p. 317, the following note: ‘‘ This name seems to be derived from
fels, a rock, it being commonly found in granites, and not from feld,
a field; and hence I write it thus, felspar.’”’ This assumption of
Kirwan has been taken for fact by all English writers, and the cor-
rupt form is in very general use.

The point most commonly lacking is the reason for adopting the
name. Where it is for some characteristic of the mineral the author
often takes it for granted that it is as evident to others as to him-
self. The name coracite, Le Conte, Amer. Jour. of Science, 2d
Series, vol. iii, p. 117, is a case in point. Le Conte does not
give any derivation, but it is the name of a pitch-black variety of
uraninite, and is probably derived from xdpag,a raven. A similar
case is that of adinole; Beudant’s Mineralogy, 18382, vol. iil.,
p. 126. No derivation is given, but it may easily be conjectured
from the description that it is from dé:vos, compact. But there are
other cases where there is nothing suggestive in the description, and
even conjecture is at fault. Such conjectures if stated as such are
of value, but to give them as a fact, as has often been done, is cer-
tainly a serious blunder, if not something worse. Yet this has
often been done. In one of the large dictionaries we find the name,
acanticone derived as follows: From ‘‘ Greek azz, point, avzc, against,
and xGvos, cone.”” This isa mere guess. The name was given by
d’Andrada, 1800, Journal de Physique, vol. ii., p. 240, in the form
akanthicone, and is derived from dxavdés, a gold-finch, and xowwa,
powder, because the color of the powdered mineral is yellow. A
similar blunder is made with the name alvite, so called after one of
its localities, Alva, Norway. In the dictionary it is derived from
alvus, the belly. Another instance of a mistaken popular deriva-
tion is that of coreite, an obsolete synonym of agalmatolite, from
the name of the country Corea, probably because agaimatolite is
from China, and Corea is close by The name was given by Dela-
métherie in 1795, and he derives it from yoipevos, of a swine, because
of its greasy appearance. He at first calls it koireiite, but changed
it to koreiite, and then to koreite, with a k, which has since been
changed toc, giving the form resembljing one derived from the name
Corea. But the name ought to be choireiite, commencing with ch.

Sometimes errors of the compositor have failed of correction, and
the changed names have found their way into later books as real
ones. One of these is glorikite ; Dufrenoy’ s Mineralogy, 1859, vol.
iii., p. 326, which is an error for glinkite. Gibsonite, in 1847 edition
of the same work, vol. iii., p. 761; is probably an error for gibbsite,
but this is not so clear. Galadsite, galadstite, and galad-tite are all
printer’s errors for galaktite.

A curious case of this sort is seen in the various forms of the word
didymite. It was announced by Schaufhautt in 1843 from dvdipos, a
twin, because it was thought to be a second silicate containing cal-
cium carbonate as part of its composition. The form was by some
blunder given as didrimite, but this was soon changed by the author
himself to the correctly derived form, didymite, the original + being

56 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JAN. 25,

properly changed to y. Of this word you will find in the books
four different forms, only one of which deserves any place in
mineralogy.

Breithaupt gave the name kupholit, from xovpos, light, and aséos,
to a very light variety of serpentine. He leaves out the o of the
original word, probably because the word with the o had been used
before, being an obsolete synonym of prehnite. This was first

changed to kuphoite and then to cyphoite, which gives little idea of

its original derivation and meaning.
~ Many more instances might be cited, but enough has been said to
show how much confusion has arisen through ‘carelessness or un-

warrantable assumption, and how desirable it is that it should be

disentangled as far as possible.

The first requisite for this work was to get as complete a list as
possible of the names. This was compiled from many sources, as
no published list containing all the names was to be found in
the books. This list was then written in alphabetical order in a
book with space between the names for the facts to be noted, and
plenty of space in which toinsert omitted names. All the books at
command were then looked through in chronological order, and
facts inserted in their proper places. as fast as found. In this way
all desired information was obtained and collated about the great
majority of the names, but a number were left either entirely blank
or with the space only partially filled. Then the words were taken
one by one, in order as written down, and the lacking matter filled
out as far as possible. In this way the work has progressed through
the letter G, which accounts for the fact that most of the names
cited come in the earlier part of thealphabet. But there are a num-
ber still incomplete, and it is partly in the hope of obtaining infor-
mation about some of these that this preliminary paper has been
prepared.

Of Ainalite and several other words I have not found the deriva-
tion. They are given by Nordenskiéld, and probably the informa-
tion is to be found in his Mineralogy of Finland, but I have not
been able to see a copy of it. Albertite is a name that needs a
father and a first reference. Anagenite as a name for chrome ochre
seems to have no authoritative beginning. Aricite, a synonym of
gismondite, is in the same position. Arsenolamprite has a com-
plete blank after it. Aspidedelite of Weibye has only the author’s
name after it. Barettite, Beffonite, Beudantite, as a synonym of
eleolite; Bieivosite, Bischofite as-a synonym of plumbogummite.

Braardite and Bromlite are also more or less lacking. Bromlite
and some others can be cleared up by consulting the Annals of
General Science, a journal published by Thompson in 1836 to 1838,
but I have not yet found a copy of it.

These thirteen names in A and B are all that are wanting to
complete the information about the six hundred names catalogued
under those letters; and the other letters have about the same pro-

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. dT

portion. Any information about these names or the books men-
tioned will be gladly welcomed.

One other word I wish to speak of, and that is dragonite, an
early synonym for rock crystal. No suggestion is to be found
as to its author or derivation, and yet it is mentioned in many
books. The earliest mention I have found of it is in Zappe’s Min-
eralogisches Hand-Lexicon published in 1817, where it has the form
dragomit, probably a typographical error, as everywhere else it is
spelled with an n. Zappe says the name refers to rounded or rolled
quartz crystals, where only traces of the columnar form can be de-
tected. It is easy to conjecture that this word is from dragonis, of
a dragon, and that such specimens were thought to have some rela-
tion to the fabulous monster, but without more light on the subject
nothing positive can be affirmed. But having carried you back to
the age of fables, I bad better close, lest you think me wandering
from my subject.

Nore.—Since the above paper was presented, the name dragonite has been
completely traced back to Pliny’s Draconites, the so-called stories of the
Flying Dragon.

The paper being concluded, Dr. Botton stated that the Library
Check-list in Bolton’s Catalogue, to which the speaker had referred,
was compiled by a clerk in the Smithsonian Institution, and his work
- was unfortunately rather carelessly done. He, Dr. Bouron, would
not like to be held responsible for it. Dr. Bowron said he had read
in Alchemy for Murray’s Dictionary and contributed about four
hundred words. Murray’s monumental work is not free from
errors in chemistry, benzine and benzene being confounded, for
example.

Dr. Botton directed the attention of Pror. CHESTER to several
early dictionaries of chemistry that might be useful to him in his
research, viz.: William Johnson’s, London, 1652; Martin Ruland,
Frankfurt, 1612; and Sommerhoff’s Lexicon, Nuremberg, 1701.

He also exhibited a copy of Bruce’s American Mineralogical
Journal, New York, 1814, a work of great rarity. Pror. G.
Brown Goope had stated in print that only two copies of this
journal are known to exist, one in N. Y. State Library, and one in
Harvard Library (Proceedings, Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. iv.,
1886-88).

Dr. Botton also exhibited a copy of the Memoirs of the Columbian
Chemical Society, Philadelphia, 1813, a book of peculiar interest
and but little known.

In reply Pror. Cuester said the Library of Hamilton College

Vou. XI.—5

58 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ FEB. 1,

also possessed a copy of Bruce’s Journal, and Mr. Kunz stated he
too owned a copy.

Mr. Kunz spoke of his connection with the Century Dictionary,
and of a controversy on paper he had concerning the true nature
of ‘‘ Rhinestone,” a lexicographer of eminence claiming it to be
quartz, whereas it is known to be paste.

Dr. Brirron asked Pror. CHEstER whether any definite date
could be assigned to the beginnings of mineralogical nomenclature ;
botanical terminology dates chiefly from Linnaeus. Pror. CHESTER
replied that, after Pliny, perhaps Agricola was the first authority,
and that in Agricola’s work he had found only one new name, fluor.
Minerals began to be scientifically differentiated about 1780-1790,
and systematic nomenclature of minerals probably dated back to
this epoch.

After some remarks by Dr. Husparp the meeting adjourned.

February 1st, 1892.
REGULAR Business MEETING.

Vice-President Dr. Husparp in the chair. Eighteen persons
present.

The minutes of January 4th were read and approved.

Pror. THomMAs EGuLeston reported, on behalf of the Audubon
Monument Committee, that $9004 had been subscribed, of which
about $250 would probably never be paid. He then introduced the
following resclutions, which were adopted :—

Resolved, That the Audubon Monument Committee have power
to erect the monument to Audubon, and to make the proper arrange-
ments for the ceremonies of the unveiling, provided the work is all
done without expense to the Academy.

Resolved, That Pror. J. A. ALLEN be added to the Audubon
Monument Committee.

Pror. Eareston further explained the work of the committee,
and the co-operation of Trinity Church Corporation in providing a
new plot and vault for the remains.

Pror. Eareston exhibited a yellow sapphire (oriental topaz) of
unusual beauty.

1892. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. a9

The Secretary presented the report of the Council, recommending
candidates for election, viz :—

Dr. Israet C. Prerson.
Dr. J. WoopsridGe Davis.

These gentlemen were then elected by ballot.
The Secretary then read the list of officers for 1892-93, nominated
by the Council, as follows :—

For Honorary President—Joun 8S. NEWBERRY.

For President—O.uiver P. HuBBaArD.

For 1st Vice-President—J. A. ALLEN.

For 2d Vice-President—H. CARRINGTON BoLton.

For Corresponding Secretary—Tuomas L. Casey.

For Recording Secretary—H. T. Vuurs&.

For Treasurer—HENRY DUDLEY.

For Librarian—J AMES F. Kemp.

For Councillors—N. L. Britton, CHaries F. Cox, D. 8S. Mar-
TIN, H. F. Osporn, J. K. REEs, W. P. TROWBRIDGE.

For Curators—Gero. F. Kunz, Harotp Jacospy, ArtTHuR HOoL-
nick, H. H. Russy, F. G. WincHMAnn.

For Finance Committee—Joun H. Hinton, H. G. MArqQuann,
O. B. Porter.

On motion of Dr. Botton the Committee appointed June Ist,
1891, to draw up resolutions in memory of Pror. C. A. Joy, a
former President of the Academy, was enlarged by the appointment
of Mr. Henry Duprey and Dr. Atexis A. Jutien. The Committee
now consists of Pror. D. S. Martin, Mr. Dubey, and Dr. JULIEN.

The Secretary announced a donation from Captain Tuomas L.
Casey of $232, he having paid bills for publishing certain numbers
of the Annals amounting to this sum.

The Treasurer requested permission to transfer $662 from the
balance on hand to the Publication Fund, this amount being made
up of sundry fellowship and initiation fees, and Captain CAsry’s
two gifts: granted

Pror. JAMES F. Kemp read a paper on

60 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ FEB. 1,

The Elaeolite Syenite near Beemerville, Sussex Co., N. J.
BY J. F. KEMP, COLUMBIA COLLEGE.

The elaeolite syenite exposure near Beemerv ille, N. J., is of great
interest, not alone because it is a rare and unique type of rock, but
also because it is quite remote from any other igneous outbreak
which is commensurate with it. Throughout the whole adjacent
region only sedimentary and metamorphic rocks occur, with the ex-
ception of a few subordinate basic dikes.

Elaeolite syenites are not abundant the world over, and are only
known in a few places on this continent. The other "American ex-
posures are at Montreal, Canada; Litchfield, Maine; Salem and
Marblehead, Massachusetts; and the region about Magnet Cove,
Arkansas. The hornblende syenites described by Hawes from New
Hampshire have also been lately shown to contain elaeolite by W.
S. Bayley. (Geol. Soe. of America, Columbus meeting, 1891.)

Basic dike rocks of a kind usually, found in association with elae-
olite syenites have been recently studied by the writer on Lake
Champlain, and it would be quite natural if an exposure should be
found in the neighboring Adirondacks."

Rocks with elaeolite or nepheline were announced years ago by
Hunt? from Montreal, and Rosenbusch. speaks familiarly of the sy-
enite in his second edition, evidently from specimens.* Mr. Lacroix‘
has also published a short preliminary note, and a subsequent fuller
account which appeared in 1891.° The syenites at Montreal were
intruded after the close of the Lower Silurian and before the Lower
Helderberg. The elaeolite syenite at Litchfield, Maine, has received
as yet but limited petr ographic study, and the most that has been
adit concerns its mineralogy. OC. T. Jackson,’ J. D. Whitney,’

Gibbs,’ and F. W. Clarke? have written of them. The last-
1 ee considers the sodalite as derived from elaeolite. Elaeolite
syenite in boulders at Salem, Massachusetts, has been briefly noted

! J. F. Kemp and V. F. Marsters, Trap Dikes of the Lake Champlain Val-
ley, etc. Annals, N. Y. Acad. of Sci., 1891.

27. S. Hunt, Geol. Surv. Canada, 1883, p. 665.

3 Massige Gesteine, p. 90.

MING Lacroix, Comptes Rendus, June 2, 1890, p. 1152.

5 Syenite-nephelinique de Moutreal, Bull. Soc. Geol. de France, 1889-90, p.
323.

6 ©. T. Jackson, Cancrinite, Nepheline, Zircon, from Litchfield, Me., Proc.
Geol. Soc., 1845, Am. Jour. Sci., ii, i, 119.

7 J. D. Whitney, Poggendorf’s Annalen, Ixx, 431.

8 W. Gibbs, Poggendorf’s Annalen, Ixxi, 559.

9, W. Clarke, The Minerals of Litchfield, Me., A. J. S., iii, xxxi, 262. W.
S. Bayley’s paper, read at the Columbus meeting G. 8. A., Christmas, 1891,
will appear too late for comparison in this contribution.

Se

1892. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 61

by J. P. Kimball,’ and a zircon syenite (so- ealled) 1 is mentioned by
Wadsworth from “Marblehead, Massachusetts.

The Arkansas areas have long been known as a prolific source of
many rare and interesting minerals, and in connection with these
and in the old geological reports of the State some mention of the
rocks is made; but only the recent report of the late Dr. J. Francis
Williams treats the matter with thoroughness. Although usually
colored as Archaean on the geological maps in the past, they are
now known to be late Cretaceous.

The Beemerville area was first noted by E. Haeusser, an assistant
on the New Jersey survey under Dr. Kitchell, and from his notes a
brief description is taken for the New Jersey Report for 1868, p.
144. The notes are valuable as announcing the existence of the
great dike, but subsequent investigation has shown that the chief
minerals (hypersthene and labradorite) mentioned by Haeusser are
entirely lacking. The true nature of the rock was thus overlooked
by him. The remarks, however, were fruitful in bringing it to the
attention of Prof. B. K. Emerson,* who visited it in 1881 and
recognized the true character of the portion traversed by him.
Prof. Emerson seems, however, to have touched the dike at only
one or two points at the nor thern end; and as it extends nearly
three miles in a northeast and southwest direction, much the greater
part has remained to be subjected to the microscope.

Several outcrops of a curious basic rock occur east of the syenite,
which were mentioned in the New Jersey Report for 1882, p. 67.
‘These were subsequently more fully investigated by myself‘ and
ealled porphyrite. Investigations and papers which have since : ap-
peared have much enlarged our knowledge of the basic rocks associ-
ated with elaeolite syenites in other localities, and the true relations
of these so-called porphyrites are with the extreme basic non-feld-
spathic end of the lamprophyre division.

Rosenbusch bas created the name monchiquite as applied to those
with much olivine from Brazil, and J. Francis Williams has called
others from Arkansas, with no olivine but with prevailing augite, four-
chite ; and I have named still another variety from Arkansas, with
great amounts of biotite, ouachitite. The Beemerville basic rocks are
ouachitite.

The elaeolite-syenite dike lies on the southeastern slope of the
Kittatinny Mountain ridge; and some eight miles west of Decker-
town, the nearest railway station. Deckertown is situated at the
crossing of the New York, Susquehanna and Western, #y the Penn-

1 J. P. Kimball, On Sodalite and Elaeolite from Salem, Mass., A. J.S., ii
xxix. 65, quotes G. L. Streeter, in Proc. Essex Inst., li, 153.

2 Zircon syenite from Marblehead, Mass., Proc. B.S NY. H., xxi, 406, 1880-82.

3 B. K. Emerson, On a Great Dike of F oy aite or Elaeolite Syenite in North-
western New Jersey, A. J. 5., iii, xxiii, 302. A full quotation of Haeusser’s
notes is made in the paper.

4 J. F. Kemp, On Certain Porphyrite Bosses in Northwestern New Jersey,
Avid s9-, il, xxxvill, 130:

62 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ FEB. l,

sylvania, Poughkeepsie and Boston, and is eight miles south of the
New York State line. The dike is two miles from the small town
of Beemerville, which is the nearest place of any importance. It
is fourteen miles northwest of Franklin Furnace, where the famous
zine mines are located.. The general valley of ‘the Walkill River
extends from Deckertown westward, and is ‘chiefly formed of Hud-
son River shales or slate, which, according to Mr. Darton’s later in-
vestigations, should be called in part Trenton.! Under these, east
of Deckertown, is a blue limestone, and overlying them uncon-
formably on the west is the Kittatinny conglome1 rate, which forms
the ridge of that name and corresponds to the Oneida ‘conglomerate
of New York. The dike comes out along the contact of the con-
glomerate and the slate. They have been spoken of as unconform-
able in the New Jersey Report for 1868, but this is a mistake.

=<. FEZ f ee ee ee
Co ee Se OOO

SEG TIONG A

The ridge, as shown on the map (which is an enlarged portion of
the New Jersey topographical map sheet No. 1), forms a steep hill-
side some six hundred feet above the neighboring valley. No stream
of any size runs down its sides across “the syenite, and only small
gulches afford exposures. The dike forms a ereat terrace, and is,
in its broadest part, 300-400 yards across. Its outcrop is marked
by a lineal succession of conical hillocks, with small gullies between,
making rough topography. A depression runs along the western
edge of the dike, and is somewhat wet. This marshy land effectually
conceals the western contact. On the north the dike runs out as an
easterly spur on the ridge. Evidences of its baking action on the
shales run further, but no eruptive rock appears. It terminates
with a steep hillside covered by loose fragments. At the southern
extremity the eruptive rock appears along the Brick House Road,
which crosses the mountain, but beyond the road it cannot extend
far, as a great precipitous cliff of conglomerate called Decker’s Rocks
comes in and diagonally cuts off its course. No outcrops appear
at the foot of the ‘cliff, and the float material is all baked shale and
sandstone.

The dike varies considerably along its course. The typical
elaeolite-syenite forms the northern third and the southern extremity,
but between these points its character changes. Near the northern

1N. H. Darton. A. J.-S., ili, xxx, 452, and xxxi, 209.

7
NOM\ aS OES Lng! 4
a SSS VS ; K
+ Sj Xa}

ia:
gina

ISS VOY

72 MILE. a ENITE- IANN QUACHITITE.
G5 CONGLOMERATE. C__] H.R.SLATE.

64 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [FEB. 1,

part of the middle third elaeolite porphyry appears, and forms a
most beautiful example of this rock. It may come from dikes, as
no actual exposures are available. Further south a basic holo-
crystalline rock comes in which is exposed in place ; and, as subse-
quently shown, contains less silica and more biotite than the typical
svenite. But on the extreme. south where the highway crosses the
dike, the rock is much like that on the north. It is, however,
greatly decomposed, and fresh, firm pieces are hard to find. The
basic lamprophyric rocks outcrop on the east, at the several points
shown on the map, and extend to a distance of several miles with
isolated outcrops.

The typical characteristic elaeolite-syenite of the north is the rock
described by Emerson, and little remains to be added to his diag-
nosis. It outcrops as small hillocks in the woods, which are
covered with great boulders, loosened by disintegration. The
commonest rock consists of large pinkish orthoclase crystals, which
may, in the coarsest variety, be two inches long, and are twinned
on the Carlsbad law. In the interstices of these the elaeolite and
aegirine are chiefly found, and far less often they occur in the slide
as inclusions in the feldspar. The orthoclase also appears as small
rod-shaped, once-twinned crystals associated with the elaeolite.
The elaeolite is allotriomorphic in irregular masses. Emerson
notes in addition a rare and earlier generation of smaller idiomorphic
crystals. The elaeolite is largely changed to cancrinite, which ap-
pears in mosaics of irregular individuals, and is the only alteration
product which I have detected. No zeolites appear. The cancrin-
ite seems to have been overlooked by Emerson. Sodalite is not
infrequent, and forms, at times, an inclusion of hexagonal outline
in the orthoclase. Aegirine is associated with the elaeolite and
forms small prismatic crystals. In the slides they are a fraction of
a millimeter in diameter and several times as long. They are
seldom, if ever, terminated, but have irregular ends. The pleo-
chroism is strong, being two closely similar shades of grass-green
along the axes of elasticity, which nearly correspond with axial ¢
and b (=a and b of Rosenbusch, or ¢ and b of Descloizeaux re-
spectively), and brownish-yellow on axial @ (=c of Rosenbusch
and a of Descloizeaux). An optic axis shows plainly in sections
near OP (001), and affords a negative figure with the quarter undu-
lation plate. Several large crystals were picked out of a decom-
posing syenite, and the prism angle was measured on a Fuess No.
II. goniometer. The faces were not very good, and necessitated
the employment of the Websky delta ocular. Three of the best
readings were 87° 14’, 87° 12’, 87° 33’, corresponding closely
with the 87° usually given for aegirine, and with the 87° 13/
(92° 87’) given by Emerson. The orthopinacoid is also present.
A specimen was found in which the aegirine prisms reached a length
of an inch or more, and had a marked parallel arrangement with
elongated orthoclase crystals, like a very coarse flow structure. The
same thing has been remarked by Brégger in Norwegian exposures

——— v7

ee

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 65

and referred to this cause rather than to pressure. A deep reddish-
brown biotite is also occasionally present, but is far more abundant
toward the south of this upper third of the dike. Its colors are
those of the biotite commonly seen in nepheline rocks, but it has a
well-marked divergence of the optic axes. It affords an excellent
percussion (schlag) figure, and the plane of the optic axis is parallel
to the principal ray (010), proving it a mica of the second order,
as is to be expected. It occurs in irregular shreds, and is older
than the aegirine. The most micaceous normal syenite is a short
distance south of Thomas Conway’s house. Titanite is usually
present, and from decomposed syenite small crystals (0.5 mm.) can
be picked out which show good faces. They are honey-yellow
in color. Professor Rosenbusch, to whom I have sent a suite of
specimens and with whom I have had some correspondence, re-
marks the passage of the titanite into bordering rutile nets. He
also has noted the occasional presence of fluorite, ‘which has escaped
my notice. Small amounts of magnetite are wenerally seen, and
pyrite is common.

A partial analysis (I.) of number 34, which was collected as nearly
as I could determine from the point visited by Professor Emerson,
was kindly made by Mr. F. W. Love, of Cornell University. The
complete results were not obtained in time to insert, but will be dis-
tributed in the reprints. Column II is the ditroite of Hungary
(Fellner, Verh. d. k. k. Geol. Reichsanstalt, 1867, 286, quoted by
Rosenbusch, Tsch. Mitth., xi, 144, Taf. 1). Column III is the
' elaeolite-syenite of Brazil (Machado, Tsch. Mitth., ix, 334). Col-
umn IV. is the elaeolite-syenite of Arkansas (J. F. Williams,
Igneous Rocks of Ark., p. 81). Column V is the Norwegian
elaeolite-syenite (Brogger, Syenitpegmatitginge, p. 33).

ie Il. TU Vis; Vi
Loss . A 3 9.512 1.6 3.60 1.88 0.22
SOE ss . 50.36 56.3 52.75 59.70 ° 51.90
INNA OR ton 24.1 22.55 18.85 22.54
HesOe. . « 6.94 2.0 3.65 4.85 4.03
ReO'r. £ 3 — — — —_— 3.15
CaO 345 0.7 185 1.34 Seidl
MgO — 0.1 0.15 0.68 ao 7
K,O E — 6.8 7.05 Deon 4.72
Na,O — 9.3 8.10 6.29 8.18

100.9 99.70 99.56 99.82

It thus appears that the Beemerville rock is rather basic in its
chemical composition. Several pounds of the rock were crushed
fine and panned for small minerals of high specifie gravity, but only
aegirine, titanite, magnetite, and a little apatite resulted. Emerson
found a variety that was nearly pure elaeolife, and much the same
has been met by me along the contact just above Thomas Conw ay’s
house. The rock is very finely crystalline and contains wavy lines
of aegirine and biotite, due to flow structure. The biotite, at times,

66 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [FEB. 1,

resembles a secondary filling of a crack, as the plates lie across the
long direction of the flow lines. A short distance from the contact,
however, the dike becomes the coarsely crystalline syenite and extra
rich elaeolitic portions could only be extremely local.

I searched carefully and in many places for endialyte or eucolite,
but none appeared. Professor Rosenbusch notes small crystals of
a questionable mineral in a slide of a finely crystalline variety sent
him, as perhaps one of these. One or the other may be discovered
in the future. In the writer’s opinion it would not ‘be worth while
to make separate varieties of the rocks with aegirine and of those
with biotite, as there is hardly a pure specimen of either. Experi-
ence in this occurrence thus corroborates the general conclusions
laid down by Rosenbusch about the subdivisions of the elaeolite-
syenites. Small hornblende crystals regarded as arfvedsonite are
noted by Emerson, but they have escaped my attention if present
in my slides.

At the middle point of 4 C on the map the character of the dike
changes, as is indicated by the float fragments, for no actual expo-
sures occur. Porphyritic facies appear, and an excellent elaeolite-
porphyry was found. By an odd coincidence the same kind of rock
was discovered at almost the same time by the late Dr. J. Francis
Williams, with whom the writer was in active correspondence, in
Saline Co., Arkansas, making the first American records of this
rare rock species simultaneous in two widely separated regions
(see Igneous Rocks of Ark., p. 149). The Beemerville porphyry
is dark greenish in color, and has great hexagonal phenocrysts of
elaeolite : up to an inch in cross section. The slides show a ground
mass perfectly typical of the dikes recently called tinguaite by
Rosenbusch, from the Brazilian occurrences. They furnish a strue-
ture among the elaeolite dike rocks closely analogous to the phono-
lites of the effusives, and the dikes were indeed called phonolites by
Derby, their original discoverer... The ground mass consists essen-
tially of elacolite surcharged with microscopic aegirine needles.
Orthoclase is present and many erystals of a very peculiar pyroxene.
This is light yellow in color, with a pleochroic change along axial b
toa pinkish Shade. It is idiomor phic, and has an ‘extinction that
may reach 44°. Professor Rosenbusch estimates the angle of the
optic axes at about 55°. An optic axis emerges not oreatly inclined
to the basal section.

Closely associated with the pyroxene is a reddish-brown nearly
isotropic mineral, of high index, that is much like perofskite. A few
shreds of biotite are also seen.

Another porphyritie rock occurs along this portion of the dike,
which lacks the large phenocrysts of elaeolite. It has, however,
others of feldspar, and in the slide shows the same tinguaitie base

10. A. Derby, On Nepheline Rocks in Brazil with Special Reference to the
Association of Phonolite and Foyaite, Q. J. G. S., August, 1887.

i ee ee i a on

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 67

with a much more prismatic development of the elaeolite in the
ground mass.

An analysis yielded the results in column I. Column II is of
the elaeolite porphyry from Magnet Cove (J. F. Williams, Igneous
Rocks of Arkansas, p. 261).

I. II.
Loss F : P 2 Ts 2.06
0 Re eee ae ee 44.50
eee eean Wrob aia fe kee 1.40
PRG eee Ph 34 22.96
mee rach ae Mate PC 6.84
Ome eek AGS 8.65
Meee Ne ey oko” Gerben 1.65
K,O SN Wis eee een rt 4.83
es ae Met ede foray eg LIBS 6.70

98.92 99.59

The rock is thus more basic than the syenite, and illustrates a
change to a more basic composition as the south end of the dike is
approached. It is very basic also when considered as an analogue
of phonolite, and is nearer the theralites. With some variations it
has other close points of correspondence with the analysis quoted
by its side.

The sections of the New Jersey phonolitic or tinguaitic specimens
have been compared with a set which were made from a suite of the
corresponding Brazilian varieties which are in the rock collections of
Columbia College. They were presented some years ago by Mr.
Derby. The resemblance is most striking and indeed so close that
the slides might readily be confounded. The New Jersey examples
show no tendency to cleave in thin plates like ordinary phonolites
and like some of the Brazilian examples, but break in angular frag-
ments; hence the name elaeolite-porphyry seemed appropriate and
was employed above. The correlation of many types in the two
exposures is remarkable.

Still further south, at a point half-way between the last and the
southern extremity of the dike, a prospect hole has been blasted by
some one in the top of a conical hillock. It has opened up a cavity
some few feet deep, and brought out a quantity of perfectly fresh
material. The rock is-rather finely crystalline, dark in color, and
very tough. It looks like a fine mica diorite, and has a great pro-
portion of dark silicates. The sections exhibit elaeolite, orthoclase,
aegirine, biotite, titanite, many minute zircons and apatites. Ex-
cept the minute inclusions, all the components are allotriomor-
phic. The aegirine and biotite especially appear in shreds and small
irregular masses. No cancrinite is present, and from this fact, as
the rock is perfectly fresh, the conclusion is unavoidable that the
cancrinite to the north is secondary and derived from the elaeolite.
Careful search was made for plagioclase in the slides, yet none

68 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [Fes. 1,

appears. The following analysis shows how basic the rock is, and
that the silica is remarkably low for one with orthoclase :—

Fe O.
Loss. SiOsg, AlO3 FesO3 CaO. MgO. KO. Na O. Total.

Specimen 30. . 0.45 41.37 16.25 16.93 12.35 4.57 3.98 4.18 100.08
Magnet Cove. .5.20 38.93 15.41 9.34 16.49 5.57 1.78 5.27

a the last analysis (J. F. Williams, Igneous Rocks of Arkansas,
p. 226), there is additional TiO, 1.62 “FeS, 0.89, PO, 0.35, and
faves of several other elements, ‘making a total of 100.57. The
specimen had evidently suffered alteration, but shows some close
analogies with the first analysis. It is an elaeolite mica syenite,
the Cove type of Williams. The locality of specimen 30 is near the
northeast corner of 5 B of map.

Still further south, at the extreme end of the dike, svenite occurs
like that at the north. Along the highway it has crambled away
to sand, as was noted by Haeusser, and only by searching can
fresh material be found. The slides show it to be like the syenite
of the northern end, and cancrinite again appears. The porphyritic
type is also to be had in float material.

We may say of the dike in general that it is normal elaeolite-
syenite at its extremes, but that it becomes more basic toward the
southern portion. It may consist of several different outflows
along the same line. It uniformly contains aegirine and more
especially in the contact and southern parts has biotite. It is pene-
trated in places by subordinate dikes of elaeolite porphyry. The
analyses bring out forcibly the extraordinary range in composition
which elaeolite- syenite may take, running down into the extreme
basie end of the series of rocks. The same thing is shown in Ar-
kansas, to an even greater degree, by J. F. Williams. This is only
rendered possible by the intermingling of orthoclase with such basic
minerals as nepheline and sodalite and by relatively abundant bisili-
cates. The rock has been consistently called elacolite-syenite through-
out the text, because it was studied in close association with J. F.
Williams, by whom the name was preferred for the Arkansas expo-
sures and is used in work already published. With the decadence
of the time element in petrographic classification, there is no good
reason (nor, indeed, ever was) for preserving the names elaeolite
and nepheline for the same mineral, and it would be far better to
use the latter term, whichis recognized by the mineralogists. As
is done by the French, the whole group might better be called
nepheline-syenite.

It is unfortunate that the Beemerville exposure is Situated in a
region where no streams of any size cross it—where no railroads or
artificial cuts in all probability will ever open it up—and that it is
quite densely covered with woods over almost its entire extent.
The conditions are unfavorable for good exposures.

The Associated Basic Rocks.— As already remarked, it is a
curious fact that peculiar basic dikes are almost universally asso-

EE SS eee eee ee ee

,

1892. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 69

ciated with elaeolite-syenite. This is true of the localities in the
Monchique Mountains of Portugal, of the Norwegian exposures,
of those in Brazil, at Montreal, Magnet Cove, Salem (as recently
discovered by J. E. Wolff), and Beemerville, and it is possible
that they may yet be found in the other American localities. The
dikes lying outside the syenite areas in Arkansas have been re-
cently described by the writer, and in the paper which has just
appeared in the annual report of the Arkansas State Survey for
1890, vol. ii, p. 392, a review is given of those elsewhere. Along
the eastern side of the Beemerville syenite a number of such out-
breaks are found. Their determination as porphyrite in the Ameri-
can Journal of Science for 1888 has since been revised. Although
the available material is much decomposed, they were shown to
consist of large biotite phenocrysts with somewhat smaller and less
abundant auzite, in a groundmass mostly changed to calcite, but
which was thought to have had close affinities with nepheline.
Some plagioclase ‘also appeared as a constituent of the groundmass,
The rocks are dense and black and belong in the Lamprophyre divi-
sion. In the Arkansas examples much fresher material was af-
forded, and this, too, from about 75 or 100 dikes. There is almost
no definite nepheline, but the minerals are in a glass of no great
abundance. It is probable that this was the original condition of
these basie dikes at Beemerville. The Arkansas dikes, rich in bio-
tite (and in instances this forms half the rock), were named ouachi-
tite, from the Ouachita River, along which they occur. Macro-
scopically, the ouachitite is indistinguishable from the alnoite of
Tornebohm (cited from the original Swedish by Rosenbusch, Mass.
Gest., p. 804), the Norwegian melilite rock, but they contain no
trace of melilite.

The New Jersey rocks are mostly ouachitite, with some four-
chite, and the names are accepted from the later developed locality
on account of the fresher material.

There is some underlying genetic connection between the elaeo-
lite-syenite and these other basic rocks, but what it is I feel at a
loss to say. Rosenbusch thinks them due toa splitting of his foy-
aite magma. Other dikes occur at a distance of ten or fifteen miles;
a number are shown in the map, A. J. 8., Aug. 1889, p. 131. The
one called mica-diabase hy Emerson, from Franklin Furnace, has
long been known, and others of the same sort have recently been
determined by G. HL. Williams for F. L. Nason, in the last annual
Report of the New Jersey Survey. Rosenbusch, however, says in
a recent letter to me, regarding some specimens sent him of the
Franklin Furnace dike, that there is nothing of the true ophitic
structure of diabase in them, but that they are a lamprophyre of
unusual type, and near the camptonites. My own observations
would substantiate this view.

I have also a curious dike from Hamburg, north of Franklin
Furnace, that is not yetymentioned in print and that is closely re-
lated to the theralites. It cuts blue limestone and has some curious

70 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ FEB. 1,

spherulites like the kugel minettes of the Germans. Mr. Derby,
however, at once remarked their likeness to altered leucite crystals
now being studied by himself and Hussak in Brazil. I am not
prepared to speak authoritatively on them as yet.

The dike is doubtless connected with the syenite eruption. It
contains a reddish biotite, the same yellow pyroxene mentioned in
the elaeolite porphyry, aegirine, titanite, feldspar, analcite second-
ary from nepheline, and nepheline. It is satisfactorily fresh.

Emerson mentions a crystalline mass of calcite, biotite, and mag-
netite, from a point above D. B. Roloson’s, which he regards as the
result of contact metamorphism. I have been to the same locality,
and have found the ouachitite further up the hill. So far as I know,
limestone is unknown in the shale of the vicinity, and I regard the
specimen in question as a thoroughly altered ouachitite.

Contact Metamorphism. The intrusion of this great body of
rock has naturally exerted a powerful influence on the neighboring
shales. Haeusser and Emerson remark this effect at the distance of
a mile to the east, and the same was noted by myself.

Emerson describes a specimen from the north as resembling a
claystone porphyry. Ina felsitie groundmass are opaque Carlsbad
twins of orthoclase, six to eight millimeters across, with chlorite,
small rhombs of ealcite and cubes of pyrite. The groundmass with
high powers was resolved into fine scales of muscovite. Some in-
cipient crystallizations suggested chiastolite crystals by the collee-
tion of colored hydrocarbons.

My slides show a great development of biotite in the hornstone of
the contact, and this gives the dark color to the rock. The leaves
in the densest specimens are of extreme minuteness, sinking to
0.001 of a millimeter. In others they are coarser. They lie paral-
lel and suggest the foliation of a mica schist; but they give no evi-
dence of this to the macroscopic examination. Quartz is also present -
and probably feldspathic matter.

Along the Brick House Road, on the extreme south, one of the
best opportunities is afforded for the study of the contact effects
The baked flinty shales outcrop in the road in places and appear to
be seamed by narrow apophysae from the main dike.

Slides of other shales gathered from points apparently near the
dike show only a clastic mass of very fine grain, and as soon as
a distance of 200 to 300 yards is reached, or even less, unless a
ouachitite dike has been intruded, there seems to be no noticeable
mineralogical change, although the greater density and hardness
are very apparent.

The ouachitites come out as eruptive breccia in part, and are not
to be confused with contact influences. Some slides of very fine
slate from near the contact with them show no mineralogical change,
and in general the metamorphism seems rather physical than mine-
ralogical.

The contact influence on the Kittatinny sandstone and conglome-
rate is not discernible. The clastic character remains unaltered,

1892. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. (a

although to ordinary observation the rocks seem harder. A ledge
was found that could not have been more than 15 yards from the
syenite, but the slide shows no appreciable mineralogical change.
The sandstone is, however, rendered so crystalline at times, that
it is difficult to detect its clastic character without a thin section.

Connection between present topography and crystalline struc-
ture.—Professor W. M. Davis has been giving much attention of
late to the topographic development of this region,’ and the approxi-
mate geological dates of many of the upheavals and drainage systems
have been pointed out. The conclusions have a certain bearing on
the age of thesyenite. The great dike exhibits over its outcrop a
coarsely crystalline structure exceptin the case of the porphyry, which
is probably a subordinate narrow intrusion. The orthoclase crystals
even reach very large size, and the granitoid character of the rock
indicates that it crystallized at a considerable depth, and was in no
sense a surface flow. The outcrop stands now at the level of what
Davis calls the Schooley peneplain, which marks the base-level of a
post- -Triassic system of drainage. The dike must have suffered the
erosion of this time, and perhaps of earlier cycles in order to expose,
its coarsely crystalline portions, and it is reasonable to place its in-
trusion at an earlier period. But as regards its age we are only
able to say, that it is later than the Oneida conglomerate at the
beginning of the Upper Silurian, and before the Triassic or late
Triassic. During this long interval, there occurred the Carboniferous
subsidence and post-Permian upheaval, and the dike may have been
a concomitant occurrence with one of these.

GeroLocicaL LABORATORY, CoLuMBIA COLLEGE.

At the close of the paper many specimens illustrating the subject
were exhibited, and the discussion was carried on by Pror. Brirron
and others.

The Secretary announced that the 50th Anniversary of the Hun-
garian Society of Natural Sciences would be commemorated on
January 17, 1892.

Also that members of the Academy were invited to attend the
meeting of the New York Section of the American Branch of the
Society of Psychical Research to be held at Columbia College,
February 10th, 1892.

Meeting adjourned.

1 W. M. Davis and J. W. Wood, Jr., Geographic Development of Northern
New Jersey, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xxiv, 1889, 385, 411. W. M.
Davis, The Geological Dates of Origin of certain Topographic Forms on the
Atlantic Slope of the U. S., G. S. A., vol. ii, 559.

tT
bo

TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ FEB. 15,

February 8th, 1892.
SratepD MEETING.

The meeting was held in the Lecture Room of the Electrical
School, Columbia College. Forty-two persons present.

In the absence of regular officers Pror. TROWBRIDGE was called —
to preside.

The minutes of January 25th were read and approved.

The Astronomical Section then organized. Mr. J Acosy, the Secre-
tary, stated that the President of the Section, Pror. Rers, was un-
avoidably absent and requested Pror. TrowBriDGE to act in his
place.

Dr. M. I. Purin read a paper on—

Vacuum Discharges and their Bearing upon the Electrical
Theory of the Solar Corona,

illustrated by experiments.

At the close of the paper there was considerable discussion by
Mr. Jacosy, Pror. TRowBRIDGE, and others.

Mr. Jacosy said that many of the phenomena observed had been
photographed, and suggested that copies should be furnished to
several prominent astronomers.

Meeting adjourned.

February 15th, 1892.
STATED MEETING.

Vice-President Dr. Hussparpd in the chair. Two hundred and
fifty persons present.

The minutes of February 8th were read and approved.

Dr. HupparpD announced to the Academy the loss sustained in

the death of one of its Honorary Members, Dr. T. Sterry Hunv.
The following is a brief account of his life :—

Dr. Thomas Sterry Hunt, one of the leading chemists and geolo-
gists of the country, died at 5.30 P.M. yesterday, at the Park

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 13

Avenue Hotel, from mitral disease of the heart. Dr. Hunt was
born in Norwich, Conn., September 5, 1826, and came of an old
New England family, which had first settled in Massachusetts as
far back as 1635. He was educated for the medical profession, but
his love for chemistry and mineralogy led him to become a special
student, and he was soon appointed an assistant to Professor Ben-
jamin Silliman, Sr., in Yale College. In 1847 he was appointed
chemist and mineralogist to the Geological Survey of Canada, which
position he held until he resigned it in 1872. He made the first sys-
tematic attempt to subdivide and classify geologically the stratiform
erystalline rocks ; a work to which he brought not only his studies
throughout Canada and the United States, but those made during
repeated visits to the British Islands and continental Europe. To
him science is indebted for the distinctions and the designations of
Laurentian, Norian, Huronian, Montalban, Taconian and Kewee-
nian, all of which have passed into the literature of geology. He
was one of the organizers of the Laval University, at Quebec, and
was professor of chemistry there from 1856 to 1862. For four years
he was lecturer in McGill University, Montreal, and was professor~
of geology at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology from 1872
to 1878. He had the following degrees: M. A., Harvard; Se. D.,
Laval; LL.D., McGill, and finally LL.D., Cambridge, England.
A fellow of the Royal Society of London since 1859, he was a
member of a large number of: other societies, both American and
foreign. He was a member of the National Academy of Sciences ;
had been president of the American Association for the Advancement
of Science, and of the American Institute of Mining Engineers, and
was twice president of the American Chemical Society. He was
one of the founders, and the first president by election of the Royal
Society of Canada. One of the organizers of the International
Geological Congress, he was its first secretary, and was a vice-
president at the congresses of Paris, 1878; Bologna, 1881, and
London, 1888. Dr. Hunt was a member of the international juries
at Paris in 1855 and in 1867, and at the Centennial Exhibition in
1876. He was an officer of the French Order of the Legion of
Honor, and an officer of the Italian Order of St. Mauritius and St.
Lazarus. In 1878 he retired from public professional life. Dr.
Hunt was the author of many works, among which are ‘‘ A New
Basis for Chemistry,” ‘Systematic Mineralogy,” and ‘ Chemical
and Geological Essays.”’

Dr. H. Carrineton Bouton delivered the Fifth Lecture of the
Public Course on—

Street Scenes in Cairo and Glimpses of the Nile,

illustrated by lantern views, partly original.
At the close of the lecture the meeting adjourned.
Vou. XI.—6 *

14 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ FEB. 22,

February 22, 1892.
ANNUAL MEETING.
Fifteen persons present.

In the absence of the regular officers, PRor. REEs was chosen to
preside.

The minutes of February 15th were read and approved.

The chairman called for reports of standing committees.

In the absence of the chairman, Dr. Brirron made a brief verbal
report for the Audubon Monument Committee, and requested that
the committee be continued. Granted.

The committee on the Joy Memorial reported progress, and re-
quested to be continued. Granted.

Pror. Brirron read the following paper by title :—

A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora
occurring in North America.

BY N. L. BRITTON.

Read Feb. 22, 1892.

SCIRPUS, L. Gen. Pl., 12 (1737).

The genus Scirpus was described by Linneus in his ‘‘ Genera
Plantarum,” p. 12 (1737), and he there attributes the name to
Micheli. Linnzeus described the species as known to him in 1753
in his ‘Species Plantarum,” pp. 47-52, naming S. articulatus, of
Java, first. This is therefore the type of the genus.

The North American species were monographed by Torrey, in his
‘Monograph of North American Cyperacee” (Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist.
N. Y., iii, 316-334 (1836)). He recognized fifteen, one of which
has since been found to be an Hleocharis. The number now known
to me is thirty-six, two of which occur only in Mexico.

Scirpus is closely related to Lleocharis on the one hand and
Rynchospora on the other. I have givena list of the North American
species of Lleocharis in the Journal of the New York Microscopical
Society, v, pp. 95-111. Scirpus is principally distinguished from
Eleocharis by the absence of the persistent enlarged base of the
style which is so good a mark of the latter genus. In Scirpus the
style is slender and falls away leaving the apex of the achenium
merely pointed.

In this paper, as in my preceding one on Hleocharis, I have been
greatly assisted by Mr. C. B. Clarke, of Kew, who has determined

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 15

several points for me, and kindly allowed me to look over bis manu-
script of the genus as a whole, prepared for his forthcoming volume
on the Cyperacez of the world. We are not altogether agreed on
the limits of species, Mr. Clarke being disposed to treat some of
those which I think are distinct as varieties.

* Spike solitary, or sometimes 2, sessile, terminal, or lateral.
+ Spike solitary, terminal.

1. Scirpus nanus, Spreng.

Scirpus nanus, Spreng., Pug., i, 4 (1815).
Scirpus pusillus, Vahl, Enum., ii, 246 (1806) ?
Scirpus parvulus, R. & S., Syst., ii, 124 (1817).
Scirpus capillaceus, Ell., Bot. S. C., i, 75 (1816), not Michx.
Eleocharis pygmea, Torr., Ann. Lye., iii, 313 (1836).
Cheetocyperus membranaceus, Buckl., Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, 10.

On salt marshes, Cape Breton Island to Florida and Texas.
Apparently also in California. Saline soil, near Onondaga, N. Y.
(Dudley). Sea-coast of Europe. i

Var. anacheetus (Torr.).
Eleocharis pygmea, var. anacheta, Torr., Ann. Lye., iii, 441 (1836).
Scirpus leptos, Sauv., Fl. Cub., 176 (1873).
Isolepis leptos, Steud., Cyp., 91 (1855).

Louisiana (Hale); New Orleans (Drummond, 409); Cuba
(Wright); Mexico (Berlandier, 130, in part); Albuquerque, New
Mexico (Bigelow).

2. Scirpus pauciflorus, Lightf.
Scirpus pauciflorus, Lightf., Fl. Scot., 1078 (1777).
Scirpus Beothyron, Ehrh., Phyt., No. 31 (1780).
Eleocharis pauciflora, Link, Hort. Ber., i, 284 (1827).

In wet ground, Anticosti to western New York,.western Penn-
sylvania, Ontario, Illinois, Minnesota, Manitoba, British Columbia,
and in the Rocky Mountains south to Colorado, and to California.
Also in Europe.

3. Scirpus pumillus, Vahl.
Scirpus pumilus, Vahl, Enum., ii, 243 (1806).
Isolepis pumila, R. & S., Syst., ii, 106 (1817).
Isolepis oligantha, C. A. Meyer, Cyp. Nov. 3, t. 1 (1830).

Rocky Mountains (Hall and Harbour, 583, in Herb. Calcutta
and Boissier, fide C. B. Clarke; also in Herb. Gray); Morley,
British Columbia, Rocky Mountains (Macoun, 44). Europe.

The species is distinguished from the following by its shorter
spike, narrower basal bracts not nearly as much imbricated, creeping
rootstocks, and less sharply triangular achenium with no bristles.

76 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [FEB. 22,

Hall and Harbour’s No. 583 is mixed, for Mr. Clarke informs me
that that number in Herb. De Candolle is S. czspitosus.

4, Scirpus czspitosus, L.

Scirpus ceespitosus, L., Sp. Pl., 48 (1753).
Eleocharis cespitosa, Nees, Linnea, ix, 294 (1835).

Greenland and Labrador to Alaska and British Columbia; south
to the mountains of New England, and on the higher southern
Alleghenies; western New York, Illinois, Michigan, Minnesota,
and in the Rocky Mts. south to Colorado (Hall and Harbour, 583,
in Herb. D. C., fide C. B. Clarke). A form with greatly elongated
stems from Cape Breton Island (Macoun). Also in Europe and
Asia.

+ + Spikes 1 or 2, subtended by an involucral bract or leaf.

5. Scirpus Clintoni, A. Gray.
Scirpus Clintoni, A. Gray, Am. Journ. Sci. (II), xxxviii, 290 (1864).
S. planifolius, var. brevifolius, Torr., Ann. Lyc., iii, 442 (1836), not S. brevifolius,
Roxb.

St. Patrick, New Brunswick (Vroom); western New York
(Clinton); Lansing, Mich. (L. H. Bailey); Hubbardston, Mich.
(C. F. Wheeler). Also Broad River, N. C. (Rugel, in Herb. Kew,
fide Clarke).

6. Scirpus planifolius, Muhl.
Scirpus planifolius, Muhl., Gram., 32 (1817).
Isolepis planifolia, Spreng., Neue Ent., iii, 10 (1822).
Eleocharis planifolia, Nees, Linnea, ix, 294 (1835).
Dry woodlands, Rhede Island to Delaware, west to western New

York and Pennsylvania. Also in western Missouri (B. F. Bush,
fide S. Watson).

7. Scirpus subterminalis, Torr.
Scirpus subterminalis, Torr., Fl. N. U.5., i, 47 (1824).

In ponds and streams, New Brunswick to the Canadian Rocky
Mountains, Washington, and Oregon, south to New Jersey, Penn-
sylvania, and Michigan.

S. sublerminalis, var. terrestris, Paine, Cat. Pl. Oneida Co., 96
(1865), is the emersed state of the species. Litchfield, N. Y. (Paine);
Hidden Lake, Herkimer Co., N. Y. (Clinton).

8. Scirpus cernuus, Vahl.
Scirpus cernuus, Vahl, Enum., ii, 285 (1806).
Scirpus riparius, Spreng., Syst., i, 208 (1825).
Scirpus pygmeus, A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad., vii, 392 (1868).
Isolepis leptocaulis, Torr., Bot. Whipple Exp., 97 (1857).
Isolepis pygmea, Kanth, Enum., ii, 191 (1837).
Isolepis pygmea, var. Californica, Torr., Bot. Wilkes Exp., 476 (1874).
In wet places, British Columbia, Oregon, and California. Also
in South America and in Europe and Australia.

ee

ee meres,

-I
-t

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

9. Scirpus carinatus (H. & A.).

Isolepis carinatus, H. & A., in Torr. Ann. Lye., iii, 349 (1836).
Scirpus carinatus, A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad., vii, 392 (1868).
Isolepis koilolepis, Steud., Cyp., 318 (1855).
In low grounds, Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana, Texas, Arkan-
sas, and the Indian Territory to California.

ikes several or numerous, capitate or umbelled, subtende
** Spikes lo s tat belled, subtended by
1 or several involucral leaves.

10. Scirpus Cubensis, Poepp. & Kunth.

Scirpus Cubensis, Poepp. & Kunth, in Kunth, Enum., ii, 172 (1837).
Scirpus ablepharus, Griseb., Cat. Pl. Cub., 240 (1866).
Oxycaryum Schomburghkianum, Nees in Mart. Fl. Bras., ii, Pars. I, 90 (1842).
Anosporum Cubense, Boeck., Linnea, xxxvi, 413 (1870).

In swamps, Louisiana (Carpenter); New Orleans (Hale); near
Mobile, Alabama (Mohr.). Also in the West Indies and eastern
South America, and in Africa.

s

11. Scirpus Mexicanus, Clarke, ined.
Scirpus cyperoides, Hemsley, Bot. Biol. Centr. Amer., iii, 461 (1885), not Spreng.
Syst., i, 208 (1825).
Cyperus ——, S. Wats., Proc. Amer. Acad., xviii, 169.
Mexico: San Luis Potosi (Schaffner. 566; Parry and Palmer,
905); Flor de Maria, Mexico (Pringle, 3173).

12. Scirpus Potosinus, Clarke, ined.

Moist banks of ravines, San Jose Pass, San Luis Potosi, Mex.
(Pringle, 3175, Coll. 1890, distributed as ‘‘ Cyperus, near C. elegans,
Vahi.’’)

13. Scirpus Hallii, A. Gray.

Scirpus Hallii, A. Gray, Addenda, Man. Ed. 2 (1863).
S. supinus, var. Hallii, A. Gray, Man. Ed. 5, 563 (1867).

Massachusetts: Winchester (W. Boott; Hitchings; Morong).
Illinois: Menard Co. (B. Hall). Florida: Indian River (Curtiss,
3118*). Missouri: St. Louis (Engelmann). Texas: (Wright;
Lindheimer. Colorado:.(Greene). Mexico: Vera Cruz (Miiller,
2153); San Luis Potosi (Schaffner, 571; 201).

14. Scirpus debilis, Pursh.
Scirpus debilis, Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept., i, 55 (1814)

Maine: Harrison (Blake). New Hampshire: Plymouth (Mo-
rong); west to Minnesota, Lake Minnetonka (Seymour); south to
Georgia, Alabama, and Nebraska.

Small forms of this species run close to the next, but the presence
of bristles in S. debilis, equalling or longer than the nut, is here
taken as distinctive.

78 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ FEB. 22,

15. Scirpus Smithii, A. Gray.
Scirpus Smithii, A. Gray, Man. Ed. 5, 563 (1867).

Pennsylvania: shores of the lower Delaware (C. E. Smith);
Presque Isle, Lake Erie (Garber). New Jersey: Camden (Parker) ;
Little Timber Creek (A. H. Smith); Budd’s Lake (Porter). New
York: Watertown and Sackett’s Harbor (Gray); Luzerne (Clin-
ton); Sodus Bay (Paine). Massachusetts: Williamstown (Tor-
rey). Rhode Island: Kingston (Morong). Vermont: Ferrisburgh
(C. E. Faxon). Michigan: Pine Lake, near Agricultural College
(Wheeler). Minnesota: Hennepin Co. (Sandberg).

16. Scirpus mucronatus, L.
Scirpus mucronatus, L. Sp. Pl., 50 (1753).

In aswamp in Delaware Co., Pa. (C. E. Smith); the only known
American locality.

17. Scirpus Americanus, Pers.

Scirpus Americanus, Pers., Syn., i, 68 (1805).

Scirpus triqueter, Michx., Fl. Bor. Am., i, 47 (1803), not L.
Scirpus pungens, Vahl, Enum., ii, 255 (1806).

Scirpus mucronatus, Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept., i, 55 (1814), not L.

In salt or fresh marshes and low grounds throughout North
America. Also in Chili.

Var. longispicatus, n. var.

Spikes 2-4, 1-2 cm. long, pale; bristles longer than those of the type, and
achenium more broadly obovate.

New Mexico: (Wright, 1963). Colorado: Platte River, near
Denver (Dr. Geo. Smith).

18. Scirpus Nevadensis, 5. Wats.
Scirpus Nevadensis, 8. Wats., Bot. King’s Exp., 360 (1871).

Nevada: Soda Lake (Watson, 1213); Hawthorn (Jones, 4088).
California: borders of Mono Lake (Brewer, 1846). Oregon: Har-
ney Valley (Howell). Western British America: Rocky Moun-
tains (Bourgeau); Cypress Hills, Old Wives’ Lakes, and Great
Plains (Macoun). British Columbia (Fletcher). Also in South
America: Catamarca (Grisebach); Atacama (Philippi).

19. Scirpus Olmeyi, A. Gray.
Scirpus Olneyi, A. Gray, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., v, 238 (1845).
In salt marshes, Rhode Island to Florida, Texas, Arizona, Mexico,
extending to Arkansas (Coville), and along the Pacific coast to
Oregon. Also in the West Indies.

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 79

20. Scirpus Torreyi, Olney.
Scirpus Torreyi, Olney, Proc. Providence Franklin Soc., i, 32 (1847).

In wet places. Rhode Island: Smithfield and Providence (Olney).
' Massachusetts: near Boston (Hitchings—specimens young and re-
ferred here with doubt). Vermont: banks of the Winooski River
(Morong). New York: West Point (Torrey); Buffalo (Clinton).
Pennsylvania: near Warrior’s Mark, Huntingdon Co. (Lowrie);
Round Lake, Carbon Co., and 12 mile pond, Pike Co. (Porter).
Minnesota: Hennepin Co. (Sandberg). Kansas: Manhattan (Kel-
lerman)? Manitoba: Lake of the Isles, N. W. Terr. (Houghton,
14).

21. Scirpus cylindricus (Torr.).

Scirpus maritimus, var. cylindricus, Torr., Ann. Lyc. N. Y., iii, 325 (1836).
Scirpus macranthus, Boeckl., Flora, 1858, 415.
Scirpus leptolepis, Chapm., Fl. 8. U. 8., 520 (1860).
Scirpus Canbyi, A. Gray, Am. Journ. Sci. (III), xxxviii, 289 (1864).
Rhynchospora etuberculata, Steud., Cyp., 142 (1855).

Maryland: Salisbury (Canby, Commons). North Carolina (Dr.
Loomis, G. McCarthy). Georgia: Columbus (Dr. Boykin). Florida
(Chapman). Louisiana (Hale). Alabama: Mobile (Sullivant).

22. Scirpus lacustris, L.

Scirpus lacustris, L. Sp. Pl., 48 (1753).
Scirpus validus, Vahl, Enum , ii, 268 (1806).
Scirpus acutus, Muhl., Gram., 33 (1817).
Scirpus orgyralis, Raf., Ann. Nat., 16 (1820).

In ponds and streams throughout North America. Also in
Mexico and the West Indies, and widely distributed in the Old
World.

Var. occidentalis, 8. Wats.

S. lacustris, var. occidentalis, S. Wats., Bot. Cal., ii, 218 (1880).

California (Bolander, 6231): Sacramento Valley (Wilkes Exp.) ;
Kern Co. (Greene). Nevada (Torrey, 555); Mouth of Reese River
(Watson, 1212). New Mexico (Wright, 1940; Wheeler Exp., 104).
Arizona: Santa Cruz River (Pringle). British Columbia (Macoun).

23. Scirpus Californicus (C. A. Meyer).
Llytrospermum Californicum, C. A. Meyer, Mem. Acad. Petersb. (V), i, 200, t. 2,
1830.
Scirpus riparius, Presl., Rel. Henk., i, 193 (1830), not Spreng.
Scirpus Tatora, Kunth, Enum., ii, 166 (1837).

Inswamps. Florida (Chapman); Louisiana (Hale); New Mexico
(Wright, 1939). Found also by Rev. Dr. Wibbe, at Oswego, N. Y.;
widely distributed in southern and central California, Mexico, Cen-
tral, and South America.

80 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ FEB. 22,

24. Scirpus maritimus, L.
Scirpus maritimus, L. Sp. Pl., 51 (1753).

In swamps. Manitoba to Nebraska, Texas, and Mexico; west
to the Pacific Coast. Also in Europe, Asia, Africa, and Australia.

The plant of the northwest coast, as illustrated by the specimens
from Puget Sound (Wilkes’s Exp.), Umpqua River (Howell), and
Vancouver Island (Macoun), appears to be identical with the Euro-
pean, but I have seen no ripe fruit of it. Many of those from the
interior of the continent, such as Watson’s 1214, from Humboldt
Sink, Nevada; Wright’s 1962 and 1942, from New Mexico; and
others ranging from Nebraska to Sonora, differ in havi ing very light-
colored elumes, and have a compressed nut, much like that of the
following species. These may form a distinct species. The Euro-
pean specimens which I have examined have a trigonous nut.

25. Scirpus robustus, Pursh.

Scirpus robustus, Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept., i, 56 (1816).
S. maritimus, var. macrostachyus, Michx., Fl. Bor. Am., i, 32 (1803).
Scirpus macrostachyus, Mubl., Gram., 45 (1817), not Lam.
Scirpus maritimus, Torr., Ann. Lye. N. Y., iii, 332, and other American authors,
not L.
Salt marshes. Nova Scotia(?), New England to Florida, Mis-
sissippi, and Texas.

26. Scirpus fluviatilis (Torr.).
S. maritimus, var. fluviatilis. Torr., Ann. Lyc. N. Y., iii, 324 (1836).
Scirpus fluviatilis, A. Gray, Man. Ed., i, 527 (1848).

In swamps. Quebec and Vermont, through Ontario to Minne-
sota; south to Connecticut, southern Pennsylvania, Illinois, and
Missouri. (Banks of the Missouri, above St. Louis, Dr. Baldwin,
July 6, 1819.)

27. Scirpus criniger, A. Gray.
Scirpus criniger, A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad., vii, 392 (1867).

California: Humboldt Co. (Bolander); Mendocino Co. (Kel-
logg); Plumas Co. (Mrs. Austin); Modoe Co. (Miss Plummer) ;
Wood’s Peak, near Amador Pass (Brewer, 2115). Oregon: Curry
Co. (T. Howell).

28. Scirpus rufus (Huds.).
Schenus rufus, Huds. Fl. Angl., . (1778).
Scirpus rufus, Schrad., Fl. Germ.., , 133 (1806).
In several localities in eee and New Brunswick (see Macoun,
Cat. Can. Pl., Part iv, 101). Also in brackish marshes, Red Deer
River , Northw est Territory (Macoun).

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 81

*** Spikes very numerous in terminal, large, compound umbels.

29. Scirpus sylwaticus, L.

Scirpus sylvaticus, L. Sp. Pl., 51 (1753).
Scirpus brunneus, Torr., Ann. Lyc., iii, 326 (1836), not Muhl.?

In swamps. Massachusetts (Cooley); northern New Jersey
(Austin, Apgar, Best, Britton); New York; Pennsylvania: Toby-
hanna, Pocono Mts., and banks of Octorara Creek, Lancaster Co.
(Porter); Monroe, Bucks Co. (J. A. Ruth); Gap, and near Smith-
ville, Lancaster Co. (Small). Delaware: Centreville (Commons).
West Virginia: White Sulphur Springs (Britton). North Caro-
lina: near Hickory, Catawba Co. (Heller and Small, 274).

30. Scirpus microcarpus, Presl.
Scirpus microcarpus, Presl., Rel. Henk., i, 195 (1830).
Scirpus lenticularis, Torr., Ann. Lyc. N. Y., iii, 328 (1836).
S. sylvaticus, var. digynus, Beeckl., Linnea, xxxvi, 727 (1870).

In swamps. Nova Scotia and Quebec, through British America
to Alaska; south to New Hampshire: near base of Mt. Washington
(Morong); New York: Buffalo (Clinton); banks of the Mohawk,
near Schenectady (Wibbe); Lyon’s Falls, Black River (Haberer).
Minnesota; Nevada: Reno (Tracy, 230, F.); and rather common
in California and Oregon.

31. Scirpus atrovirens, Muhl.
Scirpus atrovirens, Muhl., Gram., 43 (1817).
S. sylvaticus, var. atrovirens, Boeckl., Linnea, xxxvi, 495 (1870).
In swamps. Nova Scotia to Manitoba; south to Georgia and
Louisiana.

Var. pallidus, Britton.
S. atrovirens, var. pallidus, Britton, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci., ix, 13 (1889).

Nebraska: Little Blue River, S. Platte (H. Engelmann); Hitch-
cock Co., and Broken Bone, Custer Co. (Webber). Minnesota:
Hennepin Co. (Sandberg). Kansas: Mitchell Co. (M. A. Carle-
ton). Indian Territory (Palmer, 358). Colorado: Caiion City
(Brandegee). Oregon: Multomah Co. (T. Howell); Medicine
Hat, Saskatchewan River.(J. M. Macoun).

32. Scirpus divaricatus, Ell.
Scirpus divaricatus, Ell., Bot. S. C., i, 88, t. 2, f. 4 (1816).
Scirpus lineatus, Muhl., Gram., 45 (1817), fide Torrey, not Michx.
Scirpus ambiguus, Schult., Mant., ii, 85 (1824).
In swamps. Florida and South Carolina to Louisiana; Ken-
tucky (Short in Herb. Kew, fide Clarke).

,

82 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ FEB. 22,

33. Scirpus polyphyllus, Vahl.

Scirpus polyphyllus, Vahl, Enum., ii, 274 (1806).

Scirpus exaltatus, Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept., i, 56 (1814).

Scirpus brunneus, Muhl., Gram., 43 (1817).

S. brunneus, vars. crispus and viviparus, Torr., Ann. Lye. N. Y., iii, 327 (1836).

In swamps. Massachusetts to North Carolina and Alabama ;
west to Minnesota and Arkansas.

34. Scirpus Peckii, n. sp.

S. polyphyllus, var. macrostachys, Beeck1., Linnea, xxxvi, 731 (1870), ex deserip.
not S. macrostachyus, Lam.

Tall, slender, 0.6-1.2 m. high, stem leafy. Leaves elongated linear, long-
acuminate, 2-4 dm. long, 6-10 mm. wide, those of the involucre 3-5, the largest
of them exceeding the inflorescence ; umbel several rayed, the rays slender,
1-6 cm. long; spikes 4-8 mm. long, cylindric, capitate in clusters of 2-10,
appearing umbellulate in age by the falling away of the lower scales; scales
dark brown, ovate, carinate, mucronate ; nut trigonous, 0.5 mm. long, oblong,
acute at each end, twice as long as thick, slender-beaked; style 3-cleft ; bris-
tles 4-6, downwardly barbed mere than one-half their length.

New York: Lake Pleasant, Hamilton Co. (C. H. Peck); near
Schenectady (Wibbe); West Albany (P. A. Puissant). Connecti-
cut: Middletown (Barrett). Also an old specimen in Herb. Torrey,
with no definite locality.

Nearest to S. radicans, Schk., of continental Europe. That species
differs, however, in its umbellulate, ovate, shorter spikelets, broader
and less mucronate seales, and longer, twisted, smooth bristles. I
take pleasure in associating with this interesting plant the name of
the distinguished State Botanist of New York, who has done so
much in making known the flora of our Commonwealth.

35. Scirpus cyperinus (L.).
Eriophorum cyperinum, L. Sp. Pl., Ed. 2, 77 (1762).
Trichophorum cyperinum, Pers., Syn., i, 69 (1805).
Scirpus cyperinus, Kanth, Enum., ii, 170 (1837).
Scirpus Eriophorum, var. cyperinus, A. Gray, Man. Ed. 2, 501 (1856).

In swamps. Newfoundland to western Ontario, south to New
Jersey and Pennsylvania. This may very well occur further south,

but I have not seen specimens from the Southern States. Also in
India.

Var. Eriophorum (Michi.).
Scirpus Eriophorum, Michx., Fl. Bor. Am., i, 33 (1803).
Scirpus thyrsiflorus, Willd., Enum., 78 (1809).
Scirpus Eriophorum, var. laxus, A. Gray, Man. Ed. 2, 501 (1856).
Eriophorum cyperinum, var. laxum, Wats. and Coult. in A. Gray, Man. Ed. 6,
582 (1890).

In swamps. New Brunswick to western Ontario, south to

Florida and Louisiana.

——E

ee vV———

1892. } NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 83

36. Scirpus lineatus, Michx.

Scirpus lineatus, Michx., Fl. Bor. Am., i, 32 (1803).
Trichophorum lineatum, Pers., Syn., i, 69 (1805).
Scirpus pendulus, Muhl., Gram., 44 (1817).
Isolepis lineata, R. and S., Syst., ii, 117 (1817).
Scirpus brizoides, Willd. ex Link, Jahrb., iii, 89 (1820).
Eriophorum lineatum, Benth. and Hook., Gen. Pl., iii, 1052 (1883).
Scirpus Drummondii, Steud., Cyp., 318 (1855).
In swamps. Southern Ontario to Georgia, west to Minnesota,
Kansas, and Texas, Also in Oregon: Waldo and Grant’s Pass
(T. Howell).

RYNCHOSPORA, Vabl, Enum., ii, 229 (1806).

Dr. Gray’s revision of the North American species of Ryncho-
spora and Ceratoschenus, published in Ann. N. Y. Lye. Nat. Hist.,
iii, 363-372, included in Dr. Torrey’s Monograph of the N. A.
Cyperacee, supplementary to his monograph printed in earlier pages
of the same volume, recognized 29 species. Drs. Torrey and Gray
always regarded the genus Psilocarya as valid, and 3 species were
recognized in the monograph above mentioned, making in all 32
species of the three genera. In the following enumeration all are
regarded as belonging to Rynchospora, in this following the views
of Mr. C. B. Clarke, who has favored me, in his usual kind manner,
with an abstract of his arrangement of the North American species,
on which the present paper is based. The relation of Dichromena,
Michx., to the group is exceedingly close, and its species have been
included in Rynchospora by O. Beckeler, but I follow Mr. Clarke
in keeping it up.

Of the 60 species here recognized 16 are Mexican, West Indian,
and South American, only so far as is now known, there being thus
44 species in the United States and Canada.

I have followed Vahl’s original spelling of the generic name,
which has by subsequent authors usually been written Rhyncho-
spora.

I. Subgenus HAPLOSTYLIS, Benth.

Style entire or only shortly bifid, never cleft to the middle.

* Culm monocephalous.

1. Rynchospora Mexicana (Liebm.).

Haplostylis Mexicana, Liebm., Mex. Halvg., 61 (1849).
Rynchospora Mexicana, Steud., Cyp., 144 (1855).

Oaxaca, Mex. (Liebmann); near Guadalahaja, Mex. (Pringle,
2628).

2. Rynchospora globosa, R. and §.

Rynchospora globosa, R. and §., Syst., ii, 89 (1817).

Mexico (Liebmann). © [ Cuba, Wright, 3403. ]

84 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ FEB. 22,

* * Culm normally polycephalous.

3. Rynchospora cyperoides (Sw.).

Schenus cyperoides, Sw. Prodr. Fl. Ind. Occ., 19 (1788).
Rynchospora cyperoides, Mart., Denksch. Akad. Wiss. Munch., 1816-1817, 149.
Ephippiorhynchum polycephalum, Nees.

Mexico (Liebmann). [Cuba, Wright, 3404; St. Domingo, Eg-
gers, 1696. Porto Rico, Blauner, 253; South America. |

4. Rynchospora Tracyi.
Ceratoschenus capitatus, Chapm., Fl. 8. U. S., 529 (1860), not R. capitata, R. & 8.

Florida (Chapman; Garber; Keeler; Curtiss, 3143); Ocean
Springs, Miss., a monocephalous form (Tracy, No. 60).

*** Inflorescence paniculate.

5. Rynchospora corymbosa (L.).
Scirpus corymbosus, L. Sp. Pl., 76 (1753).
Rynchospora aurea, Vahl, Enum., ii, 229 (1806).
Mexico; Nicaragua; Guatemala (Tuerckheim, 1257). [West
Indies, South America, and in tropical regions of the Old World. ]

6. Rynchospora corniculata (Lam.).

Schenus corniculatus, Lam., Ill., i, 137 (1791).
Scheenus longirostris, Michx., Fl. Bor. Amer., i, 35 (1803).
Rynchospora longirostris, Ell., Sketch Bot. S. C. and Ga., i, 35 (1816).
Rynchospora laxa, Vahl, Enum., ii, 231 (1806), not of R. Br.
Rynchospora corniculata, A. Gray, Ann. Lyc. N. Y., iii, 205 (1835).

Southern Pennsylvania and Ohio to Florida, west to Missouri
and Louisiana and Texas.

Var. macrostachya (Torr.).
Ceratoschenus macrostachyus, Torr., Ann. Lyc. N. Y., iii, 369 (1836).
Rynchospora macrostachya, Torr. in A. Gray, loc. cit., 206 (1835).

Eastern Massachusetts and Rhode Island to Florida, west to
Arkansas, the Indian Territory (Palmer, 357), and Texas (Hall,
721). ;

Var. patula (Chapm.).
Ceratoscheenus macrostachyus, var. patulus, Chapm., Fl. S. States, 529 (1860).

Florida.

W. Boott, in Bot. Gaz., ix, 94, indicates that the characters of
the bristles are not sufficient to separate these as species; this is
also Mr. Clarke’s opinion. Northern specimens with long bristles
have quite the habit of southern ones with short bristles.

1892. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 85

7. Rynchospora scutellata, Griseb.

Rynchospora scutelluta, Griseb., Cat. Pl. Cub., 246 (1866); Britton, Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club, xviii, 369.

Near Indianola, Texas (Ravenel). [Cuba, Wright, 3406. ]

8. Rynchospora Orizabensis, Clarke, n. sp. ined.
Orizava, Mex. (Bourgeau, 2977; Botteri; Muller, 1958); Guate-
mala (Tuerckheim, 1256). :
9. Rynchospora corymbifera, Nees.
Rynchospora corymbifera, Nees, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur., xviii, Suppl. i, 107 (1841).
Orizava, Mex. (Mobr and Botteri). Named by Mr. Clarke.

10. Rynchospora Schiediana, Kunth.
Rynchospora Schiediana, Kunth, Enum., ii, 300 (1837).
Mexico (Schiede; Galeotti, 5790; Linden, 68; Bourgeau, 3191;
Botteri, 780; Muller, 1959).
Var. Vvarica, Clarke, ined.
San Luis Potosi (Pringle, 3434).
1l. Rynchospora polyphylia, Vahl.
Rynchospora polyphylla, Vahl, Enum., ii, 230 (1806).
Mexico (Liebmann). [West Indies; South America. ]

12. Rynchospora Tuerckheimii, Clarke, n. sp., ined.
Guatemala (Tuerckheim, 1258).

II. Subgenus BURYNCHOSPORA, Clarke.
Style deeply bifid.
* Bristles 0, or rudimentary (Psilocarya, Torr.)
} Spikelets with 3-several nutlets.

13. Rynchospora scirpoides (Torr.).
Psilocarya scirpoides, Torr., Ann. Lyc., iii, 360 (1836).
Rynchospora scirpoides, A. Gray, Man. Ed. 5, 568 (1867).

Eastern Massachusetts and Khode Island.

14. Rynchospora nitens (Vahl).

Scirpus nitens, Vahl, Enum., ii, 272 (1836).
Psilocarya rhynchosporoides, Torr., Ann. Lye, N. Y., iii, 361 (1836).
Psilocarya Texensis, Torr. and Hook., Ann. Lyc., loc. cit. (1836).
Psilocarya nitens, Wood, Bot. and Flor., 364 (1870).
Rynchospora nitens, A. Gray, Man. Ed. 5, 568 (1867).

Wading River, LongyIsland (E. 8S. Miller); Delaware (Canby)
to Florida and Texas.

86 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ FEB. 22,

15. Rynchospora corymbiformis (Benth.).

Scirpus corymbiferus, Sauv., Fl. Cub., 176 (1873), not R. corymbifera, Ness.
Psilocarya corymbifera, Benth., in Benth. and Hook. Gen. Plant., iii, 1048 (1883).
Psilocarya corymbiformis, Benth. in Hook. Ic. Plant., xv, 25, t. 1431 (1883).
Rynchospora ignorata, Boeckl., Engler’s Bot. Jahrb., v, 508 (1884).

Columbus, Ga. (Boykin); East Florida (Leavenworth); Louisi-
ana (Hale). [Cuba, Wright, 3774. ]

16. Rynchospora robusta (Kunth).

Dichromena robusta, Kanth, Enum., ii, 283 (1837).
Psilocarya robusta, Nees in Mart. Fl. Bras., ii, Pars 1, 116 (1842).
Rynchospora robusta, Boeckl., Linnea, xxxvii, 616 (1873).

Orizava, Mex. (Bourgeau, 2735; Muller, 1366; Botteri); Coban,
Guatemala (Tuerckheim, 1261), distributed as Rynchospora Mexi-
cand. :

17. Rynchospora eximniia (Nees).

Spermodon eximius, Nees, in Seemann. Bot. Herald, 222 (1852-57).
Dichromena Schiediana, Kunth, Enum., ii, 282 (1837), not Rynchospora Schie-
diana, Kunth, loc. cit., 350.
Rynchospora oxycephala, Sauy., Fl. Cub., 184 (1873).
Rynchospora eximia, Boeck)., Linnea, xxxvii, 601 (1873).
Mexico (Liebmann); Orizava (Muller, 1964); Jalisco (Pringle,
2299). [Cuba, Wright, 3792. |

18. Rynchospora rufa (Nees).

Psilocarya rufa, Nees in Mart. Fl. Bras., ii, Pars 1, 117 (1842).
Psilocarya Mexicana, Liebm., Mex. Halv., 60 (1849).
Rynchospora rufa, Boeckl., Kjob. Vid. Medd., 1869-70, 149.
Rynchospora Mexicana, Sauv., Fl. Cub., 182 (1873), not Steud.

Mexico (Liebmann). [Cuba, Wright, 2683. Also in northern
South America.] The original was from South America. Mr.
Clarke places Liebmann’s specimen as a form or variety of it.

+ + Spikelets with only 1 or 2 nutlets.

19. Rynchospora micrantha, Vahl.
Rynchospora micrantha, Vahl, Enum., ii, 231 (1806), in part.
Psilocarya Teneriffe, Torr. Ann. Lye., iii, 362 (1836).

Mexico (Liebmann); Guadalahaja (Pringle, 2056); Guatemala
(Bernoulli, 413). [West Indies. |

20. Rynchospora tenuis, Link.
Rynchospora tenuis, Link, Jahrb., iii, 76 (1820).
Mexico (Auerswald, 800; Liebmann; Muller, 124). [South
America,] A widely distributed tropical American species which
has received many names.

CO
-T

1892. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

21. Rynchospora pusilla, Curtis.

Rynchospora pusilla, Curtis, Am. Journ. Sci. (IL), vii, 409 (1849).
Rynchospora intermixta, Sauv., Fl. Cub., 184 (1873).

Florida (Chapman; Curtiss, 3170) to Texas. [Cuba. ]

22. Rynchospora divergens, Curtis.

Rynchospora divergens, Curtis, loc. cit. (1849).
Rynchospora lamprosperma, Sauv., Fl. Cub., loc. cit. (1873).

South Carolina and Florida. [Bahamas, Eggers, 4142; Cuba,
Wright, 3793; St. Domingo, Wright, Parry, and Brummel, 586;
Porto Rico, Blauner, 247. }

23. Rynchospora Chapmanii, Curtis.

Rynchospora Chapmanii, Curtis, loc. cit. (1849).
Rynchospora heterophylla, Boeckl., Linnea, xxxvii, 553 (1873).

Florida to Mississippi and Louisiana.

24. Rynchospora pallida, Curtis.

Rynchospora pallida, Curtis, Am. Journ. Sci. (ID), vii, 409 (1849).
Rynchospora Curtisii, Steud., Cyp., 141 (1855).

Pine barrens, New Jersey to North Carolina.

** Bristles plumose.

25. Rynchospora oligantha, A. Gray.

Rynchospora oligantha, A. Gray, Ann. Lye., iii, 212 (1835).
R. triflora, Curtis, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., v, 140, not Vahl.

Lewiston, Delaware (Canby), to Florida and Texas.

26. Rynchospora plumosa, E!1.

Rynchospora plumosa, Ell., Sketch Bot. 8. C. and Ga., i, 58 (1816).
Ruynchospora penniseta, Griseb., Cat. Pl. Cub., 244 (1866).
Schenus ciliaris, Muhl., Gram. iLL GLshi), not Vahl.

South Carolina to Georgia, Florida, and Louisiana. [Cuba,
Wright, 3398, Herb. Kew. }

27. Rynchospora intermedia (Chapm.).
R. semiplumosa, var. intermedia, Chapm., Fl. S. States, 524 (1860).

Florida (Chapman, Keeler, Garber, Torrey, Curtiss, 3173).

28. Rynchospora semiplumosa, A. Gray.
Rynchospora semiplumosa, A. Gray, Ann. Lye., iii, 213 (1835).
Florida to Texas.

88 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ FEB, 22,

*** Bristles retrorsely barbed.

29. Rynchospora alba (L.).

Schenus albus, L. Sp. Pl., i, 65 (1753).
Rynchospora alba, Vahl, Enum., ii, 236 (1806).

Newfoundland to Alaska, south to Virginia, Florida, Pennsyl-
vania, Minnesota, and Oregon. [Europe and Asia. ]

Var. macra, Clarke.
Clusters larger, sometimes 3 cm. broad; bristles more numerous, 15-20.

Florida (Chapman); Texas (Drummond, 281).

30. Rynchospora capillacea, Torr.

Schenus setaceus, Muhl, Gram., 6 (1817), not Berg. nor R. setacea, Vahl.
Riynchospora capillacea, Torr., Fl. N. and Mid. States, 41 (1826).

Vermont and Ontario to Minnesota, south to New Jersey, Penn-
sylvania, and Michigan.

Var. leviseta, E. J. Hill.
R. capillacea, var. leviseta, E. J. Hill, Amer. Nat., x. 370 (1876).
Lake County, Indiana.

31. Rynchospora Knieskernii, Carey.
Rynchospora Knieskernit, Carey, Am. Journ. Sci. (II), iv, 25 (1847).
Pine barrens, New Jersey to Virginia.

32. Rynchospora glomerata (L.).

Schenus glomeratus, L. Sp. Pl., 65 (1753).
Rynchospora glomerata, Vahl, Enum., ii, 234 (1806).

New England and Ontario to Michigan, south to Florida, Mis-
sissippi, and Texas,

Var. paniculata (A. Gray).

Rynchospora paniculata, A. Gray, Ann. Lyc., iii, 211 (1835).
R. glomerata, var. paniculata, Chapm., Fl. 8. States, 528 (1860).
R. glomerata, var. robustior, Kunth, Enum., ii, 297 (1837), ex deser.

Maryland and Virginia to Florida and Louisiana.

Var. leptocarpa, Chapm.
R. glomerata, var. leptocarpa, Chapm. MSS. in Herb. Col. Coll.
Very slender, 6-9 dm. long; clusters few, distant, simple, peduneled.

South Carolina, Florida, and Alabama.

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 89

Var. Minor, n. var.

Low, 1.5-2.5 dm. high, slender, simple ; clusters 2 or 3, with few spikelets ;
leaves very narrow.

Base of the White Mountains (Tuckerman); Barnstable, Mass.
(Deane).

Var. discutiens, Clarke, MSS.

Bristles scabrous at the apex only, or glabrous throughout.

Burke Co, N. C. (Buckley); Holmead Swamp, D. C. (Coville) ;
Chester Co., Penna. (Porter); New Jersey (Halsted).

The name Schenus capitellatus, Michx., Fl. Bor. Amer., i, 36
(1803), apparently belongs to one or another of the forms of this
species or the next, to which of them I am unable at present to
decide. Kunth, however (Enum., ii, 297), refers it to &. glauca,
which is unlikely.

33. Rynchospora axillaris (Lam.).

Schenus axillaris, Lam., Il., i, 137 (1791).
Rynchospora cephalantha, A. Gray, Aun. Lye., iii, 218 (1835).
Rynchospora axillaris, Britton, Bull. Torr. Club, xv, 104 (1888).

Long Island to Florida and Louisiana.

Var. microcephala, n. var.
Heads smaller ; spikelets only about 1 mm. wide.
Monmouth Co., N.J.(Knieskern), south to Florida and Louisiana.

*%*** Bristles scabrous upwards ; achenium smooth.

34. Rynchospora fusca (L.).

Schanus fuscus, L. Sp. Pl. Ed. 2, 1664 (1763).
Rynchospora fusca, Link, Handb., i, 100 (1829).

New Brunswick to Lake Superior, south to Delaware, mainly
near the coast. [EHurope. ]

35. Rynchospora filifolia, Torr.
Rynchospora filifolia, Torr., Ann. Lye., iii, 366 (1836).
North Carolina to Texas.

36. Rynchospora fuscoides, Clarke, n. sp.
Rynchospora filifolia, Sauv., Fl. Cub., 180 (1873), not Torrey.
R. fascicularis, var. distans, Chapm., Fl. 8. States, 527 (1860).
Florida (Chapman); Texas (KE. Hall, 717). [Cuba, Wright,
3783. |
Vou. XI.—7

90 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ FEB. 22,

37. Rynchospora distans (Michx.).

Schenus distans, Michx., Fl. Bor. Amer., i, 36 (1803).
Rynchospora distans, Vahl, Enum., ii, 235 (1806).

South Carolina, Georgia, and Florida.

Var. tenuis (Baldw.).

Rynchospora distans, 8, A. Gray, Ann. Lyc., iii, 216 (1835).
R. tenuis, Baldw. in A. Gray, loc. cit., as synonym.

Georgia; Florida (Curtiss, 3152 in part, fide Clarke).

38. Rynchospora fascicularis (Michx.).

Schenus fascicularis, Michx., Fl. Bor. Amer., i, 37 (1803).
Rynchospora fascicularis, Vahl, Enum., ii, 234 (1806).

39. Rynchospora brachycheta, Sauv.

Rynchospora brachycheta, Sauv., Fl. Cub., 180 (1873).
Rynchospora gracillima, Sauv., loc. cit., 181 (1873).
R. fascicularis, var. stenophylla, Chapm., MSS.

North Carolina to Florida. [Cuba, Wright, 3782. ]

40. Rynchospora gracilenta, A. Gray.

Rynchospora gracilenta, A. Gray, Ann. Lye., iii, 216 (1835).
Rynchospora Drummondiana, Boeck1., Flora, 1858, 644.

New Jersey to Florida, Louisiana, and Texas (EK. Hall, 719).

41. Rynchospora Baldwinii, A. Gray.
Rynchospora Baldwiniti, A. Gray, Aun. Lye., iii, 210 (1835).
North Carolina, Georgia, and Florida.

42. Rynchospora ciliata (Michx.).
Schenus ciliatus, Michx., Fl. Bor. Amer., i, 36 (1803).
Rynchospora ciliata, Vahi, Enum., ii, 235 (1806).

North Carolina to Florida and Mississippi.

43. Rynchospora Grayii, Kunth.

Rynchospora Grayi, Kunth, Enum., ii, 539 (1837).
Rynchospora Elliottii, A. Gray, Aun. Lye., iii, 204 (1835), not of Dietr.
Rynchospora suberostris, Boeck]., Linnea, xxxvii, 579 (1873).

North Carolina to Florida and Texas.

44. Rynchospora dodecandra, Baldw.

Rynchospora dodecandra, Baldw. in A. Gray, Ann. Lyc., iii, 207 (1835).
Rynchospora megalocarpa, A. Gray, loc. cit., 208 (1835).
Rynchospora pycnocarpa, A. Gray, loc. cit. (1835).

North Carolina, Georgia, and Florida.

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 91

***%** Bristles scabrous upwards; achenium transversely rugose.

45. Rynchospora glauca, Vahl.

Rynchospora glauca, Vahl, Enum., ii, 233 (1806).
Rynchospora pungens, Liebm., Mex. Halv., 65 (1849).

Mexico (Liebmann); near Coban, Guatemala (Tuerckheim, 1260,
det. Clarke). [Tropical America and Australia. |

46. Rynchospora cymosa (Willd.).

Schenus cymosus, Willd., ex Muhl., Gram., 8 (1817).
Rynchospora cymosa, Nutt., Gen., i, 33 (1818).
Rynchospora Harveyana, W. Boott, Bot. Gaz., ix, 85 (1884).

New Jersey and Pennsylvania to Florida, Texas, Missouri, and
the Indian Territory. [Cuba, Wright, 232. ]
Kunth refers Schenus cymosus, Willd., to Scirpus polyphyllus.

Var. compressa (Chapm.).

Rynchospora compressa, Chapm., Fl. 8. States, 525 (1860).
R. cymosa, var. compressa, Clarke, MSS.

Florida and Alabama.

Var. globularis, Chapm.
R. cymosa, var. globularis, Chapm., Fl. 8S. U. 8. 525 (1860).
Florida to Louisiana.

47. Rynchospora punctata, Ell.
Rynchospora punctata, Ell., Sketch Bot. 8. C. and Ga., i, 60 (1816).

Georgia and Florida. The plant described by Beeckeler under
this name (Linnea, xxxvii, 580), from Mexico, is probably not the
plant of Elliott, but I have not seen specimens.

48. Rynchospora Kunthii, Nees.
Rynchospora Kunthii, Nees, Linnea, ix, 297 (1835), name only.
Mexico (Liebmann; E. Palmer, No. 27, 1885).

49. Rynchospora Schaffneri, Beckl.
Rynchospora Schaffneri, Boeckl., Linnea, xxxvii, 575 (1873).

San Luis Potosi, Mexico (Schaffner, 548; Parry and Palmer, 918).

50. Rynchospora Torreyana, A. Gray.
Rynchospora Torreyana, A. Gray, Ann. Lyc., iii, 197 (1836).
New Jersey to South Carolina.

92 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ FEB. 22,

51. Rynchospora rariflora (Michx.).

Schenus rariflorus, Michx., Fl. Bor. Amer., i, 35 (1803).
Rynchospora rariflora, Ell., Sketch Bot. 8. C. and Ga., i, 58 (1816).

North Carolina to Florida (Curtiss, 3171) and Texas (Hall, 716).

52. Rynchospora microcarpa, Baldw.
Rynchospora microcarpa, Baldw. in A. Gray, Ann. Lyc., iii, 202 (1835).

North Carolina to Florida (Curtiss, 3162 and 3149) and Texas
(Hall, 710, in part). [Bahamas, Northrop; Eggers, 4308. |

53. Rynchospora caduca, Ell.

Rynchospora caduca, Ell., Sketch Bot. S. C. and Ga., i, 62 (1816).
Rynchospora longiseta, Steud., Cyp., 140 (1855).

North Carolina to Florida (Curtiss, 3141) and Texas (Hall, 711).

54. Rynchospora schoenoides (Ell.).

Scirpus schenoides, Ell., Sketch, i, 89 (1816).
Rynchospora Elliottii, Dietr. Syn. Pl., i, 189 (1839).
Rynchospora multiflora, A. Gray, Ann. Lyc., iii, 200 (1835).

North Carolina to Florida and Louisiana.

55. Rynchospora patula, A. Gray.
Rynchospora patula, A. Gray, Ann. Lyc., loc. cit. 201 (1835).
North Carolina to Florida and Texas.

56. Rynchospora decurrens, Chapm.
Rynchospora decurrens, Chapm., Fl. 8. States, 525 (1860).
Florida.
57. Rynchospora inexpansa (Michx.).

Schenus inexpansus, Michx., Fl. Bor. Amer., i, 35 (1803).
Rynchospora inexpansa, Vahl, Enum., ii, 232 (1806).

Virginia to Georgia and Louisiana.
oO

58. Rynchospora miliacea (Lam.).

Schenus miliaceus, Lam., Ill., i, 137 (1791).

Schenus sparsus, Michx., Fl. Bor. Amer., i, 35 (1803).
Rynchospora sparsa, Vahl, Enum., ii, 230 (1806).
Rynchospora miliacea, A. Gray, Aun. Lyc., iii, 198 (1835).

Florida to Louisiana. [West Indies. ]

59. Rynchospora stenophylla, Chapm.
Rynchospora stenophylla, Chapm., Fl. 8. States, 525 (1860).
Rynchospora tenuifolia, Griseb., Cat. Pl. Cub., 244 (1866).
South Carolina, Florida (Curtiss, 3174), and Alabama. [Cuba,
Wright, 3393. ]

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 93

60. Rynchospora Marisculus, Nees.

Rynchospora Marisculus, Nees, Linnea, ix, 296 (1835), name only.
Rynchospora jubata, Lievm., Mex. Halv., 66 (1849).

Rynchospora tenuiseta, Sauv., Fl. Cub., 179 (1873).

Rynchospora odorata, Sauv., loc. cit. (1873).

Rynchospora stipitata, Chapm., Fl. S. States, Ed. 2, 660 (1884).

Florida (Chapman; Curtiss, 3174); Mexico (Liebmann). [Cuba,
Wright, 3780. |

The Recording Secretary read his report for the past year, as
follows :—

Report of the Recording Secretary for the year ending
February 22, 1892.
There have been
8 Meetings of the Council, and
33 i: “Academy, including
8 Public Lectures, and one meeting each of the Sections of
Ethnology and Mineralogy, and seven meetings of the-
Section of Astronomy.
28 Formal or announced papers have been read on the follow-
ing subjects :—

Astronomy : wa0 Ethnology 1
Archeology = . at! Forestry 1
Botany . . Sept Geology 4
Chemistry 1 * Mathematics 1
Electricity 3 Mineralogy a
Engineering 1 Photography 2

Besides two papers read by title, and a number of informal com-
munications on a variety of topics.
The average attendance, including Public Lectures, is 44, less
Public Lectures 13.
There are 229 Resident Members, including 72 Fellows. During
the past year the Academy has elected—
22 Resident Members.
3 2 Fellows.
2 Corresponding Members.
2 Honorary Members.
9 members were lost by death, resignation, ete.
The Academy mourns the loss of a distinguished member, Dr. T.
Srerry Hunt, who died recently.

H. CARRINGTON BOLTON,
Recording Secretary.
On motion the report was accepted.
The Treasurer read his report for the past year, which was ac-
cepted, and directed to be sent to the Finance Committee for audit.
It is here printed in full.

94 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [FEB. 22,

The New York Academy of Sciences in account with
Henry Duptey, TJreasurer.

February 25, 1891, to February 22, 1892.

RECEIPTS.
Feb. 25,1891. Balance . : i - $314 38
U. 5. 4 per vent. Consols Reg. interest - $152 00
ee Coupons . 5 12 00
—- 164 00
Sale of Annals 3 5 : - 41 00

One-half expense of plates for article published in

the Annals . 0 5 5 “ 5 5 - 100 00
Initiation fees . 4 6 ; 3 : - : 70 00
Fellowship fees 5 > - 3 : : - 40 00
Annualdues . : ° : : ° . 1870 00

$2599 38

DISBURSEMENTS.
Printing Annals and Transactions during 1891 : : ~ - $1008 95
«« eards, envelopes, directory, etc. . 258 25

Dye De Sh Martin, salary as Chairman of the Publication. Committee 50 00
Dr. H. T. Vulté, ‘salary as Asst. Recd. Secty. . . “ 5 - 200 00

Expenses of Recording Secretary’s office . 5 - 100 00
Expressage, $5.22; insurance, $20. a items, 35. 00 . c 30 22
Janitorial services . 5 5 . < : 85 00
Travelling expenses of lecturers 5 : 35 36
Transferred to Publication Fund in M. C. 5. Institution—
Money and bills paid by Capt. T. L. aa 4 - $312 00
Life membership fee . : 2 = LOOROO:
Initiation and fellowship fees . ~ : . - 200 00
662 00

Balance . ‘. A : . c 4 & ' : . 169760

$2599 38

PROPERTY OF THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

U.S. 4 per cent. Consols Registered 5 . A - . $3800 00
U.S. 4 per cent. Consols Coupons . : 3 2 : 5 - 300 00
Savings Bank Book, Publication Fund . 2 c 5 ° - 1470 00
Savings Bank Book, General Fund . : - 5 - - el OAT

Total invested and in Savings Bank. - : : - $6611 77

(Signed) HENRY DUDLEY, Treasurer.
Frsruary 22, 1892.

The regular order of business being finished, the chairman an-
nounced that the election of officers was in order. The Secretary
read the list of nominations recommended by the Council, as fol-
lows :—

1892. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 95

Nominations of Officers for 1892-'93.

For Honorary President—Joun S. NEWBERRY.
For President—Ouiver P. Husparn.
‘or Ist Vice-President—J A. ALLEN.

For 2d Vice-President—H. CARRINGTON BOLTON.

For Corresponding Secretary—Tuomas L. Casey.

For Recording Secretary—H. T. Vuure.

For Treasurer—HEnNRY DUDLEY.

For Librarian—J Ames F. Kemp.

For Councillors—N. L. Brirron, CHarues F. Cox, D. 8S. Mar-
TIN, H. F. Osporn, J. K. ReEs, W. P. TROWBRIDGE.

For Curators—Gero. F. Kunz, Harotp JAcosy, ArtHUR HoL-
Lick, H. H. Russy, F. G. WIEcHMAN.

For Finance Committee—Joun H. Hinton, H. G. Marquanpn,
QO. B. Porter.

On motion the chair appointed Messrs. Tariock and Fiske
tellers. The election proceeded. At the close the tellers made their
report, which was read by the Secretary, accepted, and the officers
declared duly elected.

Pror. Rees resigned the chair to Mr. Dupiey, and addressed the
meeting on the subject of increasing the Publication Fund. He
favored the plan of having a suitable hall and giving a course of
Public Lectures, to which a small charge should be made for admit-
tance. ‘To this end he introduced the following resolution :—

Resolved, That the Council be requested to consider the advisa-
bility of renting a hall and giving a course of lectures, for which a

charge should be made, the profits to be placed to the credit of the
Publication Fund.

Remarks pro and con were made by Prors. Brrrron, MARTIN,
Bourton, and others, and the matter was referred to the Council for
action.

Dr. Botton called attention to the fact that the delay in issuing
the TRANSACTIONS was due to remissness of authors.

Mr. Jacosy favored the plan of requesting authors to submit
abstracts of their papers for publication before reading them.

Dr. Brirron thought that the trouble might be corrected by
sending formal notices.

Dr. Botron replied that such a plan had been tried with little

96 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ FEB. 29,

success, and that he had mentioned the cause of delay in justice to
himself.
Pror. SAFFORD, the astronomer of Williams College, was intro-
duced and made a few remarks, to the intent that he would be
pleased at some future time to read a paper before the Academy,

February 29th, 1892.
STATED MEETING.

Vice-President Dr. Bouton in the chair. Twenty persons present.

The minutes of the Annual Meeting (February 22d) were read
and approved.

Dr. Vuutré exhibited some crystal of metallic tin produced arti-
ficially and by accident in the following manner: Granulated tin
was dissolved in hydrochloric acid, the tin being in excess, water
was then cautiously added in order not to disturb the tin solution ;
at the junction of the two liquids a beautiful fan-shaped mass of
twin crystals formed rapidly, many of the radial tufts being over
one inch long. No cause has been assigned for this singular action,
but it is probably due to a difference of electrical tension of the two
liquids. A further study of this curious phenomenon is contemplated.

Mr. Arruur Homuick read a paper on—

The Paleontology of the Cretaceous Formation on Staten
Island,

illustrated by specimens, drawings, and lantern views.

If we examine any recently published geological map of this vi-
cinity, which embraces Staten Island within its scope, we may note
an area along the southern and western shores of that island colored
or otherwise marked in the same manner as the adjacent shores of
New Jersey. This will be found to mean that the area in question
is assumed to be underlain by strata of cretaceous age, although as
a matter of fact this assumption has had until recently a very slen-
der basis in actual knowledge. Almost the entire area is covered
by a mantle of either modified or bowlder drift, and the only place
where the underlying strata were definitely known to be exposed
was at Kreischerville, where beds of fire-clay, ‘‘ kaolin,” sand and
- gravel, similar in composition and arrangement to those at Amboy
and Woodbridge, N. J., had been mined and utilized for many years.
Their extent was not known, however, and no organic remains,

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 97

except some fragments of lignite, had been foundin them. Neverthe-
less, nearly every geologist who had occasion to study the region
recognized what the probabilities were and concluded that the strata
must be of cretaceous age and that they underlay the entire area
mentioned,

On April 4, 1881, Dr. N. L. Britton read a paper before this
Academy, entitled ‘‘The Geology of Richmond County, N. Y.”
This was published in the Annals, vol. ii, No. 6, and in it the pre-
diction was made that cretaceous clays would be found beneath the
drift to the south of the archzan ridge wherever this drift might be
removed. In regard to organic remains, I quote as follows from
Dr. Britton’s paper: ‘‘ No fossil leaves or shells have been taken
from the clays of Staten Island, but it is not improbable that they
will be found when the excavations are more advanced than at pre-
sent.” All geologists agreed practically with these views, and the
failure to discover any fossil] marine organisms in the clays, either
on Staten Island or in the adjacent New Jersey beds, was consid-
ered as an indication that these clays had been deposited in fresh
water, especially when coupled with the presence of land plant
remains. ;

Facts have been slowly coming to light, however, and especially
during the past five months important discoveries relating to the
subject have been made. Most of these were recorded by me in
the Proceedings of the Natural Science Association of Staten Island,
and by Dr. Britton in the Transactions of this Academy, bat their
full importance has never been discussed.

Following is a brief review of the sequence of these discoveries,
which will be of value as a prelude to the consideration of the de-
tails in connection with them :—

In June, 1883, a single cast of a large shell was found by Mr. Wm.
T. Davis on the surface of a sandy cultivated field at Tottenville.
It was identified by Prof. R. P. Whitfield as Pachycardium Bur-
lingtonense, Whitfield. Its significance was not realized, however,
and it was regarded as most likely to be an accidental estray.

In November of the same year, while in company with Dr. Brit-
ton, I found on the shore of Tottenville a few blocks or concretions
of ferruginous sandstone containing imperfect impressions of vege-
table remains, evidently similar to specimens previously found at
Glen Cove, Long Island,-and Keyport, N. J. The identity of these
was at once noted by Dr. Britton and Prof. J. S. Newberry, by
whom they were declared, almost with certainty, to be of cretaceous
age.

In November, 1885, fossil vegetable remains, consisting of leaves,
fruit, lignite, and amber, were found in one of the clay beds at
Kreischerville. They were too fragmentary for determination, but
were apparently identical with similar remains from the Amboy
clays.

During the autumn of 1888 a piece of ferruginous sandstone con-
taining impressions of leaves was found at Arrochar by Mr. Gilman

98 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [FEB. 29,

S. Stanton, who kindly turned the specimen over to me. This
locality is at the extreme opposite end of the island to Tottenville,
the only other place where fossil leaves had been found, so that, as
in the case of the Pachycardium, the importance of the find was
not realized at the time, and the opinion was expressed by me that
it was probably of drift origin (Proc. Nat. Sci. Assn..S. I. Dee. 8,
1888).

Outcrops of what were apparently cretaceous clays and gravel
were next discovered on the shore and in the ravine at Prince’s
Bay, on the shore at Eltingville, and in an excavation on the north
side of the Fingerboard Road at Clifton. In the meantime the
material from Tottenville was accumulating, some of the specimens
being in such an excellent state of preservation that the species of
leaves could be accurately studied and determined, leaving no
question as to their cretaceous age. No animal remains had as yet,
however, been discovered, if we except the single Pachycardium
previously mentioned.

On May 1, 1889, in company with Dr. Britton, we were examin-
ing the clay beds along the Raritan River at Perth Amboy, N. J.
Here we found ferruginous sandstones and concretions containing
molluses, but in all other respects identical with the leaf-bearing
concretions from Tottenville. This encouraged us to believe that
careful search on Staten Island would probably yield similar results,
and such has been the case. In October of last year (1891), I
found molluses in the concretions at Tottenville, and, during the
same month, specimens were also found at Arrochar. These and
the ones from Perth Amboy were submitted to Prof. Whitfield, and
were, by him, determined to be marine cretaceous species.

Finally, in the following month, I found well-preserved fossil
leaves of undoubted cretaceous species on the shore at Prince’s Bay,
an intermediate locality on the south shore of the island, in con-
eretions, in all respects similar to those from Amboy, Tottenville,
and Arrochar.

Following is a list of the molluscs as far as they have been
identified :—

Corbula sp? (possibly a new species), Perth Amboy.
Pachycardium Burlingtonense, Whitfield, Tottenville.
Terebratella Vanuxemi, Lyell and Forbes, Tottenville.
Terebratulina Atlantica, Say, (?) Tottenville.

Cardium (Criocardium) dumosum, Conrad, Arrochar.
Ostrea plumosa, Morton, (?) Arrochar.

Aphrodina Tippana, Conrad, (?) Arrochar.

This latter may be Callista Delawarensis, Gabb.
Gryphea sp (?) (a young specimen) Arrochar.

There are also some two or three other species which are too im-
perfect for determination.

The plant remains are far more numerous. In some instances
the stone is composed entirely of a mass of vegetable débris
cemented together with limonite. In almost every one of the

Ee ee ee ele rere ee — eer

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 99

specimens there is some indication of plant remains, either in the
form of lignite, stems, leaves, or fruit. Considerable work yet
remains to be done on the material now in hand, and there is no
doubt that more can be collected as soon as the weather is such as
to permit of field work.

The remains comprise conifers, apparently allied to Sequoia and
Pinus; Thinfeldia Lesquereuxiana, Heer; Eucalyptus’ Geinitzii,
Heer ; Protzxoides daphnogenoides, Heer; Laurus plutonia, Heer ;
Liriodendron simplex, Newb., which latter is by far the most
abundantly represented species ; Diospyros primeva, Heer, besides
many others which might be provisionally referred to other well-
recognized cretaceous types. There are also some specimens which
may represent undescribed species, but as nearly the entire series
will doubtless be duplicated in the forthcoming flora of the Amboy
clays by Dr. Newberry, and as there is no desire on my part to
anticipate any of this work, it has been thought best to leave all
doubtful material until some time in the future. For this reason
only such specimens have been figured in the accompanying plates
as are unmistakably referable to previously described cretaceous
species. Nor shall I attempt to discuss whether or not these species -
have been placed in their proper genera by their respective authors.
My object in presenting this paper in its present shape has been,
first, to place all the facts upon record in a compact and available
' form, and second, to assist in the solution of the problem as to the
extent and character of the cretaceous strata on Staten Island.
With the foregoing facts in our possession it seems reasonable to
consider that the existence of cretaceous strata throughout the area
mentioned has been proven, and that they are of marine origin.
Other points of interest, however, remain to be discussed.

The character of the rock, in which the organic remains occur,
will naturally be the first to attract attention. In every instance,
except in the case of the plastic clay bed at Kreischerville, the con-
eretionary nature of the rock is apparent ; the nucleus being a mass
of clay or ‘‘ kaolin’ in which are inclosed the molluscs or plant re-
mains, as the case may be. Limonite often forms as a crust over
the outside, nodules of pyrite are frequently included, and the
nucleus becomes transformed into a hard clay iron-stone, sand-
stone, or even chert. A large series of specimens collected show
every stage in the process of formation from soft clay or “ kaolin”
to hard rock. In the softer material some of the carbon of the
vegetation may yet be seen, but in the completely transformed
material nothing except the impressions of leaves or stems remains.

Finally, the question will undoubtedly be asked, are these fossils in
place where found? In order to answer this question intelligently,
each locality should be considered separately. At Tottenville the
fossiliferous rock has only been found on the shore at the base of a
bluff, some twenty feet in height, composed almost entirely of drift
material. The summit is fine sand, then bowlder clay, in which
glaciated stones are abundant, and finally more or less irregularly

100 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ FEB. 29,

stratified layers of sand and clay. At the shore line the base of the
bluff is nearly always masked by a talus of material which has
fallen from above. This is only washed away in very heavy storms
or high tides, and then there may be, for a brief period, a sheer face
exposed from summit to base. This was the case last autumn, and
I then found the concretions in place in a hard red or buff-colored
clay, immédiately at the shore level, apparently an outcrop of a larger
mass beneath. The clay wasevidently colored by the iron from the
red bowlder drift. All of these concretions were lying flat in the
plane of the bedding, and were evidently formed in the strata where
found. Indeed, similar concretions may be seen in process of for-
mation there at the present time. None showed any indications of
glaciation, although similar ones glaciated, but without any traces
of organic remains in them, were more or less plentiful in the
bowlder drift. A lenticular mass of buff and blue-colored clay was
found included in the irregularly stratified material above, and in
this there was more or less lignite and pyrite. This mass was
apparently cretaceous material which had been scooped up, trans-
ported, and deposited intact, in the same way as it may be seen in
layers and masses, inclosed in the bowlder drift over lyin the
“kaolin” beds at Kreischerville.

At Prince’s Bay the conditions are practically the same as at
Tottenville, except that the bluff is about seventy-five feet high.
Clay outerops on the shore, and is occasionally exposed by the
washing away of the shingle. A heavy stone wall has been built
along the shore in order to protect the light-house property from
the inroads of the waters, inside which a deep talus has formed which
extends far up the face of the bluff, completely hiding it from view
to a distance of at least half its height. The summit is capped with
bowlder drift, and beneath this, as far as can be seen, there is
assorted material consisting of sandy clay, sand, and gravel, showing
an unmistakable inclination towards the northwest. Much of this
material is evidently pre-glacial or yellow drift, as it contains nume-
rous silicified fossils characteristic of that formation, and the accom-
panying sand and sandy clay is probably cretaceous. The occurrence
of this material in the bluff was first noted by Dr. Britton (Proe. Nat.
Sci. Assn. 8. I. Nov. 8th, 1884), who ascribed its presence there
to glacial transportation en masse. This view is emphasized very
strongly, if we consider the topography and geological structure of
the island in what was the direction of glacial movement. A _ see-
tion in this direction (about N. 17 deg. W.*) from the Prince’s
Bay bluff shows a gradual slope from the top of the bluff for a dis-
tance of about seven hundred feet until it reaches tide level in a
broad marsh, after which the land rises into rounded morainal hills

* The actual direction of the glacial strie varies somewhat at different parts
of the island. The extremes thus far observed are N. 13 deg. W., and N. 20
deg. W. As no strie are available at Prince’s Bay the above is assumed as
an average from the extremes noted.

1892.] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 101

until it again slopes to the waters of Staten Island Sound on the
other side of the island. This section would cross directly through
the clay beds at Kreischerville, and if extended would cross those
at Woodbridge, N. J., so that the presence of cretaceous material,
as well as pre-glacial drift, could readily be accounted for at Prince’s
Bay, on the theory of glacial transportation, and the same might also
be said in regard to the material at Tottenville. If, however, we con-
sider the conditions at Arrochar, we shall see that no such explanation
is probable. A section across the island from this locality, in the same
direction as before, soon strikes the archean ridge, beyond which no
cretaceous strata are known, so that whatever cretaceous material we
may find at Arrochar must be either in place or else be derived from
the immediate vicinity. Recent excavations have greatly assisted in
the solution of the problem, and I was fortunate enough to arrive
there one day when a fresh section was exposed. This showed at the
base a layer of sandy micaceous clay containing concretions of limo-
nite, next a layer of yellow sand and gravel, then about four feet of
modified drift, and finally bowlder drift on top—a series similar in
arrangement and material to those at Tottenville and Prince’s Bay.
In the strata of clay and overlying yellow sand I found specimens ~
of Cardium dumosum, and in the gravel above were silicified corals
characteristic of the pre-glacial drift. The entire series dips at an
angle of about forty degrees towards the northwest.
That this stratified material has been subjected to considerable
disturbance since it was originally laid down, is evident from the
' position in which we now find it. It is many feet vertically out of its
normal position, and laterally the disturbance has been such as to
transform a gradual dip of about 50 feet per mile towards the south-
east into a steep dip in the opposite direction. The vertical dis-
placement may be readily accounted for, at least in part, by the
well-recognized elevation which occurred in this region since the
period of glaciation. The lateral displacement, however, offers an
interesting field for study. The indications are that the beds have
been squeezed and distorted by the lateral pressure of the ice sheet
advancing from the northwest. The exposure on the north side of
the Fingerboard Road, previously mentioned, shows well-marked
indications of this action. The layers of sand and clay here have
been bent into a distinct monoclinal fold, with concretions lying flat
in the plane of the bedding throughout the entire fold. I am also
inclined to attribute the elevation of this region in part to the pres-
sure exerted by the ice front as it advanced over the archaean
ridge, and then descended with a sheer drop of some 250 feet upon
the plastic cretaceous strata at the base. These were either eroded
to a great depth, or else squeezed up and shoved ahead of the ice sheet.
They are not indicated at the surface, and, as far as I am informed,
have not been reached in any well-borings near the base of the
archean ridge; nevertheless, as we have seen, they appear at the
surface, not more than. two miles distant, in a southeasterly direc-

102 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ FEB. 29,

tion, at an elevation of some twenty feet above the base of the ridge
and with a dip towards it.

In view of all the facts now in our possession, it seems as if the
isolated and limited exposures of cretaceous strata mentioned must
indicate a large and probably continuous bed of similar material
throughout the entire area, as previously predicted.

As far as the exposures at Kreischerville are concerned, it was
my original intention to include a description of them, with such
facts as were known, in this paper; but within the past three weeks
new and interesting discoveries have been made there which have
rendered it advisable to postpone any detailed account of the region
until these new discoveries have been more fully worked up and
examined.

Nore.—Since this paper was prepared, the United States Geological Survey
has issued Bulletin No. 82, entitled ‘‘ Correlation Papers—Cretaceous,’’ by
Chas. A. White. The author divides the New Jersey cretaceous strata into
““marine’’? and ‘‘non-marine,’’ and in the latter division places the Amboy
and Staten Island clays, mostly on account of the lack of conclusive evidence
to the contrary. With the facts now in our possession, however, this view
seems no longer tenable, and this method of division should be abandoned.

At the close of the paper remarks were made by Prors. Britron,
Bouton, and Martin. ;

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE I.
Fig. 1. Pachycardium Burlingtonense, Whitfield. Tottenville.

Fig. 2. Aphrodina Tippana, Conrad (?). Arrochar. (This may prove to be
Callista Delawarensis, Gabb.)

Fig. 3. Corbula sp? Perth Amboy, N. J.

Fig. 4. Ostrea plumosa, Morton (?). Arrochar.

Fig. 5. Cardium (Criocardium) dumosum, Conrad. Arrochar.

Fig. 6. Terebratella Vanuxemi, Lyell and Forbes. Tottenville.

Fig. 7. Gryphea sp (?). (A young specimen.) Arrochar.

Fig. 8. Terebratulina Atlantica, Morton (?). Tottenville.

PLATE II.

Fig. 1. Eucalyptus Geinitzii, Heer. Tottenville.

Figs. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 9. Liriodendron simpler, Newb. Tottenville and
Prince’s Bay.

Fig. 8. Liriodendron primevum, Newb. (?) Tottenville.

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 103

PLATE III.

Figs. 1 and 2. Proteoides daphnogenoides, Heer. Tottenville.
Figs. 3 and 4. Laurus plutonia, Heer. Tottenville.

Fig. 5. Sapindus Morisoni, Lesq. Tottenville.

Fig. 6. Thinfeldia Lesquereuxiana, Heer. Prince’s Bay.

PLATE IV.

Figs. 1-3. Rhamnus Pfaffiana, Heer. Tottenville and Prince’s Bay.
Figs. 4-6. Ficus atavina, Heer. Tottenville.

Fig. 7. Dalbergia hyperborea, Heer. Tottenville.

Fig. 8. Diospyros primeva, Heer. Tottenville.

Fig. 9.

Platanus Newberryana, Heer. Prince’s Bay.

LIST OF LANTERN SLIDES SHOWN.

1. Clay-pit at Woodbridge, N. J.

2. Clay-pit at Burt’s Creek, N. J.

3 and 4. Clay-pit at Green Ridge, Staten Island. (2 views.)
Clay-pit, s.s. main road, Kreischerville, Staten Island.

6. Clay-pit, near shore, Kreischerville, Staten Island.

7

. Clay-pit, with overlying colored sands, n.s. main road, Kreischerville,
Staten Island.

8. Stratified colored sands, overlying clay, Kreischerville, Staten Island.
9. Yellow gravel and sand, overlying clay, Kreischerville, Staten Island.

10 and 11. ‘‘Kaolin’’ pit, s.s. main road, Kreischerville, Staten Island.
(2 views.)

12. Cretaceous material imbedded in bowlder drift overlying ‘‘kaolin”’ bed,
Kreischerville, Staten Island.

13. Morainal plain, south of archean ridge, Clifton, Staten Island.
14 and 15. Sections of terminal moraine, Clifton, Staten Island. (2 views.)
16. Cretaceous material, folded and overlain by drift, Clifton, Staten Island.

17. Cretaceous material, overlain by yellow gravel and drift, Arrochar, Staten
Island.

18. Clay, with folded and crumpled layers, Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island.
19. Terminal moraine, Prince’s Bay bluff, Staten Island. (General view.)

20 and 21. Portions of the bluff at Prince’s Bay, Staten Island, showing
arrangement of drift.

22. Yellow gravel and cretaceous material, imbedded in the terminal moraine,
Prince’s Bay bluff, Staten Island.

o

LIST OF SPECIMENS SHOWN.

Conecretions from Perth Amboy and Keyport, N. J., containing molluscs and
plant remains.

Concretions from Glen Coye, Long Island, containing plant remains.

‘

104 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [FEB. 29,

Concretions from Tottenville, Staten Island, containing molluscs and plant
remains.

Concretions from Arrochar, Staten Island, containing molluscs.

Concretions from Tottenville, showing method of formation.

Glaciated stones from the drift at Tottenville.

Silicified fossils from the pre-glacial drift at Arrochar.

Dark cretaceous clay, coutaining lignite and plant remains, from Kreischer-
ville, Staten Island.

Sandy clay, containing concretions, from Arrochar.
White cretaceous clay, from Arrochar.
Sandy clay overlain by yellow sand, from a gravel pit at Clifton, Staten Island.

Cretaceous clay, containing lignite and pyrite, imbedded in bowlder drift,
from Tottenville.

Cretaceous clay, imbedded in bowlder drift, from Kreischerville.
Stratified colored sands, overlying cretaceous clays, Kreischerville.

MAPS, CHARTS, Erc., USED.

Geological Map of the Vicinity of New York, by D. S. Martin, 1888.

Geological Map of Staten Island and Adjacent Territory, U. 8. Geol. Survey,
1888, 1889.

Geological Map of the Clay District of Middlesex Co., N. J., Geol. Survey of
fo dlestleiite ;

Geological map of Staten Island, with sections across the island in the direc-
tion of glaciation, by the author.

Mr. Heinricu Rees made the following remarks :—

Concretions containing mollusean fossils were recently found by
Dr. Britton and myself along the shore of the Raritan River just
west of Perth Amboy. They had been washed out of the creta-
ceous clays which outcrop at that point. In the absence of Prof.
Whitfield, Mr. L. P. Gratacap determined them for me as follows :—

Corbula crassiplica, Lam.

Corbula, probably a new species.

Corbula, a form intermediate between the two preceding, having the beak
more centrally situated.

Cyprimeria sp.

Pectunculus sp’ This genus has not, I believe, been hitherto described from
the cretaceous marls or clays of N. J.

Turritella sp ?

Mr. Gratacap stated that all the specimens were much better than
many of those on which Prof. Whitfield based his descriptions in
preparing his work on the Lamellibranchs of the New Jersey marls
and clays.

Ee eacibn Society of tara Badanvent <<, dh ona eka. a sti aaronites
Se ociety of Psychical Research ~ 2 5 : ; - “ e
Pro nee ‘Rebruary 1892. Stated Meeting : F - :

abstract) . a SA a :
dings: February 15th, 1892. Stated Meeting = 4 : °
_ Obituary of Dr. T. Sterry Hunt =. 3 a P - - :
- Public Lecture : : Street Scenes in Cairo and Glimpses of the Nile.
By H. CarrineTon Borron . c : * : :
edings: February 22d, 1892. Annual iMeotins OR oe ee
“e Reports of Committees . . : = . . . . °
_ A List of the Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occur-
ring in North America. By N. L. Brirron 2 c ° °
Report of the Recording Secretary . ‘| “ S : 5 2
Report of the Treasurer . : : 3 ° : : : -
Election of Officers . - : : “ oe te 4 “
‘Discussion concerning Public Lectures . ° : ° . °
‘Proceedings : February 29th, 1892. Stated Meeting . 5 S :
i Exhibition of Tin Crystals. By H. T. Vouuré : 3 - :
‘The Paleontology of the Cretaceous Formation on Staten Island.
By Arruur Houck . . . ° . .
_ Remarks on Cretaceous Fossils. By Mr. i. is A 5 :
Remarks on the Aurora of February 13, 1892. By Joun iam JR.

| NEW YORK ACADEM si

Organized ‘1817,

The Meetings of the Academy are held in i | rf
49th Street and Madison Avenue, on Monday evening |
at 8 o’clock, from October to June, and are open to th.
ings devoted to the Popular Lecture Course, admission ;
free, on previous application. 4

ecm. inst <hr a SAS Pen <a

Late LYCEUM OF NATURAL iis :08° |

OFFICERS OF THE AG!) @

FOR 1892-1893.

Honorary President:
- JOHN 8. NEWBERRY.

President:
OLIVER P. HUBBARD.
1st Vice-President: 2d Vi.
J. A. ALLEN. H. CARR:
Corresponding Secretary: _ Recordin» Ses»:
THOMAS L. CASEY. ‘ H. 1
Treasurer: L
HENRY DUDLEY. JAME;
Councilors:
N. L. BRITTON, CHARLES F. COX,
H. F. OSBORN, J. K. REES,
Curators:
GEO. F. KUNZ, HAROLD JACOBY,
H. H. RUSBY, F. G. WIE:

Finance Committee:
JOHN H. HINTON, H. G. MARQUAND,

Committee of Publication: Messrs. Casey, Chairman, ]
ALLEN, VULT£, and HUBBARD.

Committee on Nominations: Entire Council.
Library Committee: Messrs. BRITTON, Chairman, BOLTON

PRICE OF THE TRANSACTION 5

To residents of the City of New York, not members
per annum. To non-residents, $3.00 per annum; 50
resident and honorary members, they are free; ext.
number.

-MARCH, APRIL, MAY. Nos. 6, 7, 8.

BAAR:
TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

| NeW YoRK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

Bag

]
1
4
]
if
if
i

1891-1892.

EDITED BY

THE RECORDING SECRETARY,

ASSISTED BY

The Publication Committee.

*% PUBLISHED FOR THE ACADEMY,
In Eight Monthly Numbers, from October to May, inclusive.

?

CONTENTS.

Proceedings
marks on the Aurora of Feb. 13th, 1892. By Joun Tartock, JR.
Proceedings: March 7th, 1892. Business Meeting a2 ae ° :
‘* Ancient Astronomical Instruments.’’ By Prof. J. K. Rees . 3
Proceedings: March 14th, 1892. Stated Meeting . : ° .
The Evolution of the Horse. By Prof. Henry F. Osporn : °
Proceedings: March 21st, 1892. Stated Meeting . ° . ‘ :
Lecture: ‘‘The Contributions of Organic Chemistry to Modern Medi-
cine.”? By Prof. A. H. Exuiorr . é = - : - :
Remarks on the Discovery of Chloroform. By Dr. 4. Carrineron
Bouton . A . . . : tas ‘ oie
Proceedings : Stated Meeting, Maron 28th, Si eer 5 : : :
Notes on the Minerals, Gems, and Ethnology of the Ural Mountains

as observed during a recent trip. By Grorcx F. Kunz eek
Proceedings: April 4th, 1892. Business Meeting . “ i

Report of Observations on Comet of 1892 Swift made ae “dlanitle

College Observatory. By Prof. J. K. Rezs . me 2

The Rutherfurd Photographic Measures of the Stars ae B Cyan

By Haroup Jacosy . c . . : < <

Proceedings: April 11th, 1892. Stated Heating : . ° 5

Chemical Arts in Bible Times. By H. Carrincron Borron . .

Proceedings: April 18th, 1892. Stated Meeting . > : c
Lecture: ‘‘ Elves of the Air.’? By Dr. Auexts A. Sara ° .
Proceedings: April 25th, 1892. Stated Meeting . : .

Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Gis Pasco ic

Potosi, etc. By Dr. N. L. Brirron . : = . ° .

Proceedings: May 2d, 1892. Business Meeting . 6 A 5

Further Experiments in Connection with Vacuum Discharges: By

Dr. M.I. Pupin . “ > : 5 2 : .

Remarks by Mr. Jacosy on Stars surrounding 8 Cygni 5 ; °
Proceedings: May 9th, 1892. Stated Meeting x ;

A Catalogue of the Fishes of the Pacific Coast of inion North of
Cerros Island. By Caru H. Eic—nmann and Rosa 8. EigENMANN.

(By title.) . . . : : .
Notes on the Phalangida of the United States. By oe S. Banks.
(By title.) . ° ° : . . . Ratios ai
Coleopterological Notices Iv. By Pavwly L. Caszy. (By title.) .
Recent Researches on the Solar Spectrum. By L. H. Laupy . .

[ Continued on page 3.

: February 29th, 1892. Stated Meeting (continued). Re-

, 123
123
123
124
124 |

125

125
125
125

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 105

Mr. TaTLock gave an interesting description of the recent
auroral displays, as follows :—

Remarks on the Aurora of February 13, 1892.

The aurora was observed from about 6.30 to 7.15 P. M. in West
78th Street, near Riverside Drive, where an uninterrupted view was
secured of the phenomenon. This aurora presented some curious
and unique features, the principal of which are as follows : —

i eS, ee es eS 4

ioe tice Se .

ERRATA.

On p. 129, 13tn line from top, for ‘‘in less characteristic schists by G. H.
Williams from the contacts of the Cortlandt series on the Hudson,”’ read ‘‘ in
Europe in less characteristic schists by Teller and von John at Klausen in the
Tyrolese Alps.’’?

On same page, let the footnotes read as follows :—

1 Albany Granite and its Contact Phenomena. A. J. S., Jan. 1881.
2 Geologisch-petrographische Beitrige etc. Jahrbuch d. k. k. geol. Reichsanst.
xxxii. 589, 1882.

On p. 130, 16th line from top, for ‘‘ 0.0021, 0.0021, 0.00224, and 0.0026 per
cents.’’ read ‘* 0.21, 0.21, 0.224, and 0.26 per cents.”’

Vor. XL.—S8

DEG 18

i@0r

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 105

Mr. TatTiock gave an interesting description of the recent
auroral displays, as follows :—

Remarks on the Aurora of February 138, 1892.

The aurora was observed from about 6.30 to 7.15 P. M. in West
78th Street, near Riverside Drive, where an uninterrupted view was
secured of the phenomenon. This aurora presented some curious
and unique features, the principal of which are as follows :—

The color of the luminous veil was a dull fiery red, such as is
seen from a furnace when the flame has disappeared. Mr. Tatlock
stated that in all auroras of great brilliancy which he had previously
seen he had never before observed this peculiar tint.

The streamers were more nearly radial than the speaker had ever
before noticed, and the peculiarity of them was that there was no
undulatory motion in a direction parallel to the horizon, such as is
usually seen. They presented the appearance of the light from an
electric search-light directed toward the heavens, and the only
variation in the display was in the degree of intensity of the light. -
The arch with the dark cloud beneath was particularly well defined
throughout its entire length. The luminous appearance extended
to a far greater degree on the western side of the pole than on the
eastern. This appearance was, probably, occasioned by the fact
that the moon had a high declination, and being near the horizon

’ was then shedding its light strongly upon the eastern side of the
aurora. Such portion of the veil on the eastern side as was visible
appeared to be of a peculiar greenish-gray color, this appearance,
undoubtedly, being caused by the position of the moon.

Mr. Tatlock also referred to the auroras of the fall of 1881 and
spring of 1884, which were noted at the times they appeared for
their brilliancy and extent. In connection with the aurora of this
year, however, there was no band of auroral light extending from
east to west and passing through the zenith, such as was visible at
both of the previous auroras referred to.

At the conclusion of these remarks the meeting adjourned.

Vou. XI.—8

106 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [MAR. 7,

March 7th, 1892.
REGULAR Business MEETING.

The President, Dr. Hupparp, in the chair. About twenty-five
persons present.

The minutes of February 4th, 1892, were read and approved.

The Astronomical Section then organized, Pror. Rees in the
chair. In the absence of the Secretary, Mr. Jacosy, the reading
of the minutes of the Section was dispensed with. Pror. REEs
announced the discovery of a new star in the constellation Aurigae
by a Scotch astronomer; the star is between the fifth and sixth
magnitudes; attention was called to it by an anonymous postal
eard. Its spectrum has been observed.

Pror. J. K. Rees delivered a lecture on—

Ancient Astronomical Instruments.

Pror. Rees explained by the aid of lantern slides the forms of
instruments used by the Egyptians and Arabians, Chinese and
Europeans. These included specimens of gnomons, obelisks, pyra-
mids, sundials, graduated circles, astrolabes, quadrants, sextants,
ete. Especial attention was given to the instruments employed
by Tycho Brahe at his observatory at Huen.

Pror. Ress called on Mr. C. A. Post, who explained his plans
for a portable observatory with the aid of lantern views. The
wooden building cost only $250; whereas a dome of equal size
would cost $2500. This observatory was built at Rockaway,
ING as.

Pror. Ress asked if the roof was water-tight.

Mr. Post said that it had been in use all winter, and he found it
more satisfactory in this respect than a corrugated iron roof; in
fact, it is absolutely water-tight.

Mr. Jacosy spoke of the complete ventilation secured by the
perfectly wide opening.

Meeting adjourned.

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 107

March 14th, 1892.
STATED MEETING.

In the absence of officers, PRor. REES was chosen to preside.
Thirty-five persons present.

The minutes of February 29th were read and approved.
Pror. Henry F. Osporn read an illustrated paper on—

The Evolution of the Horse.

Meeting adjourned.

March 21st, 1892. .
STATED MEETING.

The President, Dr. HupsBarp, in the chair. Thirty-five persons
present.

The minutes of March 14th were read and approved.

The sixth lecture of the Public Course was delivered by Pror.
A. H. Exxiort, of the College of Pharmacy, on—

The Contributions of Organic Chemistry to Modern Medicine.

( Abstract. )

Of early observations in organic chemistry we know very little
that is of special value to-day. A few observations are recorded by
Pliny, such as the use of gallic acid for the detection of iron in ver-
digris. We also know that the Greeks understood the process of
vinegar-making.

But one of the evorite operations of the early workers was the
process of distillation in a variety of forms. They had an idea that
this was the way to get the essence or soul out of everything in
nature. The process was applied to a multitude gf substances,
solids and liquids. The products of these distillations were called
spirits. Brandy was distilled from wine and called spirit of wine
or aqua vite; ammonia was distilled from the shavings of stag’s
horns, and thus got its common name of spirits of hartshorn.
Common salt distilled with oil of vitriol gave spirits of salt or what
we call hydrochloric aeid.

108 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [MAR. 21,

Previous to the fifth century the knowledge of chemical processes
appears to be very scantily recorded, and what records we have are
so confused and mixed up with mythological and cabalistic ideas
that their true meaning is very difficult to make out.

But this process of distillation that I have spoken of—this subjec-
tion of substances to the effect of heat—led to a great many inter-
esting results, especially in the preparation of various remedies for
the alleviation of suffering in man. It was in the service of phar-
macy and medicine that the earliest discoveries were made that led
to the building up of the magnificent structure of modern organic
chemistry.

Among the earliest workers in the preparation of medicines was
Galen, an apothecary, who lived in Rome about the year 150 A. D.,
and his processes are the first that we know of for the preparation
of the distilled volatile principles of plants. Certain herbs and
plants were steeped in water and then subjected to the process of
distillation, the volatile principles passing over with the steam and
giving what we now know as distilled waters, such as peppermint-
water, cinnamon-water, and similar products.

This process was not original with Galen, as it was probably
known to the Egyptians, and was obtained from them by the Ara-
bians, by whom it was also practised.

This idea of getting the essence or soul of substances out of sub-
stances by distillation led to some strange products. Every imagi-
nable material was submitted to the process—snakes, toads, wolf's
tongues, and even human brains.

Such crude processes continued to be used until about the seven-
teenth century. A change was then brought about in the methods
of preparing medicines by Paracelsus. This man was a curious
mixture of humbug and learning, but he was one of the first to
make extracts, tinctures, and certain metallic salts for use in medi-
cine.

After the death of Paracelsus the apothecaries or makers of drugs
of that time became divided into two sects or codes of procedure:
those who followed Galen and prepared drugs from vegetable sub-
stances, and the disciples of Paracelsus, who used both vegetable
and mineral substances as they esteemed best for the particular case
under treatment.

As in modern times, these sects of apothecaries had their disputes,
and the Galenites of Paris had an edict passed prohibiting the use
of any metallic remedies, thus seeking to crush the followers of
Paracelsus. But this kind of warfare was destined to be of no avail,
and the disciples of Paracelsus were ultimately successful in main-
taining the use of mineral compounds, and chemistry entered the
drug-store to remain until the present day.

The first book on the preparation of medicines was written by
Oswald Croll, in the year 1608. He was a physician to the Prince
of Anhalt, in Germany; and it was the first intelligent treatise
published on this subject. Later, Nicholas Lémery, a druggist of

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 109

Paris, published a more complete treatise in the year 1675. These
were the first glimmers of the dawn soon to break in chemical
history, and especially in the domain of organic chemistry. Up to
this time the work had been fragmentary and erratic. No ‘particular
line of research had been followed by any experimenters and no
leading or intelligent course laid down for future work.

The reason for this dormant state of the organic side of chemistry
is probably found in the development of eal: The alche-
mists, who lived but for one object, the conversion of the base metals
into gold, caused the drift of all experimental work in that direc-
tion; in other words, they encouraged the inorganic rather than
the organie development of experimental chemistry. Nevertheless,
certain truly organic substances were discovered and their proper-
ties pretty well known. But the healing art was almost exclusively
confined to metallic compounds during the early part of the eighteenth
century, and it took some time before organie medicines were used
at all. Gradually organic bodies, especially plants, were used and
their active principles separated from them: This led to the dis-
covery of such bodies as succinic acid from amber, benzoic acid from
gum benzoin, pyroligneous acid, the crude acetic acid, from wood,
and sugar of milk from cow’s milk.

Nicholas Lémery classified all substances under three heads, mine-

ral, vegetable, and animal, according to their origin; and this was
the best he could do.

Such was about the condition of affairs in chemistry until near
the close of the last century (1774), when the Swedish apothecary,
Karl Scheele, made the first important advances in the investiga-
tion of organic substances. Before this time all the organic ehemi-
eal investigations had been made solely for the purpose of obtaining
medicines and for the improvement of various technical processes,
such as dyeing and calico-printing. Scheele had the true spirit of
the scientific investizator, and made his experiments solely for the
purpose of obtaining a better knowledge of the character of the
materials that fell into his hands. He was the first to identify and
separate nearly all the common vegetable acids. He proved that
the acid of lemons (citrie acid) was different from the acid of grapes
(tartaric acid), and that malie acid (from apples) is different from
either. He also separated and described the acid of wood-sorrel
(oxalic acid), and proved.that it could be made from sugar by means
of nitric acid. Furthermore, he showed that another acid (lactic)
of a totally different character was obtained from sugar of milk by
the same treatment with nitric acid. From nut-galls he obtained
gallie acid; and from urine, uric acid; and by treating fats with
oxide of lead and water he obtained the sweet principle of oils—as
he called it—glyecerin, at the same time proving that by treatment
with nitric acid glycerin will give the same product as ordinary
eane-sugar, namely, oxalic acid.

Chemistry owes to pharmacy a debt of gratitude for showing the
way to ber modern fields of triumph, for the earliest and best

110 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [mMaArR. 21,

workers in chemical science were practitioners of the healing art,
either as pharmacists or as physicians. Stahl was a physician,
Boerhaave was a physician, Scheele was an apothecary, Liebig an
apothecary’s apprentice; and you must also remember that all
these men worked for the love of the science, and without any idea
of the utility of their labors. Who can estimate the value of the
discovery of chloroform and chloral? yet Liebig had no idea of
making them useful when he discovered them. ‘But this was the
beginning of a new era in organic chemistry, and discovery followed
discovery in such rapid succession that the disciples of the vital-
force theory were obliged to give way to the cloud of witnesses
taken from experimental chemistry proving the fallacy of their
theories.

While Scheele, Bergman and Rouelle, and others were working
experimentally upon organic substances, Lavoisier, the Frenchman,
was watching their work, and, in connection with his experiments
upon oxygen and ¢ombustion, was paving the rough and rocky road
that led to modern researches. He it was who first proved how few
of the elements enter into the constitution of organic substances ;
and, in the year 1793, he points out that while in ‘the mineral king-
dom a large number of elements enter into the constitution of sub-
stances, in the animal kingdom we have generally only carbon and
hydrogen, and sometimes nitrogen and phosphorus. It is rather
curious to note how near he was to the truth, with his limited
knowledge of the elementary composition of organic bodies, for
to-day we say that organic compounds contain, as a rule, only car-
bon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, and sulphur. Lavoisier had an
idea that oxygen was confined to the mineral kingdom, and his
methods of research had not taken into consideration animal pro-
du:ts, like albumen, which contain sulphur. Nevertheless, he was
the first chemist that saw clearly the special functions of carbon in
the constitution of organic compounds.

Berzelius improved the methods of ultimate organic analysis, and
by his indefatigable energy as an analyst made us better acquainted
with a vast number of chemical compounds and their constituents ;
but he firmly believed that the essential elements of organic com-
pounds were carbon, hydrogen, and nitrogen. Then came the dis-
covery by Gay Lussac of the compound radicle cyanogen, which
caused quite a flutter in the chemical world; but it was ultimately
believed that this was really an inorganic rather than an organic
compound; and Leopold Gmelin, in his great ‘‘ Handbuch” in 1817,
states that the difference between organic and inorganic bodies con-
sists in the fact that the inorganic compounds can be prepared arti-
ficially from their elements, while the organic compounds cannot,
and about the same time Berzelius enforced the Bee by a
sentence in the introduction to his ‘ Treatise.” He says: “In
living nature the elements appear to obey very different laws from
those in inorganic nature; the products which result from the action

a

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 111

of these elements differ from those with which inorganic nature
presents us.”

In other cases the chemists of that time believed in the action of
what they called a vital force, which acted in the formation of
organic compounds and not in the case of inorganic compounds.
They said it is easy to take organic substances to pieces and resolve
them into simpler compounds, but to build them up from their ele-
ments was an impossibility without the intervention of vital force.
Thus we could convert the complex substance grape-sugar into
alcohol and carbon dioxide, but it took vital force to make the sugar
in the grapes and other vegetable substances that contain it.

The first good blow against the vital-force theory was struck in
1828, when Wobler succeeded in making urea artificially by boiling
an alcoholic solution of ammonium cyanate, thus from purely inor-
ganic materials building up a substance as truly organic as any we
ean find in the animal or vegetable kingdoms; but even this master-
stroke of a master-hand did not at once overthrow the theory of
vital force, although the best minds in the chemical world saw its
power and the tendencies of the researches that would be made in
the future. .

Liebig, Berzelius, Dumas, and Boullay all worked upon organic
bodies with a view to determine their constitution. The constitu-
tion of oil of bitter almonds, discovered by Liebig and Wohler; the
discovery of ethyl in alcohol by Berzelius and Liebig ; the formation
of aldehyde and acetic acid; formic acid from methyl alcohol or
wood-spirit ; the discovery by Liebig of chloride of methenyl or
chloroform, and also chloral, all followed as the early fruits of this
organic research.

‘And while we are talking of Liebig, it is interesting to note that
his father was a wholesale druggist, and his own first ‘knowledge of
chemistry began while he was an apprentice to an apothecary at
Heppenheim, near Darmstadt. It was in this position that he made
some of his first experiments upon the fuilminates, and having the
misfortune to cause a great explosion his term of apprenticeship
was soon ended. Liebig afterward made a number of interesting
contributions to chemical knowledge. It was he that obtained
picric acid from aloes, although aloin was not discovered and iso-
lated until more recently. In 1829 Liebig discovered hippuric acid ;
but the work that made. him most famous was his improvements
in the methods of organic analysis In old times when a chemist
wished to find out what a substance contained he put it into a retort
and heated it, or, as we say, subjected it to dry distillation He
then obtained a watery liquid, afterward some oily matters, and
an alkali in the case of animal substances, which he soon learned
was ammonia; but there were also obtained certain gases which
he did not collect, and a mass of carbon remained in the retort.
But Liebig had learned that organic bodies contained carbon,
hydrogen, oxygen, and nitrogen, “and he perfected the methods

112 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [maR. 21,

of estimating them, and, together with his pupils Will and Varren-
trapp, invented the methods of analysis which we practise to-day.

In 1832 Liebig and Wohler discovered the radical or parent sub-
stance of benzoie acid. They also noted that oil of bitter almonds
could be oxidized and gave benzoic acid. It followed, therefore,
that there must be some connection between benzoic acid and the
oil of bitter almonds. It had been previously ascertained that
benzoic acid could be obtained from aromatic gum benzoin. Then
Mitscherlich, another chemist, found that by heating benzoic acid
with lime he obtained benzol, a liquid hydrocarbon ; therefore there
must be some connection between this hydrocarbon and oil of bitter
almonds, for the oil gives benzoic acid and benzoic acid gives benzol.
Further, Mitscherlich converted benzol into benzoic acid again by
oxidation. It was ultimately ascertained that oil of bitter almonds
is an intermediate product between benzol and benzoic acid; and
when Hoffmann discovered benzol in coal-tar in the year 1845 a
source for making it artificially was obtained.

But to return to the vital-foree theory.

In 1835 or 1836, Berthelot, the Frenchman, succeeded in uniting
carbon and hydrogen and produced the hy drocarbon called acety-
lene, consisting of two atoms of carbon united to two atoms of
hydrogen. This was accomplished by using a powerful electric
battery, and allowing the sparks to pass between two carbon poles
in an atmosphere of. hydrogen gas. Here was an actual union of
the very elements themselves to produce a compound characteristic
of organic substances, a hydrocarbon that up to that time had only
been obtained by decomposing organic compounds, such as ear-
bonized tartar and water, wood-alcohol, and ether, by passing the
vapors through red-hot tubes.

From this gas acetylene, the hydrocarbon ethene, or olefiant gas,
was made by acting on it with nascent hydrogen. By absorbing
olefiant gas in sulphuric acid a compound is formed which was
called sulphovinie acid, or ethyl acid sulphate. When this is boiled
with water we get ethyl hydroxide or alcohol and sulphuric acid.
From this series of steps it is evident that, starting from the ele-
ments themselves, we are able to build up compounds that are
entirely characteristic of organic substances, and this without the
intervention of any vital force. This sounds rather complicated,
but is only so in words. The process is simple.

It was in the efforts to obtain knowledge of the active principles
of animal and vegetable substances used in medicines that many of
the greatest discoveries in organic chemistry were made.

In 1808, Derosne, in Paris, discovered morphine and narcotine in
opium, and called the mixture a salt of opium. He also knew it
was a base like ammonia.

Sertiirner, a German apothecary, in 1806, discovered that mor-
phine existed in opium combined with an acid, called meconie acid.
This discovery started the search for alkaloids in plants, as up to

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 113

that time no basic substance had been found in plants and they
were thought to be only capable of producing acids and organic
salts of mineral substances; but this discovery of Sertiirner
opened a new field of inquiry, and a search for alkaloidal bodies
in plants led to a rich harvest for the apothecary and physician.
Conium, strychnine, cinchonine, quinine, cocaine, atropine, vera-
trine, and many others were soon separated from the plants that
up to this time had been used as the active agents in the hands of
the physician.

The bark of a tree from Peru was known in Europe as a specific
for fever as early as the year 1640. In 1737, La Condamine, the
botanist, in a journey through Lima, saw the tree and described it
in the Mémoires of the French Academy. Soon afterward Linnzus
eave it the name of Cinchona, after the Countess of Cinchon, who,
it is said, was the first to introduce its use into Europe.

As early as 1803 efforts were made to separate the active principle
from this cinchona bark, and several materials were made from it
that were supposed to be this principle, but failed to produce the
effects obtained by the use of the bark itself. These efforts con-
tinued for seventeen years, when, in 1820, Pellatier and Cavento ~
isolated cinchonine and quinine and proved that these two substances
would give the peculiar antifebrifuge results obtained from the
Peruvian bark. This discovery led to the offer of a prize by the
French Academy of Medicine of 20,000 frances to the individual
_ who should be able to produce it artificially or without the use of

Peruvian bark,

When we consider that in 1823, about the time this prize was
offered, the price of quinine was $20 per ounce, it may be readily
understood how important such a process as its artificial production
would prove.

For a long time all attempts at the synthesis of quinine were
pursued on the assumption that it was represented by the formula
C,,H,,N,O,, and cinchonidine was taken as O©,,H,,N,O, so that the
atom of O constituted the whole. difference. Nothing seemed
simpler than to tack on an atom of O to the cinchonidine and con-
vert it into quinine. When this was effected, however, the result-
ing compound differed entirely from quinine, both in physical char-
acter and physiological action, so that it was obvious that the theory
was wrong. To-day the annual production of the bark is worth
between seven and eight millions of dollars.

In 1856, it was the desire on the part of Perkin, the English
chemist, to obtain quinine from aniline that led to the discovery of
the first of the aniline colors, namely, mauve. After the methods
perfected by Liebig, Will, and Varrentrapp, the composition of ani-
line became firmly established, and it was the study of this analysis
that first led Perkin into the idea that quinine could probably be
made artificially. He failed to make what he wished, but who can
estimate the value of the industry that started when in his search

114 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [MAR. 21,

for the snowy-white alkaloid of cinchona he was disgusted when
he obtained a dirty brown mass; but the next moment he was filled
with joy when, on dissolving it in alcohol, he obtained that beauti-
ful coloring-matter which he called mauve. From that simple ex-
periment there started an industry that to-day is probably worth
fifty millions of dollars to the world every year.

Owing to the brilliancy of the results of the researches of Perkin
and Hofmann (who, by ‘the way, was a pupil of the great Leibig),
organic chemistry soon had an army of enthusiastic investigators
delving into its secrets and unearthing new substances almost daily.
The dyes and coloring-matters received a great deal of attention,
and after a time both alizarine and indigo yielded to synthetic
chemistry ; and to-day there is not an organic compound ‘that we
can find the true constitution of that we cannot make in our labora-
tories.

I have spoken of aniline. Like the oil of bitter almonds it is
derived from benzol, one of the products of coal-tar.

The benzol is first treated with nitric acid, making what we call
nitrobenzol.

This nitrobenzol is next mixed with iron filings and acetic acid,
when aniline oil, as it is called, is formed, and this is the basis of the
aniline colors; think of the industry and wealth brought into the
world by such simple experiments.

The first step in the successful imitation of a natural product is
to ascertain with certainty its constitution, into what products it is
most easily separated, and how these again break up into simpler
ones already known Kolbe knew that salicylic acid could be readily
converted into carbolic acid, carbonic acid being liberated. He rea-
soned, then, that if he could make carbonic acid act upon and com-
bine with carbolic acid, salicylic acid would probably result. By
the intervention of metallic sodium the reaction was accomplished ;
but.sodium is too expensive a metal for such a purpose, hence he
sought and found a cheaper one in caustic soda. What the latter
lacked in energy was compensated for by simply raising the temper-
ature.

Baeyer’s recent synthesis of indigo is of no importance to the dyer
at present, because his method is too circuitous and expensive ; but
it is no less the great achievement of a master-mind. Another may
modify his method and make it profitable.

Baeyer’s synthesis of indigo-blue furnishes a most instructive ex-
ample of reversed operations. It had long been known that when
indigo is oxidized with nitric acid isatine is formed; so Baeyer
reasoned from this that he must be able to reduce isatine to indigo-
blue, and in this he succeeded by the aid of phosphorus and chlo-
ride of phosphorus. The next step was to prepare the isatine.
Oxindole can be made from isatine ; therefore Baeyer thought he
could make isatine from oxindole, and after a few unsuccessful
efforts he finally sueceeded in making isatine. This completed his

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 115

research, for he had already made oxindole from phenylacetic acid,
which in turn is made from some of the coal-tar products. The
synthesis is complete, although tedious.

The artificial formation of oil of mustard is another triumph
of synthetic organic chemistry. In distilling glycerin and oxalic
acid the chief product obtained is formic acid; but the rest of the
products of decomposition were unknown until Tollens, the chemist,
undertook to investigate them. He found that, besides formie acid,
there was also produced a considerable quantity of allyl alcohol.
Now this alcohol is one of the principal constituents of oil of mus-
tard, but nobody knew of an economical method of preparing it
until Tollens showed that it could be produced from glycerin and
oxalic acid. It can now be made in any quantity and ‘readily con-
verted into oil of mustard.

Citrie acid, usually made from lemons and limes, can also be
made artificially.

Glycerin is the starting-point.

Glycerin is treated with chlorine, and gives what is called a
dichlorhydrin. This dichlorbydrin is oxidized with chromic acid,
and gives an acetone ; this acetone is treated with hydroeyanic acid,
then with hy drochloric acid, then with sodium, then with potas-
sium cyanide, and finally with hydrochloric acid, which gives citric
acid.

Of course, the process is too complicated to be useful; but the
_ synthesis or building up of the organic acid from glycerin is an
accomplished fact.

Taurine, the acid of bile; salicin; piperidine, the active principle
of black pepper; uric acid; tyrosine, a product of the spleen, liver,
urine, ete.; vanilline, the aromatic principle of the vanilla bean ;
cumarine, of the tonka bean ; daphnetine and umbelliferone, natural
glucosides ; and other bodies that it is unnecessary to mention, are
all the products of modern organic synthesis.

Furthermore, in the search ‘after the constitution of organic com-
pounds we are often led to discover bodies, hitherto unknown to
man, with many new and valuable properties.

At the beginning of the lecture I spoke of the use of distillation
by the old chemists and apothecaries as a means of obtaining the
active principles of substances. During the seventeenth cen tury a
man named Dippel applied this process to certain fetid animal oils,
obtained from stag’s horns, and the product was long known in the
apothecary’s store as Dippel’s oil or bone-oil.

About the year 1846, Anderson, a Scotch chemist, discovered in
this Dippel’s oil certain basie oily bodies that resembled ammonia
in their property of containing nitrogen. Little attention was paid
to this fact.

In the year 1834, Runge, a German chemist, discovered a series
of bases in the distillates from coal-tar; and about the same time,
or a little later, Greville Williams, an English chemist, located these

116 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [MAR. 21,

oily basic bodies and proved that they were pyridine and chinoline,
or, as the Englishmen call it, quinoline.

In 1842, Gerhardt, the Frenchman, distilled quinine and cinchonine
with caustic potash and obtained chinoline.

Later on, Professor A. W. Hofmann showed that the chinoline
from quinine and cinchonine was probably the same as that obtained
from bone-oil by Anderson and from coal-tar by Runge.

Here, then, was the first dawning light to show the way to make
quinine and cinchonine artificially. This chinoline is evidently an
important factor in the constitution of quinine in the same manner
that aniline, another organic base, is an important factor in the
production of aniline colors; but to-day we are not able to make
quinine artificially.

As a result of the production of chinoline from quinine it is
found that other alkaloids give this same oily base and its analogue,
pyridine. It is therefore the belief of the chemist that we shall
some day be able to make alkaloids from other sources than the
plants from which they are derived. Thus the alkaloid of bella-
donna is a pyridine compound. In the year 1883, Hoogewerf and
van Dorp proved that the chinoline from coal-tar and that obtained
from quinine were identically the same substance. In the follow-
ing year, 1884, Skraup discovered a process for making chinoline
artificially. This was accomplished by heating together aniline,
nitrobenzol, glycerine, and sulphuric acid.

Hitherto the production of chinoline was dependent on the yield
from bone-oil and coal-tar, and the amount obtained from these
sources was small. But here was a process invented by Skraup in
which it could be made in unlimited quantities. The result of the
artificial production of chinoline was to stimulate research upon
this body and its analogues; and the first fruit of these researches
was the production of kairine, an alkaloid hitherto unknown to
man and similar to quinine in its effect upon the human frame,
although not good as an antiperiodic. It is really a pyridine com-
pound. Another compound derived from the same base is thalline.
This is another alkaloid of similar effect to quinine; that is, it re-
duces fever temperature, but its effects do not last so long.

Very soon after the artificial production of chinoline, antipyrine
was made, and it has proved a most potent addition to the drugs of
the pharmacopeia. This is a chinoline compound. It is a reducer
of fever temperature to a remarkable extent, acting in 4 to 6 hours.
It also is an analgesic, and reduces the sensibility to pain without
complete anesthesia.

You note that I refrain from giving you any chemical formule
of these new substances, but I will take antipyrine as an example—
if you will allow me to torture you that much.

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 117

Hf H
| H H
C C C C
hi eae aS eG AX
pet ate en Oe No
B | aie weep ie
SEY oe ie ait COI is faa
Pie NS eae st
C C C
aie 4
CjpHs Naphthalene of coal-tar. CoH;N Chinoline of Skraup.
H O
| |
C
Vi EY Aes
H-0f “ C=H
| |
il iC
Stee ome
Oe Aaa
C N———N—CH,
I

Cy, Hy2N.0 Dimethyloxyquinazine = Antipyrine.

Thermifugin is another of these compounds. Hypnal is a com-
pound of antipyrine with chloral. Salipyrine is a compound of
antipyrine and salicylic acid. Iodol, a substitute for iodoform, is a
pyrrol compound, one of the cousins of chinoline and pyridine.

The wonderful results obtained in the use of the chinoline and
pyridine compounds stimulated experiments on other organic bodies
made in the chemical laboratory by building up or synthesis.

I can only mention some of these by name. Among hypnoties
and anesthetics we have—

Methylal. Urethane.
Amylene hydrate. d Sulphonal.
Para aldehyde. Di and tri chlor methane.

Then we have a series of antiseptics allied to carbolic acid. These
include—

Alpha-naphthol from naphthalene. Beta-naphthyl salicylate or Betol.

Beta- '‘° . ts Aseptol-orthophenol sulphonie acid.

Tribromphenol or bromol. Sozoiodoi-diiodophenolsulphonate.

Phenyl salicylate or salol.

Another series includes bodies allied to aniline, the substance that
gives the well-known colors—

Antifebrine or acetanilide. Pyrodine.
Phenacetine. Autithermine.

118 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [MAR. 21,

Some of these bodies are not new to the chemist, but the synthetic
production of some new alkaloidal substances led the physician to
experiment with other products of the chemical laboratory, until
to-day there are probably 200 materials used in medicine that ten
years ago were curiosities in the chemical museum or totally un-
known.

If we try to trace the therapeutic effects to some particular class
of substances, we are in a very uncertain state of mind at the be-
ginning of comparisons; but certain chlorine compounds derived
from marsh-gas, such as chloroform, are usually hypnotics. In the
list of antiseptics we have bodies called phenols, and this is the
chemical term we apply to carbolic acid, long known as an antiseptic.

The antipyretics all contain nitrogen in a form similar to chino-
line.

These are only general conclusions, and there are some important
exceptions.

I have brought here to-night quite a number of specimens of these
new contributions from the organic chemical laboratory, and I am
indebted to Dr. Charles Rice, of Bellevue Hospital, and Messrs.
Kimer & Amend, for lending me this interesting collection, which
contains some of the latest additions.

You will probably ask yourselves the question, What is the limit
to these productions? There is none. Perkin made the first aniline
color in 1856, and to-day there are over 500 colors known. Ten
years ago one or two of these synthetic remedies were known;
to-day there are nearly 200 that have been used*

To-day we have not yet made quinine—one of the most remark-
able and useful products of the vegetable kingdom—but there are
hundreds of chemists working at the problem, and even while I
utter these words some industrious worker may be recording
experiments that will teach us how to make it artificially.

The lecture was illustrated by a large collection of new substances
used in pharmacy and medicine.

Dr. Boiron expressed his appreciation of the very interesting
and valuable paper by ProreEssor ELuiort, and begged leave to call
his attention to the fact that chloroform was discovered in America,
as well as by Soubeiran, by Liebig, and by Dumas. Dr. Samuel
Guthrie, of Sackett’s Harbor, New York, obtained chloroform, in
alcoholic solution, by distilling together chloride of lime and alcohol
in [831. He described the process in the January number (1832)
of the Am. J. Science (Silliman), and in the July number of the
same year he gives the method of obtaining the product free from
alcohol. He called the substance ‘‘chloric ether.”

Dr. Guthrie’s discovery was certainly entirely original and inde-
pendent of Soubeiran, who published his process in the Ann. Chim.
Phys. for February, 1831. Guthrie’s chloroform was first employed

1892. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 119

in medical practice by Dr. Eli Ives, of the Yale Medical School, in
the same year. The name ‘ chloroform” was subsequently given
by Dumas.

Dr. Botron said he mentioned these facts only that Americans
might have the credit justly due them.

PRESIDENT HuBBARD confirmed the statement of Dr. Boiron, and
gave some interesting personal reminiscences of the experiments on
the therapeutic effects of Guthrie’s products.

At the close of the lecture, a vote of thanks was accorded Pror.
E.uiort, and the meeting adjourned.

March 28th, 1892.
STATED MEETING.

The President, Dr. Huspparp, in the chair. One hundred and
twenty-five persons present.
The minutes of March 21st were read and approved.

The Secretary read the names of the following persons nominated
as Resident Members :—

Mr. Ropert WeErR seconded by Capr. Casry, Dr. Paut GIBIER
seconded by H. J. Newron; the nominations were referred to the
Council.

Mr. GeorGeE F. Kunz read a paper entitled :-—

Notes on the Minerals, Gems, and Ethnology of the Ural
Mountains, as Observed during a Recent Trip,

illustrated by lantern views.
Meeting adjourned.

April 4th, 1892.
REGULAR Business MEETING.

The President, Dr. Husparp, in the chair. Thirteen persons
present. 5

The minutes of March 7th were read and approved.

The Secretary announced that the 13th Annual Exhibition of the

120 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [apr. 11,

New York Microscopical Society would be held at the American
Museum of Natural History, Friday evening, April 22d, from 7.30
to 11 P.M. Members of the Academy were invited to attend.
Dr. HvuBBARD gave an interesting account of Guthrie, the dis-
coverer of chloroform (see Proceedings for June, page 149).
The Astronomical Section then organized, Pror. Ress in the
chair. The reading of the Section minutes was dispensed with.
The following papers were read :—

Report of Observations on Comet of 1892 (Swift) made at
Columbia College Observatory.

BY PROF. J. K. REES.

The Rutherfurd Photographic Measures of the Stars
about 6 Cygni.
BY HAROLD JACOBY.
After the reading of the papers, there was considerable discussion
on the matter of delay in printing of the publications of the

Academy.
Meeting adjourned.

April 11th, 1892.
STATED MEETING.

The President, Dr. Hupsarp, in the chair. Thirty-five persons
present.

The minutes of March 28th were read and approved.

Dr. Husparp exhibited a print of glacial markings made direct
from the stone in a printing press.

Dr. H. Carrineron Bouton read a paper on—

Chemical Arts in Bible Times.
(Abstract. )

Chemistry, considered as an art, dates its origin from prehistoric
times; considered as a science, it is little more than one hundred
years old. The attempts of man to improve his surroundings as
respects diet, clothing, and domestic economy, familiarized him
with certain phenomena now recognized as chemical. The necessity
of securing weapons for war and for the chase, and the attempts to

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 121

alleviate disease, stimulated the application of chemistry to metal-
lurgy and medicine. Among the sources of information concerning
the very earliest period is the Holy Bible, which contains a sur-
prising number of facts and allusions to chemical arts.

The ancients were acquainted with seven metals, of which six are
mentioned by Moses in a single verse (Numbers xxxi, 22): ‘Only
the gold and the silver, the brass [7. e., copper], the iron, the tin,
and the lead,’’ are to be purified by fire when captured as spoil
from heathen nations.

Tubaleain, the seventh from Adam, seems to have excelled in
metallurgy, and apparently aided his brother’s musical taste by his
skill. The remarkable passage in Job xxviii, 1, describing the
occurrences of ores and their metallurgic treatment, is well known.
With this can be compared Ezekiel xxii, 18. Jeremiah, in chap. vi,
28, seems to describe the process of cupellation of gold and silver.

Of the seven metals, gold is the most attractive, and, occurring
native, was early known to men. It is named among the attractions
of the Garden of Eden (Gen. ii, 12), and was manufactured into
ornaments for personal decoration at a very early period. Of its
abundance in King Solomon’s reign, testimony is striking. (1 .
Kings x, 21, and II Chron. i, 15.)

Silver was early used in currency (Isaiah xlvi, 6), and, as the
pieces were not stamped, “‘ wicked balances”’ and “ deceitful weights”’
were unhappily too common. (Micah vi, 11.)

Copper, commonly called brass, is named by Moses as oceurring
- in the Promised Land (Deut. viii. 9), and is compared in value to
gold by Ezra (Ezra viii, 27). Its alloys were in common use.

Tin and lead were frequently confounded in early times, the
latter being called “‘soft tin.”” The use of leaden tablets for in-
scriptions is graphically described by Job. (Job xix, 23.) Solder
was known to the Israelites (Isaiah xli, 7) for repairing metallic
trinkets.

Iron was much used in Bible times. Among the many articles
manufactured of iron are ‘‘chariots’”’ (Judges iv, 8), ‘‘spear-heads”’
(I Sam. xvii, 7), ‘‘axes’ (II Sam. xii, 31), ‘“ yokes’ (Jer. xxviii,
14), “idols” (Dan. v, 4), ‘‘thrashing instruments” (Amos i, 3),
and “nails” (I Chron. xxii, 3). The ‘‘ bedstead of iron’’ belonging
to Og, King of Bashan, was probably a sarcophagus of stone.
(Deut. iii, 10.) The liquid metal mercury is not mentioned in the
Bible nor by Herodotus, though known to Dioscorides and to Pliny.

Besides their metallurgical knowledge, the ancients possessed
much skill in general chemical technology ; they knew well how to
prepare fermented drinks, wine (Gen. ix, 20), and vinegar (Ruth ii,
14).

Beer was known to the Egyptians, and is mentioned by Xenophon
as a drink of the Germans about 100 A.D.

The apothecaries’ art reached a high stage of culture in Egypt,
of which the famous Papyrus Ebers gives ample testimony.

Cosmetics were used by Hebrew women for frescoing their faces

Vou. XI.—9

122 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [ APR. 18, .

(II Kings ix, 30), a custom still prevailing in the East. The art
of dyeing fabrics in brilliant hues is among the most ancient of
the chemical arts (II Chron. ii, 7). The luxury of the Israelitish
women is well described by Isaiah in chapter iii, 18-238.

The ancients were acquainted with alum, salts of iron, and cop-
per and alkaline carbonates, and used them in mordanting. They
also knew brilliant pigments whose durability is unsurpassed.
Besides these chemical bodies, the ancients used sulphur, borax, sal-
ammoniac, and saltpetre; but the word ‘‘niter’ in the English
Bible is not saltpetre; it is a translation of natron, which is carbon-
ate of soda.

Lye is mentioned by Jeremiah (ii, 22), and soap by Malachi

Tide t2).

bee as such were hardly recognized by the ancients; the Bible,
however, contains one peculiar reference to carbonic acid gas.
Solomon wrote: ‘‘ As one that taketh off a garment in cold weather,
and as vinegar upon niter, so is he that singeth songs to an heavy
heart.”” (Proverbs xxv, 20.) This refers to the effervescence of
carbonate of soda when acted upon by the acid of vinegar.

In the apocryphal work of an Alexandrine Jew, called the Wisdom
- of Solomon, a remarkable passage occurs which seems to fore-
shadow the fundamental laws of chemistry :—

“ navra metp@ xot apLOua xa oradua Suéeragas.”? (Chapter xi, 20.)

‘““Thou hast ordered all things in measure and number and
weight.”

Two centuries succeeding the birth of Christ saw many illustrious
men, Pliny, Dioscorides, Plutarch, Ptolemy, Galen; but the suc-
ceeding six centuries were unfruitful in scientific research, owing
to the intellectual degradation accompanying the anarchy which pre-
vailed in the political world. Chemistry became the ‘sacred art”
or occult science, and was largely devoted to attempts at the arti-
ficial manufacture of precious metals, and the futile search for the
Philosopher’s Stone.

At the close of the paper the meeting adjourned.

April 18th, 1892.
SratTeD MEETING.
Pror. D. S. Martin in the chair. One hundred and fifty per-
sons present.
The minutes of April 11th were read and approved.

Dr. A. A. JuLIEN, of Columbia College, delivered the seventh
lecture of the Public Course on—

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 123

Elves of the Air.

The lecture was illustrated by lantern views.
At the close of the lecture the meeting adjourned.

April 25th, 1892.
STATED MEETING.

Mr. Joun TatTuock, JR., in the chair. Twelve persons present.

The minutes of April 18th were read and approved.

The Secretary announced that Pror. ALLEN was unable to read
his paper announced for the evening, on account of sickness.

Dr. N. L. Brirron read a Note on a Collection of Tertiary
Fossil Plants from Cerro Pasco de Potosi, Bolivia, made by Drs. .
F. A. CANFIELD and ArrHuR F. Wenpt, illustrated by specimens.

Meeting adjourned

May 2d, 1892.
REGULAR BUSINESS MEETING.

Vice-President Dr. Bouron in the chair. Twenty-five persons
present.

The minutes of April 4th were read and approved.

The Secretary read the report of the Council recommending :—

1. The election of Dr. Paun Gisier and Mr. Ropert WEIR as
Resident Members.

2. The Formation of a Section of Biology.

The recommendations were approved, and the Secretary was
directed to cast a ballot electing the proposed members.

The Secretary reported having cast the ballot, and the gentlemen
were declared duly elected.

The Astronomical Section then organized, Pror. Rees in the
chair. Reading of the Section minutes was dispensed with. Dr.
M. I. Pupin read a paper on—

124 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [May 9,

Further Experiments in Connection with Vacuum Discharges.

Dr. Puptin’s paper was illustrated by photographs of experimental
and actual corona of the sun.

Dr. Bourton asked what were the gases he introduced into the
vacuum flasks, and suggested that certain gases might produce light
more easily photographed, provided the mechanical effects sought
were secured.

Dr. Purtn said he used ordinary air and alcohol vapor, the latter
giving a very white light.

Pror. Rees spoke of the opportune character of Dr. PuPin’s re-
searches in their bearing on the theory of Schiberle.

Mr. J acosy exhibited a negative of the stars surrounding 6-Cygni,
which had been taken at Columbia College Observatory, April 19,
1892. A comparison of this negative with the results deduced
from Mr. Rutherfurd’s negatives of the same stars showed that the
discrepancies between the latter and Argelander’s Durchmusterung
were due partly to omissions in the Durchmusterung and partly
to insufficient sensitiveness of Mr. Rutherfurd’s plates. Attention
was particularly called to the stars numbered 27 and 28 in Mr.
Rutherfurd’s list. These two form a double on the Rutherfurd
plates; and while they are plainly separated on the latter, on the
‘Columbia College negative the image of the smaller star appears as
a sort of elongation of the larger star image. This appearance
may, however, be due to the enlargement of the images upon the
very sensitive dry plates.

Vice-President Botton resumed the chair, and the Academy
adjourned.

May 9th, 1892.
STavTeD MEETING.
Pror. J. K. Rees in the chair. Sixty persons present.
The minutes of April 25th were read and approved.
Morris Logs, Ph.D., of the University of the City of New York,
was proposed as a Resident Member by Dr. H. Carrinaton Bouton;
the nomination was referred to the Council.

The Secretary read the following papers by title :—

eee ee

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 125

A Catalogue of the Fishes of the Pacific Coast of America,
North of Cerros Island.

BY CARL H. EIGENMANN AND ROSA S. EIGENMANN.

Notes on the Phalangida of the United States.

BY NATHAN BANKS.

Coleopterological Notices. IV.
BY THOS. L. CASEY.

Dr. L. H. Laupy read a paper on—

Recent Researches on the Solar Spectrum,

illustrated by experiments.

The speaker briefly referred to the analogies between sound and
light, and then showed that since the time of Newton investigations
on the solar spectrum had been carried on by the most eminent men
of science, as Herschel, Tyndall, Bunsen, ete.

The production of spectra by prisms and by gratings was explained,
and also the apparatus used in photographing them. The work of
Prof. Langley in measuring the actual energy of radiation by means
of the Bolospectrometer and concave gratings was mentioned.

In 1812 Dr. Wollaston discovered the presence of dark lines in
the spectrum, and in 1859 Kirchoff noticed the coincidence of the
dark line of the solar spectrum with the bright line of the terrestrial,
although some recent investigators have doubted their absolute
coincidence.

Absorption spectra were next explained, and their production by
the selective absorbing action upon white light when passed through
gases, liquids, and solids.

Meeting adjourned.

May 16th, 1892.
SratTeD MEETING.

The President, Dr. HubBarp, in the chair. One hundred and
fifty persons present.

The minutes of May 9th were read and approved.

126 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [MAY 23,

Pror. Oapen N. Roop, of Columbia College, delivered the last
lecture of the Public Course on ‘‘ Color,” illustrated. At the close
of the discourse a vote of thanks was extended to Pror. Roop, and
the meeting adjourned.

May 23d, 1892.
STATED MEETING.

The President, Dr. Hupparp, in the chair. Seventeen persons
present.

The minutes of May 16th were read and approved.
The following papers were then read :—

Sucrose, Dextrose, and Levulose; their Quantitative De-
termination when Occurring Together.

BY DR. F. G. WIECHMANN.

Commercial Oil-testing.

BY DR. H. T. VULTE.

Petrographical Notes.

BY JAMES F. KEMP.

i

A Remarkable Erratic from Aurora, Cayuga Co., N.Y. Nearly
a year ago, Professor J. W. Freley, of Wells College, Aurora,
called the writer’s attention to a remarkable rock that had been
found by him as a boulder two feet or so in diameter, ‘‘in the bed
of a small ravine only a few rods south of Wells College.” Its
angles are described as being quite well rounded. A moment’s ex-
amination of a hand-specimen showed that it was something un-
usual, and more careful study of a larger supply which Professor
Freley kindly supplied, has corroborated the impression. The rock
belongs with the hitherto seldom described basic rocks, which lack
feldspar entirely, have a glassy base, and have been called monehi-
quite’ when possessing much olivine, and fourchite’ when lacking

1M. Hunter and H. Rosenbusch, Ueber Monchiquit, ete. Tsch. Min. u.
Petrog. Mitth., xi, 1891, p. 445.

2 J, F. Williams, Igneous Rocks of Arkansas. Ann. Rep. State Geol., 1890,
vol. il.

he

a a a as

i ae

_

1892. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 127

it. The rarity of these varieties is the warrant for the mention of
a boulder whose home is unknown, but which it is to be hoped may
be traced. The rock is formed by a dense grayish-black ground-
mass, through whieh are thickly set great crystals of black horn-
blende and augite up to an inch or more in length, and at least half
as much in width. In thin section the ground-mass proves to be
glass, which is filled with minute colorless augites, about 0.1 mm.
and less in breadth, and several times as long. The large horn-
blendes are golden-brown, parallel to ¢ and b, and faint yellow,
parallel to 4. They fuse easily before the blowpipe with a strong
sodium flame. The cleavage angle, as kindly determined by Mr.
A. 8. Eakle at the writer’s request on a No. II Fuess Goniometer,
is 123° 55’, and the signals were good. This would indicate
arfvedsonite, the soda amphibole, and the cleavage angle is the
same as that originally given by Brooke. There is also a cleavage
parallel to the plane of symmetry, but it is less perfect. In the
rock the crystals are bounded by the prism and this pinacoid. They
are also faintly zonal, the border being a darker brown. The
augite is eight-sided and almost colorless. There are some very
doubtful olivine remains. Of all the rocks described, the sty Gia
which occurs with the elaeolite-syenite near Little Rock, Ark.,
nearest to this. The source of the boulder is probably in the Re T
line Archean rocks to the northeast, and it has probably come from
the Adirondack heights. The nearest exposure of these is distant
a hundred miles at least, but of their petrographic character we
know only in the most general way. It is also to be noted that
peridotite dikes have been recorded in the interval, at Syracuse,!
Manheim Bridge,’ and south of Aurora at Ithaca. Some undis-
covered dike may have yielded the boulder. Professor Freley also
gave the writer a piece of a small boulder that is a most excellent
syenite. It indicates this rather unusual rock as existing in the
northern crystallines, and increases the interest which should be
felt in the study of the western Adirondacks.

re

Notes on Several Rocks Collected by E. E. Olcott, E.M., near Gold
Hill, Tooele Co., Utah. <A series of rocks has lately been placed
in the hands of the writer which was collected by Mr. Olcott on
the western border of Utah, in the American Desert or on its con-
fines. They are of sufficient interest in one or two instances to de-
serve mention. S. F. Emmons, of the 40th Parallel Survey, has
recorded some notes of this region as it lay within his explorations

1G. H. Williams, The Serpentine (Peridotite) occurring in the Onondaga
Salt Group at Syracuse, N. Y. A.J.S., Aug. 1887, p. 137.

2 C. H. Smyth, Jr., A Third Occurrences of Peridotite in Central New York ;
id. April, 1892, p. 322.

3 J. F. Kemp, Peridotite in the Portage Sandstones near Ithaca, N. Y.; id.
Noy. 1891, p. 410.

128 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [May 23,

(vol. ii, p. 475), and the recent mining excitement in the vicinity
of Deep Creek, a station on the old pre-railway stage route, has also
prompted a brief sketch from W. P. Blake (Age of the Limestone
Strata of Deep Creek, Utah, etc., Amer. Geol. Jan. 1892, p. 47, re-
printed in the Eng. and Min. Jour., Feb. 27, p. 253). It appears
that one of the Basin Ranges, the Ibapah, runs along the borders
of Utah and Nevada, and consists in a large degree of limestones
which Blake regards as Lower Carboniferous from the specimens of
Productus contained in them. These are pierced by granite and
other igneous rocks which have wrought extensive contact meta-
morphism in the limestones, and caused the formation of some
interesting minerals briefly noted by Blake. Evidently the igneous
rocks also pierce slates, as is shown by the following description of
slide No. 6.

No. 1 of dike adjoining claim near Fish Spring Camp is rhyolite.
It shows a microcrystalline ground-mass with some glass, abundant
idiomorphic phenocrysts of quartz, a crystal or two of sanidine, and
a very little biotite, sometimes bleached. Rhyolites have already
been recorded by Emmons from the region.

No. 2, from a granite outcrop that forms the mass of Clifton
Mountain near Gold Hill, isa hornblende granite with considerable
plagioclase, and with apatite, and titaniferous magnetite.

No: 3, an altered limestone from Monaco, near Clifton, showed
more physical than mineralogical changes.

No. 4, from the American Desert, between Dugway and Fish
Spring, and about three miles east of Fish Spring, i is a hypersthene-
andesite of great beauty. The ground-mass is glass, with a few
little plagioclase needles. The large plagioclase crystals are zonal
and often full of inclusions of the eroundmass. A grain or two of
magnetite appear. Almost the only other mineral is hypersthene,
in rounded prismatic crystals, of strong characteristic pleochroism,
and in great abundance. The extinction is invariably parallel, and
the optical properties such as would be expected. One stray augite
was also detected.

Hypersthene was strangely overlooked by Zirkel in his report for
the 40th Parallel Survey, “but has been announced by Iddings to be
quite widespread in the voleanic rocks of the Great Basin and the
Pacific Slope." Cross has also described an interesting occurrence
in the Buffalo Peaks,? Colorada, and in the paper has given a quite
complete review of the known localities for these rocks in other
parts of the world. Up to the publication of his paper they were
but few and often questionable.

No. 5, from two miles east of Rockwell’s Ranch, Cherry Creek,
is another andesite of different character. It has large brown

1 Hague and Iddings, Notes on the Voleanoes of Northern California, Oregon,
and Washington Territory. A.J. 8., Sept. 1883, p. 222. Also Volcanic Rocks
of the Great Basin, idem, June, 1884, p. 453.

2 C. W. Cross, Bulletin No. 1, U. S. Geol. Survey.

os

a

1892. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 129

biotite, sometimes bleached, green idiomorphic hornblende, a very
searce augite or two, large zonal plagioclase, and magnetite. The
ground-mass is glassy.

No. 6, from near the Kane Springs Mine, is a most excellent
andalusite hornstone. The little chiastolite crystals, up to a milli-
meter or two in diameter, exhibit the dark crosses in the greatest
perfection. There are also the indistinct beginnings of many others
to be seen. They are set in a matrix which is without doubt an
altered slate. The rock must have come from an altered zone of
slate, near the contact with igneous rock. In this country anda-
lusite in such relations has already been noted in the Willey Notch
of the White Mountains as described in Hawes’s classic paper,' and
in less characteristic schists by G. H. Williams from the contacts of
the Cortlandt series on the Hudson. In large crystals it is well
known at Lancaster, Mass., but special petrographic descriptions
remain to be written so far as known to the writer.

tat.

On the Granite Quarried at Chester, Mass. Some facts in regard
to the granite quarried by the Hudson and Chester Granite Co. at
Chester, Mass , have lately come into my possession, and as they
have both petrographical and economic bearings, they are here re-
corded. . The interest attaching to building-stones and all reliable
data regarding them will make the crushing-tests of value.

The granite is a very homogeneous, rather finely crystalline stone,
of a bluish-gray color on polished faces and a much lighter tone on
hammered ones. It is a true granite, being formed of quartz, ortho-
clase, green biotite, and muscovite in largest part with plagioclase
and microline likewise present. There is almost no magnetite what-
soever, and in the slides no pyrite showed, although a few minute
points could be found in the rock fragments, but, as the analysis
shows, itis almost lacking. A sprinkling of titanite is present which
has been derived from titaniferous magnetite, as a small core is now
and then recognizable. Epidote, secondary after biotite, is occa-
sionally met. All these minerals are intermingled in a very com-
pact, allotriomorphie grouping.

An analysis which is the mean of two closely agreeing duplicates
is appended. It was made by Professor L M. Dennis, of Cornell
University, and the soda is given by difference, because in the
NH,Cl and CaCO, used in the determination of the alkalies some
sodium was shown by the spectroscope.

1 Albany Granite and its Contact Phenomena. A. J.S., Jan. 1881.

130 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [MAY 23,

Moisture at 110°C. . : p : ae0308

Loss on ignition . c - : er O 74:
SiOs) Ge 5 - 2 : n - - 69.465
FeO, . - A - : = - 3 2600
INO e : 4 - : - : 2 Licao
MnO . - 5 = 5 : . trace
CaO . p 5 z 5 ‘ am e2soin
MgO . - - - - 5 - « 102305

tater 24. oon) eked eae en Sieh hela come
Shs 20. eral eee eae

97.07
Na,O by difference . : : : 7) 2093

Crushing-tests were made on five sample cubes with the great
Emory testing-machine in the School of Mines, and as preparatory
to this the specifie gravity was found on four cubes at 2.688, 2.687,
2.684, and 2.688. After three weeks’ soaking these cubes absorbed
water, respectively, 0.0021, 0.0021, 0.00224, and 0.0026 per cents.
The crushing-tests gave the following results. The cubes were first
ground and polished so that the faces next the jaws of the crusher
were parallel within a limit of error of 0.005 inches. The cushion
employed between the cubes and the jaws was blotting-paper.

II. Ill. IV. a‘

I :
Height in inches 2.033 1.983 2.059 2.011 2.009
Breadth % - 2.0 2.13 2.02 IS 2.03
Thickness ‘‘ c 2.1 ge) 2.03 2.03 2.03
Area in sq. inches . 4.2 4.23 4.1 4.0 4.12

Maximum compres-

sion in pounds . 113,200 122,000 106,000 101,400 108,700
Crushing - strength

per sq. inch : 26,952 28,841 25,853 25,350 26,383

The cubes exploded without previous cracking. This strength
is exceptionally high, as the general run of granite is far less. It
does not, however, equal the elaeolite-syenite of Little Rock, Ark.,
which was tested by the late J. Francis Williams (see Annual Re-
port of Arkansas State Geologist, 1890, vol. ii), where results of
over 30,000 pounds were obtained; but it is far beyond the re-
quirements of building.

Cubes of the rock were also boiled in acid. One which was thus
treated for five hours in boiling dilute HCl (1 part HCl of specific
gravity 1.20 to 20 parts H,O) lost 0.59 per cent. in weight. A
second cube treated in the same way in boiling dilute H,SO, (1
part H,SO, of specific gravity 1.84 to 20 parts H,O) gave a loss of
0.48 per cent. Both these results indicate a great resistance to
natural solvents. Two large cubes were placed in a muffle and
maintained at a bright red for half an hour. One was allowed to
cool just below redness and then plunged in cold water. It caused
one crack that extended half through. The other cube was allowed
to cool slowly in the air, and showed a thin, external, crumbling
layer. When these results are compared with somewhat similar

1892. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 131

tests of other granites, as set forth by Mr. G. P. Merrill in his valu-
able work, Stones for Construction and Ornament, and with others
in Volume I of the Final Report of the Geological Survey of Min-
nesota, and others by Dr. A. W. Jackson in the recent Annual
Reports of the State Mineralogist of California, it appears that the
Chester stone endured well.

It is much to be regretted that in miscellaneous tests of stone
there is not some uniform course of procedure by which comparable
data might be recorded. Some such generally accepted series would
be welcomed by many observers.

The Secretary read the following by title:—

- A Select Bibliography of Chemistry.
BY DR. H. CARRINGTON BOLTON.

The Secretary announced that the Academy would adjourn until
June 6th, the next meeting falling on Decoration Day.
Meeting adjourned.

June 6th, 1892.
STATED MEETING.

The President, Dr. Hvtpparpb, in the chair. Seven persons
present.
The minutes of May 23d were read and approved.

As the Business Meeting failed of a quorum, all regular business
was referred to the first meeting in October.
The Secretary read the following papers by title :—

Catalogue of the Described South American Species
of the Calyptrate Muscide.

BY C. H. TYLER TOWNSEND.

The Paraguayan Plants Collected by Dr. Thomas
Morong, 1888-1890.

BY N. L. BRITTON.

Pror. D. 8. Martnuwread the following paper entitled :—

132 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JUNE 6,

Notes on the Geology of Skunnemunk Mountain, Orange
County, New York.!

BY CHARLES 8S. PROSSER.
[Published by permission of the Director of the U. 8. Geological Survey.]

The geologic age of the rocks composing the Skunnemunk and
Bellvale mountains in Orange County, New York, as well as their
continuation in New Jersey under the names of the Bearfort,
Kanouse, Copperas, and Green Pond mountains, has long been a
question of great uncertainty. The complex geologic structure of
the region, in connection with the almost total absence of fossils,
has made it very difficult to assign these rocks to their proper
position in the geological column. On this account a concise sketch
of the various opinions that have been advanced as to the geologic
age of this terrane may be of some general interest.

One of the earliest references to these rocks is contained in Pro-
fessor Henry D. Rogers’s report of 1836, where it is stated that
under certain conditions ‘‘it becomes a little difficult to know it
[the Green Pond Mountain conglomerate], at first sight, from the
less calcareous varieties of the Potomac marble conglomerate
[Triassic breccia]. In fact, it is possible that the two may be of
coeval formation.’”

The next reference is contained in the report of W. Horton “On
the Geology of Orange County,’’ New York, to W. W. Mather in
1839. It was stated that ‘‘ Bellvale Mountain-extends quite across
the town of Warwick. The southeast side, the top, and about one-
third of the descent on the northwest side are composed of gray-
wacke and graywacke slate, standing nearly vertical. Its colors
are gray, greenish- and bluish-gray, and brick-red. ae

‘‘Skunnemunk is similar to Bellvale Mountain, passing unbroken
nearly across Monroe. Its southeast side, top, and part of north-
west side are graywacke in all the same varieties.’”* The geologic
age was not stated.

Professor Henry D. Rogers was inclined to consider the New
Jersey portion of this terrane as of Middle Secondary age, the
name that he used for the Triassic red sandstone to which the
name Newark group was given by Mr. W. C. Redfield.t Professor
Rogers said: ‘‘ From the wholly insulated position of these uncon-
formable strata, encompassed on all sides by rocks of older date,
and from the non-appearance hitherto of any organic remains of a
distinctive kind, by which to infer their age and mode of origin, we
are prevented from arriving at any very satisfactory views regarding

1 The drawing illustrating this article has been lost, and could not be re-
produced in time to appear.

2 Rep. on the Geol. Surv. of New Jersey, p. 130.

3 N. Y. Geol. Survey, 3d Ann. Rept., 1839, p. 146. ;

4 Am. Jour. Science, Ist ser., vol. xxii, p. 357. See Prof. I. C. Russell on
‘“The Newark System,’’ Am. Geologist, vol. iii, pp. 178-182.

1892.] . NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 133

the particular circumstances under which they were produced.
The striking analogy which they bear, however, to the strata of the
middle secondary series both in composition and appearance, and
their lying in the same unconformable manner upon the previously
uplifted rocks of the Appalachian group, induce us to consider them
as deposits from the same mass of waters.’? Accompanying this
report is a ‘‘ Section from New York to the Delaware River at
Dingman’s Ferry,’ and where it crosses the Copperas and Green
Pond mountains the rocks are given as of Middle Secondary age ;
but on the ‘‘ Geological Map of New Jersey,” finished January,
1839, the formation was colored as the ‘‘sandstone and conglomerate
of Green Pond Mountain.”

Professor Mather, in the ‘‘ Geology of the First Geological Dis-
trict”? of New York, placed this terrane under the heading of
“Rocks similar in character to the Shawangunk grit, and the inter-
stratified and overlying red rocks.”” It was stated that ‘the ob-
servations on the geological survey of the First district of New York
do not quite demonstrate the age of this rock; but if the red slates
and grits on the east side of the Hudson, which are the same as
those of Pine hill, in Cornwall, Orange county, are the same as
those of Bellvale mountain near Long pond, and the Green-pond
mountain, which they strongly resemble, and of which they appear
to be an extension, they are older than the Middle Secondary sand-
stone (new red sandstone) of New Jersey, to which Prof. Rogers
inclines to refer them, and are probably the geological equivalents,
and in fact identical with the red rocks overlying and interstratified
with the upper part of the Shawangunk grit.’”

On the ‘“ Geological map of the State of New York,’ published
in 1844, the region of Skunnemunk Mountain is colored as belong-
ing to the Hudson River group.

The Green Pond Mountain rocks were described under that name
by Professor George H. Cook in 1868 and referred to the Potsdam.*
On the geological map showing the distribution of the Azoic and
Paleozoic formations of New Jersey and Orange County, New
York, the Green Pond, Bearfort, Bellvale, and Skunnemunk Moun-
tain ridge is colored as Potsdam, while rocks lying to the east of
Skunnemunk and Bellvale mountains and between Bearfort and
Kanouse mountains are colored as of Hudson River age.

The first fossils in this formation were found by Professor Daniel
S. Martin in a so-called coal mine on Skunnemunk Mountain, north-
west of Monroe, Orange County, New York. On October 16,
1871, the Professor read a paper before the New York Lyceum of
Natural History, on ‘‘The Coal of Orange County, New York,”
and stated that ‘‘the coal-mine of Monroe lies upon the western
side, near the summit of an isolated hill known as Schunemunk

' Description of the Geology of the State of New Jersey, being a Final Re-
port, 1840, p. 174.

2 Geology of New York, Pt. 1, 1843, pp. 362, 363.

3 Geology of New Jersey, pp. 37, 73, 79-89.

134 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JUNE 6,

Mountain. . . . Herean excavation has been made into the rock,
which is a dark-gray, argillaceous sandstone, indistinguishable from
the ordinary ‘Hamilton flags.’ Much of it is black with carbon-
aceous matter, but very little coal has yet been found, though the
workings have been carried on for some months. The point of
greatest interest, however, is the determination of the age of the
rock from its fossils. These are for the most part obscure, being
apparently mingled with the débris of a fragmental deposit ; but
enough has been obtained to fix the age as Devonian, and probably
of the Hamilton Group. The forms are Lepidodendron (probably
L. Gaspianum), Calamites, Psilophyton, and, Dr. Newberry thinks,
Dadoxylon.

“The prospect of obtaining workable amounts of coal is not by any
means flattering; but the scientific results are of much interest.
Professor Cook, in his recent report on the geology of New Jersey,
has considered this district to be lower Silurian, on the theory that
the series ascends regularly, in going westward from the Highland
range.’”?

On the geological map of northern New Jersey, published in 1874,
this region remains colored as Potsdam, while the area called Hud-
son River group is given as Silurian Slates in the explanation of
the ‘‘Columnar séction of geological formations in New Jersey.”
Dr. T. Sterry Hunt stated in 1882 that he was disposed to regard
the Green Pond Mountain conglomerate ‘‘as a portion of the First
Gray wacke or Upper Taconic.’”

The geological map of New Jersey, published in 1882,° made no
change from the 1874 map for the Green Pond—Bearfort Mountain
region.

In 1884 Professor John C. Smock revised the previous statements
as to the age of this terrane, and accepted the paleontological data
furnished by the New York investigations. In the New Jersey
annual report of that year the opening paragraph of Section VII,
on the ‘‘ Devonian and Silurian rocks,” states that ‘‘ A re-examina-
tion of the rocks of the Green Pond, Copperas, Kanouse, and Bear-
fort mountains, and the adjacent outcrops of slate, limestone, and
gneiss, has brought out some facts which, taken in connection with
the observations upon the same range in Bellvale and Skunnemunk
mountains, in Orange county, New York, make it necessary to
revise the descriptions of these rocks. Their geological horizon is
not as low as was stated in the ‘ Geology of New Jersey,’ in 1868,
or as has been represented upon the several issues of State geo-
logical maps.’’* Then follows a good review of the previous opin-
ions bearing on the age of this terrane; but there is no mention of
Professor Martin’s paper, which had evidently been overlooked.

1 Proc. Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. I, p. 259.

2 Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, vol. I, sec. iv, p. 254.

3 Ann. Rept. State Geologist [New Jersey] for 1882.

* Geol. Surv. New Jersey. Ann. Rept. State Geologist for 1884, p. 29.
This work is credited to Professor Smock on p. 156.

1892. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 135

A “section from Woodcock Hill, southeast and east across Skun-
nemunk Mountain,” is given,’ in which it is shown that the struc-
ture of the mountain is that of a synclinal fold. Professor Smock
says: ‘The synclinal structure of the Skunnemunk elevation has
been shown in the profile, on page 46. The well-defined and normal
type of a synclinal fold in this mountain, the order of superposition
in the strata of shale, sandstone, and conglomerate, and the numer-
ous and almost unbroken succession of outcrops from its base to
crest line, make it typical of the whole range of Green-Pond moun-
tain rocks. And its relations to the adjacent formations and its
fossil organic remains give the clew to the geological age of the
series.’? A sketch map, showing the geological formations near
Monroe, is given, the legend of which is ‘sandstone and conglom-
erate of Skunnemunk Mountain (Devonian) ;’* while the geo-
logical age is explained at some length in the text, the correlation
being determined by means of fossil plants. The Professor says
“the Skunnemunk Mountain range appears to afford satisfactory
proofs and to give data upon which to base the age of these rocks.
The section on page 46 shows a cross-vertical profile of the moun-
tain from near Washingtonville to Mountainville, on a south and
east line. The section exhibits the gneissic rocks on each side;
the blue, magnesian limestone, the black (Hudson River) slate,
and the (Oneida) conglomerate on the west, all having their beds
dipping toward the southeast. The slaty sandstones and the thin-
bedded grits, or gray sandstones (flagging-stones), are shown, with
their inward dips, capped by the peculiar and characteristic red
conglomerate. Here the conglomerate and the sandstone are seen
above the Silurian slates and limestones. And the former have
been preserved in this gently-folded synclinal. Elsewhere it must
have been broken up in the uplifting and bending of the strata and
afterward removed by glacial forces, which have left so many traces
of their planing and polishing work on these hard rocks.

The occurrence of plant remains in this series has been referred
to above. They are found in the gray-red, shaly sandstone of
Skunnemunk Mountain. The locality where they can be most
readily seen is at the Davison quarry, at the southwest point of the
mountain and three miles northwest of Monroe. <A few frag-
mentary specimens have been found on the east side, also, and near
Woodbury Falls. These plant remains are identified as specifically
the same with those collected and described by Professor James
Hall, State Geologist of New York, and by Dr. Dawson, of Mon-

1 Op. cit., fig. 7, on p. 46.

2 Op. cit., p. 51. 3 Op. cit., opposite p. 52.

4 Dr. J. 8S. Newberry, of Columbia College, N. Y., has identified the follow-
ing species in a collection from this locality, now in the cabinet of Professor
D. S. Martin, New York City : Lepidodendron Gaspianum (Dawson) ; Psilophyton
princeps (Dawson) ; Calamites transitionis (Gceppert).

5 In a collection of plant remains made in the autumn from these localities,
rhizomes of the Psilophyton abound. A species of Calamites also appears.

136 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JUNE 6,

treal, from localities in central and southern central New York,
which are recognized as Hamilton and Chemung or Middle Devo-
nian. That these rocks resemble, lithologically, some of the flag-
ging-stones of the Hamilton in Ulster, Sullivan, and Greene counties
is evident at once on a cursory examination. The absence of any
remains of animal life leaves the full proof of geological equivalency
in doubt. The great thickness of conglomerate at the top, and the
prevalence of gray and green shales, with the red shales and sand-
stones, look more like the Catskill rocks or Upper Devonian. It is
safe, however, to put them in the Middle Devonian.’' Professor
Smock also measured the thickness of the Devonian rocks of Skun-
nemunk Mountain, and considered them from 1300’ to 1600’ in
thickness. It was stated that ‘‘In the east and west slopes of
Skunnemunk mountain, New York, the strata are beautifully laid
bare in the beds of small streams, and, as the dips are at small
angles, the height of the crest above the valleys on each side ap-
proximates to the thickness of strata in these sections. The highest
crest has a maximum elevation of 1600 feet above tide level; the
valley on the west is about 600 feet; that on the east 300 feet,
making a difference of 1300 feet for the height of the mountain.
A still better exposure of these rocks is seen on the road west,
descending the mountain from the Seven Springs Mountain House.
This section, three-quarters of a mile long, shows a nearly unbroken
succession of ledges, whose beds have a nearly uniform dip of 20°
toward the east-northeast. Allowing for the difference in the
length, as measured on the line of the dip, and taking 20° as the
mean descent of the strata, the thickness, as computed for these
elements, would be at least 1300 feet. If to this figure be added
300 feet for the conglomerate, which is not in the section, there is
a total of 1600 feet.’”

This report was reviewed by Mr. N. H. Darton,’ who has added
somewhat to Professor Smock’s historical account of the formation,
and who has spent a considerable amount of time in studying the
structural relations and mapping this series of rocks. The discovery
of fossil plants and their evidence as to the geologic age of the
formation were mentioned by Dr. Hunt in 1886.*

In 1886 Professor F. J. H. Merrill studied this series of rocks in
New Jersey; and in the blue limestone below the Devonian sand-
stones and shales he was fortunate enough to find a few species of
Lower Helderberg fossils, as Spirifera Vanuxemt, Chetetes Hel-
derberguz, ete.; while in.an overlying calcareous conglomerate and
siliceous grit are Oriskany and Upper Helderberg (Corniferous)
fossils.°

1 Op. cit., pp. 54, 55.

2 "Op. cit., p. 06:

8 Scientific American Supplement, vol. xix, June 13, 1885, pp. 7877, 7878.

4 Mineral Physiology and Physiography, p. 591.

5 See Geol. Surv. New Jersey, Ann. Rept. State Geologist for 1886 (1887),
pp. 113, 114.

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 137

Professor Merrill proposed the following classification for this
series of rocks :—

a Bearfort and Schunemunk 7
ane? ies { mountains, 700 ft. t Hamilt
Blue Argillite and Longwood and West Milford raete.
Gray wacke. valleys. 1000 ** J
eae iS i Newfoundland, Upper Long- Corniferous.
Heo Grit. ie wood, and Pickatinny. 50 ‘* { Oriskany.
Blue Limestone with / Upper Longwood, Milton, New- Lower Helde-
Fossils. foundland, ete. 200 «¢ berg.
Red Shale. Newfoundland, etc. 200 ‘< Medina.
Red Conglomerate Green Pond mountain, ete. 600 ** Oneida.

2190 ft.772

In the graywacke slates at Clinton Falls, about one and one-half
miles N.N.W. of Newfoundland, N. J., Professor Merrill states
that “there seem to be traces of plant ‘impressions in them, and
they may correspond to the beds in Orange county, New York,
which have yielded Psilophyton princeps, aud other Devonian
plants; that they are of Devonian age is beyond question.’”

The “Geological Map of New York City and Vicinity, by D.
S. Martin, 1888,” gives the region of Green Pond and Bearfort
mountains, New Jersey, as belonging to the Upper Silurian and
Devonian periods. In the ‘‘ Legend’ the green color is stated to
represent the Upper Silurian, the ‘‘Green Pond Mountain forma-
tion,’’ which is given in parentheses as of Oneida and Medina age.
The green color is spread over the Green Pond, Copperas, Kanouse,
and Bearfort mountains; while in the valleys partly between these
mountains is the brown color which represents the Devonian and is
explained as ‘‘ Slates, Hamilton in part (mingled with Ordovician
B.).”’ The division B. of the Ordovician is given in the legend as
‘Slates and shales (Hudson River).’”’ In the explanation of this
map Professor Martin states, ‘It is now known that the ‘Green
Pond Mountain’ series, long supposed to be of Potsdam age, is
really at the base of the (upper) Silurian, and represents the Oneida
and Medina rocks of New York State, or the Levant (No. 4) of
the First Pennsylvania Survey. The heights here are, therefore,
‘Mountains of Four,’ and are colored accordingly. They doubtless
rest upon Ordovician beds, which are seen outcropping at a few
points on the eastern edge, and forming an island in Greenwood
Lake, close to the State line. But the slates and shales of the ad-
jacent valleys are the most uncertain ground in the map. They
were long called Hudson River, but now are proven to be, at least
in part, of Hamilton age. W hat portions, however, are e such, and
what may be still regarded as Ordovician, are points that are as
yet unknown, and will require careful field-work to determine.’”*

1 Op. cit., p. 114. Op: cits, palo.
3 Geological Map of New York City and Vicinity, by Daniel S. Martin, Notes
and Explanations, p. 4,
Vou. XI.—10.

138 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JUNE 6,

On the ‘‘ Geological Map of New Jersey,” by George H. Cook,
published in 1889, the geological discoveries stated above seem to
have been ignored ; for Bearfort, Green Pond, and Copperas moun-
tains are apparently colored as belonging to the base of the Lower
Silurian, which would make their age about the same as stated by
Professor Cook in 1868, while that part of the area colored as Hud-
son River Slates on the earlier maps remains unchanged.

Professor Lester F. Ward, in his memoir on ‘‘ The Geographical
Distribution of Fossil Plants,’’ quotes as follows from a letter
written by Prof. I. C. Russell, November 2, 1887: ‘‘Mr. N. H.
Darton is authority for the occurrence of Devonian plants near
Monroe and Woodbury Falls, Orange County.’” In Prof. Russell’s
letter, which Professor Ward has kindly shown me, it was also
stated that Mr. Darton had found Devonian plants near Newfound-
land, Morris County, New Jersey. Mr. Darton informs me that
this locality was near Clinton Falls, but that the plants were in a
very fragmentary condition and not nearly so well preserved as
those near Monroe, New York.

In Macfarlane’s Railway Guide, Mr. Darton has briefly described
the Skunnemunk Mountain region as follows :—

‘“ Monroe.—A mile west of the station a synclinal holding middle
Devonian is crossed, but no outcrops are visible from the cars.
These rocks extend for many miles southward into New Jersey.
In New York they form Bellvale Mountain to the Erie Railroad,
and thence extend northward in the high, rough, double-crested
ridge known as Schunemunk Mountain. The lower members are
flagstones and slates, the upper a coarse pebble conglomerate. In
a flagstone quarry, two miles N.N.W. of Monroe, the remains of
Devonian plants are quite abundant.’”

In July, 1890, the writer stopped at Monroe, spent three days in
searching for fossils on Skunnemunk Mountain and obtained certain
facts which perhaps deserve to be recorded.

About one and one-half miles northwest of Monroe, near the base
of Skunnemunk Mountain, is a small quarry on Mr. Ogden Cooley’s
farm. The New York; Lake Erie and Western Railroad at Mon-
roe is 613’ A. T.,8 and this quarry is 45’ higher. There is a ledge
of coarse-grained, gray sandstone with blue argillaceous shale, and
in places the shale is somewhat concretionary, containing clay
pebbles. The dip is heavy to the east, a line along one of the
joints, which may not be the true dip, gives a dip of 35° north of
east.

In the shales are remains of fossil plants, most of which are quite
fragmentary. The common form is Psilophyton princeps Dn., of
which there are numerous broken specimens, and in addition, ir-

1 Eighth Ann. Rept. U.S. Geol. Surv., 1889, p. 859.

2 Amer. Geol. Railway Guide, 2d ed., 1890, p. 132, note 129.

3 Elevation furnished by Mr. Carl W. Buchholz, Civil Engineer of the N.
Wey ilinHperV i. hts. he

4 Elevations from the railroad up the mountain are barometric.

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 139

regular bifurcating impressions, probably aérial roots of a calamite
or fern.

Fossil wood was also found near this ledge which was apparently
contained in a concretion and called the ‘‘fossil trees” by Mr.
Cooley. The specimen obtained from this locality has been studied
by Professor F. H. Knowlton, Assistant Paleontologist of the U.
S. Geological Survey, and he identifies it as Celluluxylon prime-
vum Dn.

Since neither the geographic distribution nor the geologic range
of the two species identified from this locality is considerable, it
may be valuable for the purpose of correlation to cite all those
references which furnish data bearing upon these two points.

Psilophyton princeps was described by Dawson in the Quart.
Jour. Geol. Soc., London, vol. xv, Pt. I, 1859. The genus was
described on p. 478; figs. la—-li were given on p. 479, li being a
restoration, and sections of stems figs. 1k-In, p. 480; while the
specific name was proposed on p. 481. The specimens were reported
from the lower or middle Devonian of Gaspé, Lower Canada. In
this paper, on p. 482, Dr. Dawson mentions fossil plants previously
described that may belong to this species. First is the plant figured ~
by Vanuxem in 1842 (Geol. New York, Pt. III, p. 161), from a
quarry west of North New Berlin [now New Berlin], Chenango
County, New York, which is in the upper part of the Hamilton.
‘‘ Dichotomous roots: from Orkney and Caithness,’? described by
Salter, and ‘“‘bifurcating plants with curved tendrils like branchlets
figured by Hugh Miller’ from the Old Red Sandstone of Scotland,
are considered as belonging to this genus. Also, Haliserites
Dechenianus Gopp., in the Lower Devonian of Rhenish Prussia,
is considered a plant of this genus (op. cit., p. 483).

Dawson, Canadian Nat. and Geol., vol. vi, June, 1861, p. 175,
reported the species from Perry, Maine, and on p. 179 doubtfully
from St. John, N. B.

Dawson, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., vol. xviii, 1862, pp. 298, 315,
326, gives a more complete account of the range and distribution of
the species. On p. 315 it is stated that the species is characteristic
of the whole Devonian system at Gaspé, and ‘fragments which
may have belonged to it occur in the Upper Silurian.” It is also
mentioned from Perry, Maine, which, in the table on p. 326, is
called Upper Devonian; from the Hamilton at Schoharie, N. Y.,
and Akron, Ohio (Professor Hall, 16th An. Rept. Regents Univ.
State N. Y. on Cond. State Cab. Nat. Hist., Appendix D, 1863, p.
108, foot-note, states that ‘‘The beds at Akron are of the age of
the Chemung, of New York, or the Waverly sandstone of Ohio’’),
and from what is called the Chemung at Cascade Falls. [It is not
stated whether Cascade Falls is in Ohio or New York, and the
locality seems to have been lost. Dr. J. M. Clarke writes me that
“The locality of ‘Cascade Falls’ is unknown to both Professor
Hall and myself.” While Sir Wm. Dawson says, ‘‘I am afraid I
cannot be sure of the locality of the specimens from Cascade Falls,

140 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JUNE 6,

but I think it must have been New York, as I do not remember
specimens of that kind from Ohio.’’] Finally, from the Catskill, at
Jefferson, Schoharie County, N. Y., while in an ‘additional note,
October 23, 1862,”’ opposite p. 329, the age of the Jefferson horizon
is changed to Chemung. [This locality is now considered as of
Hamilton age, Am. Geol., vol. vii, p. 356, foot-note.] Rhizomes
are reported from Fullenham, Schoharie County [probably Fulton-
ham, which is Hamilton], and at Cazenovia [Madison County, and
also of Hamilton age ].

Dawson, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., vol. xix, 1863, pp. 461, 462,
states that. he has very imperfect specimens from Perry, Maine,
which he somewhat doubtfully identifies as belonging to the three
species P. princeps, P. elegans, and P. glabrum: on p. 465, see pl.
xvili, Figs. 22a—22¢, is a description of the rhizomata of P.
princeps, Which are stated to be from ‘‘the marine limestones at the
base of the Gaspé sandstones, constituting the lowest members of
the Devonian series, if they are not Upper Silurian.”’

Hall, 16th Regent’s Rept. on State Cab. Nat. Hist., 1863, p.
111, fig. 2, reproduces Vanuxem’s figure of a fossil plant [ Geol.
N. Y., Pt. ILI, p. 161, fig. 40], and calls it P. princeps Dn. on p.
110.

Dawson, Geol. Surv. Canada, Foss. Plants Dev. and Up. Sil.,
1871, pp. 38, 39, describes the variety ornatum of P. princeps
from Gaspé, and gives good figures of it on pl. ix, figs. 97-110;
while on pl. x, figs. 111, 118-120, and pl. xi, figs. 127-129, 133,
'134, are additional figures illustrating the structure of P. princeps.
On p. 76 it is stated that from the Middle Devonian of Scotland are
“fragments referrible to Psilophyton princeps,” and on p. 77 a
specimen, ‘‘apparently P. princeps,” is mentioned from the Devo-
nian of Northern Scotland.

Peach, Trans. Edinb. Geol. Soc., vol. iii, Pt. II, 1879, pp. 150,
151, identifies this species from the Old Red Sandstone of the island
of Stroma, Pentland Firth, and from se¥eral localites in Caithness,
northern Scotland.

Zeiller, Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, 3d ser., vol. viii, 1880, p.
504, mentions a specimen from the Devonian of Caffiers, France,
which he compares with one of Dawson’s figures of P. princeps,
although he is inclined to consider it nearer Lepidodendron gas-
pianum Dn.

Dawson, Foss. Plants Erian (Dev.) and Up. Sil., Pt. II, 1882,
p. 103, reports this species from the Lower Devonian of Campbell-
ton, northern New Brunswick, as well as on the opposite side of
the Restigouche River in the Province of Quebec.

J. C. White, 2d Geol. Surv. Penna., G’, 1883, p. 307, mentions
“vegetable fragments which resemble Psilophyton princeps Dn.”
from what is called upper Chemung, two miles above Danville,
Montour County, Penna.

Kidston, Cat. Paleozoic Plants British Mus., 1886, p. 233, calls
the plant figured by Vanuxem in 1842 the ‘‘earliest figure of

1892. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 141

Psilophyton Dechenianus with which I am acquainted,” and he
makes the P. Dechenianus (Gopp.) Carr. include as a synonym the
P. robustius Dn.

Weiss, Zeit. Deutschen geol. Gesellschaft, vol. xli, 1889, p. 168,
stated that he considered the Drepanophycus spinaeformis Gopp.
(Nov. Act. Acad. Caes. Leop.-Car. Nat. Cur. vol. xxii, Supple-
ment, 1852, p. 92, pl. xli, fig. 1) as belonging to that part of the
genus Psilophyton which includes P. princeps. Weiss proposed,
since it is claimed by Soms-Laubach that P. princeps and P. robus-
tius are generically distinct, to restrict the genus Psilophyton to P.
robustius and allied forms, and since Drepanophycus would be a
misnomer in reference to the systematic position of the fossil, to
substitute Drepanophytum for P. princeps. Dawson, op. cit., p.
553, answers the proposition of Weiss, and states that he does not
consider Drepanophycus as a Psilophyton, but thinks it is possible
that it may be identical with his Arthrostigma. It is quite safe
to say that GOppert’s figure of D. spinaeformis bears very little
resemblance to the Canadian specimens of Psilophyton, with which
American paleontologists are well acquainted, thanks to the descrip-
tions and generous distribution of specimens by Sir William Daw-
son. Finally, as to the question of priority, Dawson (op. cit., p.
554) shows concisely and correctly that Drepanophytum Weiss
would date from 1889, and not from 1852, when Drepanophycus was
described by GOppert. Weiss answers Dawson’s letter (op. cit.,
p. 554) and reaffirms his previous opinion as to the division of
Psilophyton into Drepanophytum spinaeforme and D. princeps
and Psilophyton robustius, ete. (op. cit., p. 555).

Dawson, Nature, vol. 41, April 10, 1890, p. 537, identifies this
species from the Old Red Sandstone of Perthshire, Scotland.

Prosser, Am. Geol., vol. vii, 1891, p. 365, reported specimens
from Kaaterskill Clove, in the eastern Catskills of Greene County,
New York, from a horizon several hundred feet above what has
been considered the base of the Catskill; but the writer’s studies in
eastern New York lead him to consider the lower portion of the
so-called Catskill in this region as of an age equivalent to the Che-

mung and Portage of southern and western New York."

From the above review it will be seen that Pstlophyton princeps
Dn., when compared with other Devonian species of fossil plants,
has quite an extended distribution and is most abundant in the
Lower and Middle Devonian, but also ranges from the Upper
Silurian to the Upper Devonian of Gaspé, occurs in the Upper
Devonian of eastern New York (doubtful Catskill), and is reported
from the sub-Carboniferous (Waverly) of Ohio.

Celluloxylon primevum genus and species described by Dawson

1 Oct. 1, 792. See account of Professor Hall’s paper before the Rochester
meeting of the Geol. Soe of America on the ‘‘ Oneonta Sandstone,’’ in which it
is stated that the ‘‘ Oneonta sandstone passed eastwardly into the lower Cats-
kill and westwardly into the Portage.’?’ Am. Geologist, vol. x (September,
1892), p. 194.

142 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JUNE 6,

(Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., vol. xxxvii, 1881, p. 302) ‘from the
Hamilton (Middle Erian) of Canandargua [Canandaigua], New
York.’’ Dawson stated that ‘It was undoubtedly a woody stem,
and not an alga. . . . It adds another to those mysterious woody
stems of doubtful affinities which, in the Devonian or Erian of both
sides of the Atlantic, represent the Taxinez and conifers of later
formations.” :

In a letter dated July 25, 1889, Professor J. M. Clarke, who
found the type specimen, gave me the following note about this
interesting fossil. ‘The Celluloxylon primevum Dn. was from
the Hamilton shales in the town of Hopewell, Ontario County
[ Hopewell is the first township east of Canandaigua township |.
The original specimen is a fragment happily saved from destruction,
and a mere remnant of what must have been a magnificent affair,—
a trunk ten feet long. This unique specimen was ‘smashed up by a
farmer to use as drain-stone and buried out of sight and knowledge.”

Penhallow, Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, vol. vii, sec. iv, 1889,
p. 26, stated that he considered this plant only a highly ‘altered
condition of Nematophyton, and referred it provisionally to WN. evas-
sum(Dn.) Pen. On p. 29, Celluloxylon primevum Dn. is given as
a synonym of Nematophyton crassum (Dn.) Pen., without a query.

Penhallow, Canadian Rec. Science, vol. iti, 1889, p. 431, says
this species is ‘‘referred, on geographical grounds as well as of
probable structure, to N. crassum.”

The Nematoxylon erassum Dn., which is put by Professor Pen-
hallow in the genus Nematophyton, was deseribed by Sir Wm.
Dawson in Proc. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soe. London, vol. xix, 1863,
p. 466, from Gaspé, Canada. In Dawson’s Foss. Plants Dev. and
Up. Sil., 1871, pp. 20, 85, it is given as from the Middle Devonian
of Gaspé.

Carruthers, Month. Mic. Journal, vol. viii, 1872, pp. 161, 172,
gave Nematoxylon crassum Dn. as a synonym of Prototaxites
Logant Dn. which Carruthers called Nematophyeus Logani, and
Penhallow refers the latter to the genus Nematophyton (Trans.
Roy. Soc. Canada, vol. vi, sec. iv, 1889, pp. 36, 44; and @bid., vol.
vii, sec. iv, 1889, p. 28).

Part of the specimen of Celluloxylon found at the base of the Skun-
nemunk Mountain has been given to Professor Penhallow, who has
written a paper entitled ‘‘ Notes on Nematophyton erassum,”’ based
princ ipally upon this material. After describing sections of the
specimen, the Professor says: ‘‘ Comparing this specimen with the
type of Nematophyton erassum, we find it agrees in all respects,
except the presence of intercellular filaments in the latter and not
in the former. But this difference may safely be attributed to the
operation of greater alteration in one case than in the other, and it
is, therefore, admissible to consider that my reference of Cellu-
loxylon primevum to Nematophyton crassum is not only correct,
but that it receives striking confirmation from this specimen.’”

1 Proc. U. S. National Museum, vol. xv.

—

1892. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 143

Near the southwestern end of Skunnemunk Mountain, about two
and one-half miles north-northwest of Monroe, and one-fourth mile
southwest of the Seven Springs Mountain House, are the Davidson
quarries. The lower quarry is approximately 290’ higher than the
Cooley quarry, or about 750’ A. T. An excavation has been made
in the ledge at a place just north of the highway, and the eastern
wall of the quarry is ten feet high. Some bluish-gray flagging-
stone has been taken out, but a considerable part of the quarry is
composed of shaly gray arenaceous layers. At the northeast corner
are two layers containing fossil plants, which are separated by a
stratum of the bluish sandstone. The plants are generally in the
more argillaceous lay ers, although specimens poorly preserved are
occasionally seen in the coarse, bluish-gray sandstones. In this
quarry, which may be called the lower Davidson, specimens of
Psilophyton princeps Dn., Calamites sp., and aérial rootlets of
Calamites (?) oceur.

A short distance northeast of the lower quarry and a little higher
is the Davidson ‘‘ Coal Mine” quarry, from which Professor Martin’s
plants were collected. The quarry has been opened to a consider-
able extent, the wall of rock being twenty feet high on the eastern
side. The dip is apparently to the northeast, but on account of
false bedding and thinning of the layers it is difficult to determine
the amount and direction. Considerable bluish-gray flagging-stone
has been removed from this quarry, and in lithologic characters it
resembles closely the Hamilton flagging-stone of Ulster and Greene
counties, New York.

No fossils were found except plants, and these are quite abundant
in certain layers of the quarry. The most common species is
Psilophyton princeps Dn.

The plants collected by Professor Martin probably came from
this quarry, and through his kindness the writer has had the
pleasure of examining a portion of the collection. Specimens of
the Pstlophyton princeps Dn. from this quarry have been examined
by Sir J. Wm. Dawson and Professor D. P. Penhallow, and they
agree with the above identification. From Professor Martin’s col-
lection, specimens of the Lepidodendron, Calamites, and Dadoxylon
identified by Dr. J. 8S. Newberry as LZ. gaspianum Dn., C. transi-
tionis Gopp., and Dadosyton (?)' were submitted to Dr. Dawson.
Principal Dawson agrees with Dr. Newberry in the identification
of the Lepidodendron; the Calamites he would call C. radiatus
Brongn., regarding C. transitionis as a synonym of the preceding,
and the Dadoxylon he calls the aérial roots of a Calamite or fern.

The distribution and range of Calamites radiatus Brongn , also
frequently called Bornia radiata (Brongn.) Sch., and Archexo-
calamities radiatus, (Brongn.) Stur, including Calamites transi-
tionis GOpp. as a synonym, are quite extended, and no attempt has
been made to verify the numerous reported identifications of this

1 Proc. Lyc. Nat. Hist., N. Y., vol. i, p. 259; and An. Rept. State Geol.
(New Jersey), for 1884, p. 54.

144 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JUNE 6,

species.. It is reported doubtfully in the Hamilton group, probably
of New York (Dawson, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., vol. xviii, 1862,
p. 809); in the Subconglomerate of Pennsylvania, Tennessee,
Alabama, and Arkansas; in the Upper Devonian of Canada and
New Brunswick; in the Devonian of England, Scotland, Ireland,
Prussian-Saxony, Belgium, and Silesia; in the sub-Carboniferous
of Moravia, Bohemia, Saxony, Silesia, Hesse, Alsace, Prussian-
Saxony, Russia, Styria, Belgium, Siberia, Spitzbergen, Bear
Island, and Australia; in the Carboniferous of France, Carinthia,
Silesia, Westphalia, and Hannover; and in the Permian of Scot-
land, Bohemia, and Saxony.

Lepidodendron gaspianum was described by Dawson in the
Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., vol. xv, Pt. I, 1859, pp. 483, 484, Figs.
3a—d, from the Devonian of Gaspé, Lower Canada, now known as
the Province of Quebec.

Dawson, Can. Nat. and Geol., vol. vi, June, 1861, p. 174, re-
ported the species from Perry, Maine, which is now called Upper
Devonian by Dawson (Fos. Plants Erian and Up. Sil., Pt. II, 1882,
p. 97; The Geological History of Plants, 1888, p. 107), and stated
by Professor L. W. Bailey to resemble most nearly the Catskill of
New York (Proce. and Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada for 1889, vol. vii,
1890, Sec. IV, p. 60).

Dawson, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., vol. xviii, 1862, pp. 312, 313,
pl. xiv, figs. 26-28; pl. xvii, fig. 58, reported the species from the
Middle and Upper Devonian of Gaspé, (table on p. 326), and from
the Upper Devonian of St. John, New Brunswick. In New York
it was stated to occur ‘“‘in the base of the Catskill group and in the
upper part of the Hamilton group” (p. 313); but in a note opposite
p. 329, it is stated that ‘the plants noticed in this paper as from
the Catskill group of New York really belong to a somewhat lower
horizon, that of the Chemung group.’”’ Dr. Dawson identified the
plant figured by Professor H. D. Rogers (Geol. of Penna., vol. ii,
pt. II, p. 829, fig. 677), and which he thought was identical with
the Lepidodendron chemungense (Hall) Dn., from the Chemung
group, near Elmira, New York, from the Vergent series of Penn-
sylvania (Chemung of the New York nomenclature), as belonging to
this species. The specimen figured by Vanuxem (Geol. New York,
pt. ILI, p. 157, fig. 38), which came from the Hamilton stage near
Unadilla Forks, Otsego County, and other specimens regarded as
the same species by Vanuxem, reported from the Hamilton on the
Cooperstown and Burlington road, about three miles from Burling-
ton, Otsego County, as well as on the road from Summit to Hins-
dale, probably in the Hamilton of Schoharie County, was considered
by Dr. Dawson as belonging to this species ; also the specimen (op.
cit., p. 191, fig. 55) from the Catskill between Bainbridge, Chenango
County, and Colesville, Broome County. [The geological age of the
last specimen is older than the Catskill and probably near that of
the lower Chemung. }

Dawson, Fos. Plants Dev. and Up. Sil. Canada, 1871, p. 33, in

4

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 145

a concise specific description of the species, with additional illustra-
tions, pl. viii, figs. 82-84, stated that the plant was rare in the Gaspé
sandstones, and that the St. John specimens were of Middle De-
vonian age.

Carruthers, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., vol xxviii, 1872, p. 351, re-
ferred Dawson’s figures of this species, as well as Leptophlaum
rhombicum Dn., to Lepidodendron nothum Ung. nec Salter. On p.
353 it was stated that ‘‘Dr. Dawson’s figure leaves no doubt as to
the identity of the Canadian and Australian plants, as far as the
small fragments found in Canada enable one to come to a positive
decision; and the same may be said of Unger’s specimen from
Germany.”

Dawson, ibid., vol. xxix, 1873, p. 369, states that he considers
Lepidodendron gaspianum and L. nothum as specifically distinct,
although allied species, but that between LZ. nothum and Lepto-
phleum rhombicum there is not even a generic connection, This
opinion was reaffirmed, with additional evidence in its support, by
Dawson in 1878 and 1882 (Canadian Nat., vol. viii, pp. 379, 380;
Fos. Plants Erian (Dev.) and Up. Sil. Canada, Pt. II, p.107). In
the discussion on Dr. Dawson’s note Mr. Carruthers admits that
his opinion was based on ‘‘ published observations and drawings ;”
and in the same way comparing specimens of Lepidodendron qas-
pian um with figures of L. nothum Ung. seems to justify Dr. Daw-
son’s position; while Mr. Kidston says “The plant figured and
described as Lepidodendron nothum by Mr. Carruthers (which,
however, is not Unger’s species of that name) appears to be indis-
tinzuishable from Lepidodendr on australe McCoy (Cat. Paleozoic
Plants, 1886, p. 231).

Newberry, Rept. Geol. Surv. Ohio, vol. i, Geol. and Pal., Pt. I,
Geology, 1873, p. 147, states that a specimen of Lepidodendron
found in the Corniferous limestone at Sandusky, Ohio, is apparently
identical with Z. gaspianum. Later the Professor figured a speci-
men from the Corniferous limestone of Delaware, Ohio (Jour. Cin.
Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xii, 1889, p. 56, pl. vi, fig. 2), under the name
of L. gaspianum Dn., which he stated ‘is evidently a branch of
Lepidodendron, and undistinguishable from Sir William Dawson’s
species. It would, however, be unwarranted to assert that it is the
same, since the material for comparison is so meagre ; but it is evi-
dent that, if not the same, it is a closely allied species.”

Fontaine, Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. vii, 1874, p. 578, reported
this species from the Lewis Tunnel on the Chesapeake and Ohio R.
R., near the boundary between Virginia and West Virginia, in
what he then called Catskill rocks. but later changed to Vespertine
(Pocono). But in his list of the Vespertine flora (2d Geol. Surv.
Penna., P?, 1880, p. 6) the species is not mentioned, although this
locality i is stated to yield ‘the greatest variety of plants” of any
of the Vespertine localities.

Crépin, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belgique, vol. xiv, 1875, p. 218, pl.
i-y, identified specimens from the Lower Devonian of Fooz-Wépion,

146 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JUNE 6,

and Rouveroy, Belgium, as L. gaspianum Dn. Dawson says “ The
Lepidodendron from the Devonian of Belgium, described and figured
by Crépin . . . . would seem to prove that this species existed in
Europe as well as in America (Canadian Nat., vol vii, 1878, p.
380); while Kidston, in commenting on these figures, says “it
is evident that pls. iii, iv, and v of Lepidodendron Gaspianum
Crépin (? not Dawson) are the Pstlophyton Dechenianus Géppert,
sp. As to those specimens which he figures on pls. i and ii I can-
not express an opinion, as I have not seen any similar Lepidoden-
dron-like fossils .... The entire agreement of Crépin’s pls. iii,
iv, and v with the figures given by Hugh Miller and Mr. Carruthers
proves conclusively that all these specimens belong to one species—
the Psilophyton Dechenianus Géppert, sp., as interpreted by Mr.
Carruthers (Cat. Paleozoic Plants, 1886, p. 234).

Zeiller, Bull. Soe. Géol. de France, 3d ser., vol. viii, 1880, p. 504,
mentions a specimen from the Devonian of Caffiers, France, which
is compared with ZL. gaspianum.

J. C. White, 2d Geol. Surv. Penna., Q*, 1881, pp. 65, 78, 79, re-
ported specimens from the Shenango group, sub-Carboniferous, near
Jamestown, Crawford County, Penna., which he considered as
‘“« Lepidodendron Gaspianum, or a closely allied plant ;” also, from
the same formation near Townville, Crawford County (op. cit., p.
191). Professor White compares these specimens with the one
figured by H. D. Rogers (Geol. Penna., vol. ii, 1858, pl. xxi, fig. 2,
and mentioned on p. 830) from the Vespertine sandstone (Pocono)
at Mauch Chunk, Penna., which does not seem to agree closely with
LT. gaspianum Dn.

Lesquereux, 2d Geol. Surv. Penna., P, vol. iii, 1884, p. 852, re-
ported the species from the Waverly sandstone (sub-Carboniferous)
of Rushville, Ohio, but without any confirmatory evidence.

Dr. J. M. Clarke, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 16, 1885, pp. 26,
33, reported the identification of this species by Dr. Dawson from
the Styliola layer of the Genesee shale of Ontario County, New
York; and from the Naples beds (Portage) of Naples, Ontario
County (op. cit., p. 64). Also, see Rept. State Geologist [New
York] for 1884, 1885, pp. 18, 19, 21, where the same occurrence of
the species is mentioned by Dr. Clarke.

White, 2d Geol. Surv. Penna., T*%, 1885, p. 299, reported the
species from the Pocono along Shoup’s run railroad, Carbon town-
ship, Huntingdon County, Penna.

Lesquereux, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. ix, 1887, p. 28, identified
two specimens from the Pocono of Lewis Tunnel as belonging to
this species. Only one of these specimens has been seen; but that
appears to belong to a species quite different from LZ. gaspianum Dn.

Finally, the range and distribution of this species may be given
concisely as follows: probably from the Corniferous limestone of
Ohio; Middle Devonian of Gaspé and New Brunswick; Hamilton,
Genesee, Portage, and Chemung (?) of New York; Chemung (?)
of Pennsylvania; Upper Devonian of Maine and Gaspé; Pocono

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 147

possibly of Virginia, and Huntingdon County, Pennsylvania; sub-
Carboniferous doubtfully of Ohio and Crawford County, Pennsyl-
vania; possibly in the Lower Devonian of Belgium and Devonian
of France.

The writer would acknowledge material assistance from data con-
tained in the species index of the Division of Paleobotany of the
U.S. Geological Survey, in compiling the range and distribution
of the above species.

It will be seen that there is good evidence for considering the
three hundred feet of shales and sandstones included between
Cooley’s quarry, A’, of the section, and the Davidson ‘“ Coal mine
quarry,” A‘, as of Devonian age. On account of the fragmentary
nature of the fossil plants it is rather hazardous to attempt any
close correlation; and yet, after considering the range of the iden-
tified species, it may be deemed comparatively safe to consider this
part of the section as of Middle Devonian age.

About one-half mile east of the Mountain House, on the oppo-
site side of the ridge, and at about the same altitude as the David-
son ‘‘ Coal-mine quarry,” is the Bull quarry, which has been worked
toa considerable extent for flagging-stone. There is very little shale
in the quarry, and it is composed mostly of the blue sandstone.
The dip is about 17° to the southeast, and no fossils were found.

Southeast of the Bull quarry, and sixty feet higher, or about
1015’ A. T., is a ledge of conglomerate. The pebbles are composed
of coarse gray sandstone mixed with white or light-colored quartz,
and are rather angular.

Above this conglomerate, and up to the steep point back of the
Seven Springs Mountain House, the coarse gray, with some bluish-
gray, sandstone appears, alternating with an occasional conglomer-
ate stratum. No red rock was seen in the section. This point is
150/ above the first strong conglomerate ledge, or about 550’ above
Monroe.

On the eastern side of Skunnemunk Mountain poorly preserved
fossils were found in the second railroad cut, about one-fourth mile
north of Woodbury. Most of the rock is the coarse gray sand-
stone; but near the southern end of the cut is about twelve feet of
argillaceous, bluish shale, which is somewhat altered by folding,
and this shale contains fossil plants. Most of the specimens are
Psilophyton princeps Dn.; but in coarse sandstone may be root-
lets of Psilophyton.

The eastern side of Skunnemunk Mountain, to the west of the
railroad, is very steep, the summit of the first ridge being some
600’ above the railroad.'’ The rocks as exposed on this slope con-
sist almost entirely of the coarse gray sandstone, with an occasional
conglomerate stratum containing white quartz pebbles. Very little
shale was seen and no red rocks. Farther to the west the moun-
tain runs up considerably higher.

1 The elevation of the R. R. station is 443’ A. T., according to Mr. Buchholz.

148 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JUNE 6,

This opportunity is taken to put on record a new locality for
fossils in the Hudson shales (?) of Orange County. While waiting
for a train at Greycourt some search was made in the exposures of
blue argillaceous shale along the N. Y., L. E. and W. R. R. for
fossils, but without success. However, in a cut on the Lehigh and
Hudson River Railroad, about one-fourth mile southwest of the
station, a slightly calcareous layer was found in which fossils were
not uncommon. They are more or less distorted by pressure, but
the locality is favorable for excavating in search of specimens.

It appears that fossils have been found at only a few places in
the Hudson stage of Orange County. Mather mentions two locali-
ties at which ‘‘a few specimens of testacea”’ were found ‘near the
villages of Walden and Sugarloaf in Orange County.’ Sugarloaf
is four miles southwest of Greycourt, on the Lehigh and Hudson
River Railway, and Walden is in the northern part of the county.
Fossils were collected at these localities by Mr. Nelson H. Darton,
in 1885, and he added a third locality, Rock Tavern, ten miles west
of Newburgh, and intermediate between the other two places. Mr.
Darton enumerates eight species from near Sugarloaf village, two
from Rock Tavern, and four from near Walden.”

These localities are also mentioned by Mr Darton in a letter
entitled ‘“‘The Taconic Controversy in a Nutshell,” published Janu-
ary 22, 1886.* The fossils contained in these slates Mr. Darton
was inclined to consider as of Trenton age.‘

Professor Cook stated: ‘“‘No fossils have been found in the rock
[ Hudson River slate] in this state [New Jersey ], though they are
abundant in it in some parts of New York ’”®

Mr. Charles D. Walcott, in a paper on “The Value of the term
‘Hudson River Group’ in Geologic Nomenclature,’ states, under
the heading of ‘‘ Discoveries of Recent Years,” that ‘‘ the discovery
of fossils other than graptolites in the dark shales or sandstones of
the Hudson River. group below Albany has been infrequent. Mr.
T. Nelson Dale found a few species at Marlborough, about eight
miles south of Poughkeepsie, in 1879, and Mr. Nelson H. Darton
found a few Trenton-Hudson species twenty-one miles south of
Newburgh [Sugarloaf village], in 1885. On the east side of the
Hudson, Mr. Dale discovered, in an argillaceous schist near Vassar

1 Geol. New York, Pt. I, 1843, p. 369.

2 Am. Jour. Science, 3d ser., vol. xxx, December, 1885, pp. 453, 454.

3 Science, vol. vii, pp. 78, 79.

* See Macfarlane’s Am. Geol. Rail. Guide, 2d edit., 1890, p. 132, f. n. 123;
p- 133, f. n. 130, on Greycourt, where Mr. Darton stated that ‘‘ west of the
Oxford limestone to the Blue, or Shawangunk Mountain. at Otisville there is
a rolling country underlaid by slates, which have been recently found to be
Trenton in age ;’’ also p. 134, f. n. 142, on Craigville, two miles northeast of
Greycourt, see the statement that ‘‘This series of slates, occupying large
areas in Orange County, New York, and extending southward into New Jer-
sey, contains a mixed Hudson River and Trenton limestone fauna, and should
perhaps be designated Trenton.”’

5 Geol. New Jersey, 1868, p. 135.

1892. | ' NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 149

College, an assemblage of fossils much like that reported by Mr.
Darton in Orange County.’”

U. S. Gronocican Survey, May, 1892.

The following papers were then read :—

Notes on the Discovery of Chloroform.
BY OLIVER P. HUBBARD.

In a lecture before the Academy March 21, 1892, on the ‘“‘ Con-
tributions of Organic Chemistry to Modern Medicine,”’ it was stated
“that Leibig was the discoverer of chloroform.” This gave rise to
some discussion and to counter-statements that invalidated the claim
for Liebig.

It is now at least sixty-one years since chloroform was discovered,
and there were three chemists to whom the discovery has been
credited by their friends and in support of their own claims, viz :—

Guthrie in America.
Soubeiran in France.
Liebig in Germany.

In this long period the evidence of priority has become somewhat
obscured.

As I have had a personal knowledge of the American title to
this claim, I have been invited by the Academy to give a narrative
of the facts for record in its Transactions, and I respectfully present
the following.

In August, 1831, I entered the laboratory of Yale College as
Professor Silliman’s assistant, and remained five years.

Professor Silliman had received from Dr. Samuel Guthrie, of
Sackett’s Harbor, N. Y., an ingenious self-taught manufacturing
chemist, a box of his numerous products. At the beginning of
the chemical course in October I opened the box, which contained
chlorate of potash in larger and more beautiful crystals than any
I have to this day seen, numerous varieties of percussion, water-
proof priming-powder, molasses from potatoes, etc., and several
bottles of chloroform distillate in alcohol (chlorie ether). I believe
I was the first person to repeat Guthrie’s process in the course of
lecture illustrations in 1831, and before the labors of Soubeiran and
Liebig.

In 1887, Mr. O. Guthrie, of Chicago, a grandson of Dr. Guthrie,
at the request of the ‘‘ Jefferson County Historical Society,” N. Y.,
prepared ‘‘ Memoirs of Dr. Samuel Guthrie and the History of the
Discovery of Chloroform,” a pamphlet of 35 pages. In this he
has given all the documentary history connected with the work of
Soubeiran and Liebig, from the French and German journals. He
has also collected all the facts and the records in volumes 21 and 22

1 Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., vol. I, April, 1890, p. 344.

150 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JUNE 6,

of the American Journal of Science, included in the correspondence
between Dr. Guthrie and the editor, Professor Silliman, and has
established beyond all doubt or cavil the right of Dr. Guthrie to
the title of ‘‘ Discoverer of Chloroform.”

The following article was also presented :—

Cxicaco, February 6, 1888.
Mr. Chairman and Members of the Chicago Medical Society :—

Your committee appointed to consider the subject of the discovery
of chloroform would respectfully submit the following report :—

There are three claimants to the honor of the discovery—Liebig,
of Germany, Soubeiran, of France, and Guthrie, of America.

LiEBI@’s CLAIM.—Liebig claims to have published his discovery
in November, 1831 (see Liebig’s Annalen, vol. 162, page 161).

SOUBEIRAN’S CLAIM.—Soubeiran claims to have published his
paper on ether bichlorique in October, 1831, in the Annales de
Chimie et de Physique.

Liebig shows (see Liebig’s Annalen, volume 162, page 161) that
the October number of the Annales de Chimie et de. Physique was
delayed in its publication, and that it did not appear until January,
1832. It certainly is evident that it was not published in October, as
it contains the meteorological report for the entire month of October.

GUTHRIE’S CLAIM.—In the January number, 1832, of Silliman’s
American Journal of Science and Art, we find an article by Dr.
Samuel Guthrie, dated September 12, 1831, in which he says: “A
bottle and phial contain alcoholic solution of chloric ether. The
contents of the phial are as strong as I could conveniently prepare
them, but not equal to some w hich I made not long ago.”

In the October number, 1831, of the same journal (page 64, vol.
xxi) we find an article by Dr. Guthrie, without date, upon a
““new mode of preparing a spirituous solution of chlorie ether,” in
which he says: ‘ During the last six months a great number of
persons have drunk of the solution of chloric ether not only freely
but frequently to the point of intoxication.”’

We find a notice to contributors in Prof. Silliman’s journal in
which he says: ‘‘ Communications to be in hand six weeks, or
when long, and especially with drawings, two months before the
publication day.”

Dr. Guthrie’s paper on chlorie ether must then have been in the
hands of the printer in July or August, 1831, and if people had
drunk his chloric ether for six months, it would place the date of
his discovery in the early part of 1831.

We therefore conclude that Dr. Samuel Guthrie is justly entitled
to the honor of first discovering chloroform, and that the publica-
tion of his discovery antedates that of either Liebig.or Soubeiran.

Respectfully submitted,
F. E. WAxHAM,
N.S. Davis, JR.,
E. Wytiys ANDREWS.

1892. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 151

On motion, the report of the Committee was accepted and ordered
printed in the Transactions of the Society.

Wo. T. BELFIELD, FRANK BILLINGS,
President. Secretary.

f= Silliman’s American Journal of Science and Arts was published quar-
terly, on the first of April and July, and the jirst of October and January.
The April and July numbers were bound as one volume, and the October and
January numbers as another. OG:

Historical Notes on the Gold-cure.
BY H. CARRINGTON BOLTON.

Avoiding all discussion of the merits or demerits of the so-called
bichloride of gold cure, now so prominent in the public mind, we
propose to show that the use of gold as a medicine is not so novel
as commonly thought; and by extracts from early writers on chem-
istry and medicine to indicate the opinions held with respect to alleged
‘tinctures of gold’’ at different periods during several centuries.

The precious metal has been employed both externally and in-
ternally, in the metallic state, in solution, and by sympathy, for a
great variety of the ills that flesh is heir to, for over two thousand
years. The train of thought which led the ancients to employ this
highly-prized material can be well told in the quaint language of
the distinguished Dutch physician and chemist, Herrman Boer-
haave; writing about 1725, he says: ‘‘ The alchemists will have
this metal contain I know not what radical balm of life capable
of restoring health and continuing it to the longest period.”” ‘‘ What
led the early physicians to imagine suchewonderful virtue in gold
was that they perceived certain qualities therein which they
fancied must be conveyed thereby into the body; gold for instance
is not capable of being destroyed, hence they concluded it must be
very proper to preserve animal substances and save them from
putrefaction, which is a method of reasoning very much like that
of some fanciful physicians who sought for an assuaging remedy in
the blood of an ass’s ear by reason the ass is a very calm beast.”’
(Shaw’s transl. Boerhaave’s Chemistry, London, 1727, p. 71.)

Something of this sympathetical and mental effect was evidently
sought to be attained in. the very first instance of the administration
of gold recorded in history: ‘‘ And Moses took the [golden] calf
which they had made, and burnt it with fire, and ground it to
powder, and strewed it upon the water, and made the children of
Israel drink of it.” (Exodus, xxxii, 20.)

Pliny in his marvellous compilation ‘‘ Natural History,” written
about 70 A. D., has a paragraph on the “‘ medicinable virtues of gold,”
which in ‘divers waies is effectuall in the cure of many diseases.
For first of all sovereign it is for green wounds, if it be outwardly
applied.’ Pliny describes a form of liniment of gold ‘ torrefied”
with salt and schistis which “ healeth the foule tettar that appeareth

152 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JUNE 6,

‘in the face,’’ fistulas, ete And he alludes to a preparation of gold
in honey which “ doth gently loose the belly if the navel be anointed
therewith.”? And in conclusion Pliny quotes Marcus Varro, who
‘saith that gold wil cause warts to fal off. (Holland’s translation.)

Varro was a friend of Cicero, which carries back this belief in the
efficacy of gold to the first century before Christ.

The Arabian physicians, who for hundred of years possessed
almost exclusive knowledge of chemistry, often record the virtues
of gold as a remedial agent in disease. Geber, who lived in the
eighth century, wrote: ‘ Gold is a medicine rejoycing and conserv-
ing the Body in Youth.” (Russell’s transl., London, 1678, p. 76.)
Avicenna is said to have written in its praise; also Arnold de
Villanova (1235-1312).

The preparation of gold in a potable innocuous form occupied
the attention of the alchemists during several centuries; they com-
monly called it aurum potabile, and ascribed to it not only remedial
virtues, but the power of prolonging life. The quotation from Geber
shows he shared this opinion.

To this elixir of life they gave many fanciful names; Elias Ash-
mole, in his “ Theatrum Chemicum Britannicum,’’ says Saint Dun-
stan calls it the ‘‘Food of Angels,’ and others the ‘‘ Heavenly
Viaticum.”’ Ashmole himself adds: ‘It is undoubtedly the true
Alchochodon or giver of years, for by it man’s body is preserved
from corruption, being thereby enabled to live a long time without
food; nay, ’tis made a question whether any man can die that uses
it.” (Written in 1652.)

The alchemists argued that this golden elixir is not to be made of
vulgar gold, but only from philosophical gold prepared by hermetic
art. Recipes for manufacturing this panacea abound in ‘alchemical
works; they are mostly very tedious, requiring endless repetitions
and much faith on the part of the operator. One of the simplest
methods of preparing aurum potabile is given by Samuel Bolton
in his curious little 16mo. ‘Medicina magica tamen physica,”
published at London in 1650. ‘Put foliated gold into a vessel
well sealed with Hermes’ seal; put it into our fire till it be
calcined to ashes; then sublime it into flores, having his caput
mortuum or black terra damnata in the bottom. Then let that
which is sublimed be with the same degree of fire united to the
same caput mortuum that it may be revived by it, so that all may
be reduced into an Oyle, which is called Olewm Solis. The dose
hereof is two or three grains.”’

This description leaves much to the imagination, and in this
respect differs little from others that we might quote. To non-
chemists, we may add that few of the recipes yield a product con-
taining gold, the metal often remaining in the part thrown away.

Roger Bacon, the Franciscan Friar of the 138th century, to whom
so many wonderful discoveries and inventions have been ascribed,
had deep faith in the virtues of potable gold. Bacon in a commu-
nication to Pope Nicholas IV, informs his Holiness of an old man

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 153

who found some yellow liquor in a golden flask when ploughing
one day in Sicily. Supposing it to be dew he drank it off, and was
immediately transformed into a hale, robust, and higbly- accom-
plished youth. Having abandoned his day-laboring, he was ad-
mitted to the service of the King of Sicily and served the court
eighty years.

The belief in a life-prolonging elixir, sometimes claimed of the
tincture of gold and sometimes of secret preparations, prevailed for
centuries. Even so great a philosopher as Descartes believed he
had attained the art of living a few hundred years; this belief was
shared by some of his friends, and when he died before reaching
sixty years they were convinced that he had been poisoned.

Raymond Lully, a contemporary of Friar Bacon, also experienced
the restorative effect of this fountain of youth, if we can trust the
statement in the curious verses of Sir George Ripley, composed in
1471.

“ An Oyle is drawne owte in colour of Gold,
Or lyke thereto out of our fire Red Lead,
Whych Raymond sayd when he was old
Much more than Gold wold stand hym instede ; :
For when he was for age nygh dede,
He made thereof Aurum Potabile
Whych hym revyvyd as men myght see”.
(Compound of Alchymie. )

Oswald Croll, a German physician of the 16th century, wrote in
1609 in praise of gold asa medicine. I quote the English transla-
tion of his Basilica chymica published at London in 1670.

“Tt is the principal part of a Physician that would Cure the
Sick, first to comfort the Heart, and afterwards assault the Disease.
Those to whom the harmonious Analogy of Superiours and In-
feriours hath been known, and who from suffrages of Astrologers
have learned that to the two greatest Lights of Heaven, the two
principal parts of Man, viz., the Heart and Brain, in things of
Nature latently rests in GOLD..... For Nature hath endowed
Gold with no contemptible virtues, which who so knows how to
draw out, and by ingenious Artifice is able rightly to use, he will
find Gold, which seemed dead and barren, so lively and pregnant
that it germinates and of itself progenerates new Gold.
Whence the true Philosophers have exquisitely prepared a wonderful
and greatly to be desired Medicine with which the impurities of im-
perfect Metals are removed and all vices of affects in uncurable
Diseases of Humane Bodies, perfectly exterminated.” . . .

Croll then says he has tried almost one hundred different prepa-
rations of aurum potabile, and condemns most of them to recommend
bis own, which is fulminating gold, called by him ‘ Calx of Sol.”
His process embraces nauseous ingredients, and the product is free
from gold.

Paracelsus, the physician who did so much to improve materia

Vou. XI.—11

154 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JUNE 6,

medica by introducing chemical medicines, does not neglect gold.
Thurneisser, his disciple (both as respects his teachings and his
charlatanism), made his royal dupes pay enormous sums for the
“tincture of gold’ which entered into his extraordinary prescrip-
tions.

To the use of Royal Touch Pieces (gold coins) in the. reigns of
Charles II., James II., and Queen Anne, mere allusion should be
made.

Christopher Glaser (1663) gives amongst other preparations a
‘‘diaphoretie powder of gold,” and prescribes it for continuous or
intermittent fevers, the dose being four to twelve grains in wine,
or in a spoonful of bouillon. (Traité de la chymie, Paris, 1663.)

Antoine Lecog (or Gallus), a physician of Paris (1540), seems
to have been the first to recommend gold for syphilis. He and his
follower, Fallopius (of Modena, 1565), describe tedious processes
for making preparations of gold. These processes were carefully
repeated about the beginning of this century by Chevallier, a French
pharmacist, who declares the products contain no gold at all.

Lamotte’s “ gold-drops,” celebrated throughout Europe for fifty
years (1725-1780), consisted of a solution of ferric chloride in alco-
hol; this possessed a yellow color, and was universally regarded as
a preparation of gold until the secret was bought and made public
by the Russian government. (Kopp’s Geschichte.)

Frederic Hoffmann, a famous German physician (1733), recom-
mends gold for rheumatic fever.

Johann Rudolph Glauber, the German physician whose name is
indelibly attached to certain “salts,” thought to improve the latter
by adding gold. ... “Inall diseases and infirmities of what name
soever the Spirit or Oil of Salt in which gold is rightly dissolved (or
the Aurum Potabile made with it), giveth present help, and in all
dejections of the vital spirit . . . it giveth such relief that life and

vigor may be somewhat farther protracted if two, three, or four
drops be administered as occasion shall serve in good Aqua Vitee
or Cordiall Water. In like manner if three drops be administered
once a week in generous wine or aqua vitw, or other fit vehicle, it
renovateth a man, makes him youthful, changeth gray hairs, pro-
duceth new nails and skin, preserveth from various and diverse
symptoms of diseases, and preserveth the body in such a state even
to the prefixed hour of the Divine appointment.” This is quoted by
Glauber from Conrad Khunrath, in his ‘“‘Medulla Distillatoria :”

- “T some time since administered this oil of gold for eight or
ten days successively to an infant for the freeing his body from
mercury.’ « (Glauber’s Works, Packe’s transl., London, 1869.)

Robert Boy le, in his Usefulness of Natural E xperimental Philoso-
phy (1663), expresses doubts as to the “strange excellency” of
aurum potabile, remarking that “learned physicians and chymists
have pronounced the preparation of potable gold as itself unfeasi-
ble.” And he adds: ‘I should much doubt whether such a potable
gold would have the prodigious vertues its encomiasts ascribe to it

ee ee ee eae a

——

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 155

and expect from it; for I finde not that those I have yet met with
deliver these strange things upon particular experiments duly made,
but partly upon the authority of chymicall books, many of which
were never written by those whose name they bear.”’ He then
proceeds to blame physicians for using expensive medicines, and
says ‘‘’t were a good work to substitute cheap ones for the poorer
sort of patients.”

The change of opinion as respects the therapeutic value of gold,
foreshadowed in the quotation from the astute Boyle, is well shown
by comparing the passages on the subject in two different editions of
Lémery’s ‘“‘ Cours de chymie,” one publisked in 1680 and one in
1730. In the earlier edition of Lémery’s very successful work we
read :—

“Gold is a good remedy for those that have taken too much mer-
cury, for these two metals do easily unite together, and by this union
or amalgamation the mercury fixes and its motion is interrupted.
(p. 25)... . Aurum fulminans causes sweat and drives out
ill humors by transpiration. It may be given in the small pox
two to six grains in a lozenge or electuary. Itsstops vomiting and .
is also good to moderate the active motion of mercury.” (Harris’s
translation, London, 1680, p. 9.)

And in the later edition, the eleventh of the series, Lémery, or his
editor, makes a very different statement.

“Potable gold, so much praised by the alchemists and sold so
dear by them, is commonly only a vegetable or mineral tincture
of a color resembling gold, and as they make this tincture with a
spirituous menstruum it sometimes excites perspiration. This effect
they ascribe to the gold, although the metal has rarely anything to
do with it.” (1730.)

In the works of Dr. Caspar Neumann a passage occurs that ex-
presses so clearly the present views of many, that it is hard to realize
it was written nearly one hundred and fifty years ago. Neumann
writes :—

‘Gold has been imagined to be possessed of extraordinary medic-
inal virtues, and many preparations, diginified with the name of
this precious metal, have been imposed upon the public. But the
virtues ascribed to gold have apparently no other foundation than
credulity and superstition, and most of the golden medicines have
no gold in them. Evén when gold has been employed in the prepa-
ration there is seldom any of it retained in the product. We may
say with Ludovici: ‘It is better to make gold out of medicines than
medicines out of gold.’” (Lewis’s transl., London, 1759, p. 38.)

An abstract of the report of the Joy Memorial Committee was
read by Prof. Martin; the full report will be presented in October.

Dr. Bouton announced the death of Prof. A. W. von HorrMan,
the distinguished chemist, an Honorary Member of the Academy.

Prof. Rees announeed the death of Dr. L. M. Ruruerrurp, the

156 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JUNE 6,

distinguished astronomer, a member of the Academy, and made
some brief remarks on his lifework.

Prof. Regs was appointed a committee of one to draw up suit-
able resolutions for presentation to the Academy.

Meeting adjourned to first Monday in October.

The following papers received too late for publication in their
proper places are printed at the close of this volume.

The Railway Problem in China.

BY JOHN A. CHURCH, E. M.
(Abstract. )

Mr. Cuurcu stated that there were but two roads in operation in
China, one of small account on the Island of Formosa, and one at
Tientsin, about 80 miles in length, built to transport coal from the
mines to the coast. The history of the building of this road, its
gradual extension from a short line, seven miles long, operated by
mule-power, to a full-fledged railway, is very interesting. Some idea
of its usefulness may be gained from the fact of its having carried
2,000,000 passengers since 1888, when it was completed. This line
now carries 1500 passengers daily, 900 tons coal, 100 tons general
freight, and 250 tons stone, lime, etc., most of which is used in ex-
tending the road. This extension will take the road to Yung Ping,
a city on Lan River, and ultimately to Shan Hai Kwan, the sea-
board fortress at the end of the Great Wall. The capital value is
now about 2,000,000 ta. of about $1.13 each.

There are several reasons for the opposition to railways in China.

Ist. A fear that the lines may be used by invaders in penetrating -
the country in case of war; for that reason it is forbidden to con-
struct roads along the coast, or penetrating the interior.

2d. A settled policy that all roads built must be constructed by
the Chinese from materials produced in China, and the roads must
be controlled by their own people.

Lastly, the superstition of the people that the burial places of
their ancestors will be desecrated by the operation of these roads.

There is no doubt that such a radical change in the means of
transportation would temporarily disturb the existing channels of
employment for thousands of people.

The question of home production of railway steel, for the Chinese
will have none but the best materials, seems to be insurmountable,
for the sources of iron and coal are remote from the coast, in places
inaccessible without railroads, or are not convenient to each other,
or those deposits easily reached are unsuited for steel-making.

Mr. Church stated that the production of iron in China amounted
to 500,000 tons per annum, a fact unknown to the world at large.

1892. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 157

The Natural Dyes as Applied to Wool.
BY H. T. VULTE AND D. W. WARD.

The work described in this brief memoir was undertaken some
five years ago, and from causes unseen at that time the publication
has been delayed until the present.

As originally designed, the work was merely the preparation of
a large series of samples of wool dyed with various natural dye-
stuffs and common mordants as an exhibit of this branch of the
dyer’s art now rapidly going out of use.

During the prosecution of the work it was seen that a valuable
comparative method of testing these dyes might be evolved from
the facts as recorded in the results of these tests.

The samples were prepared from pieces of woollen flannel of known
purity weighing ten grams each, washed, mordanted in the proper
baths, washed again, and dyed in a bath of the dye carefully pre-
pared, the conditions differing with the various dyestuffs.

225 samples were made, with 5 mordants, the list including the -
following dyestuffs :—

Brazil-wood, Catechu,
Peach-wood, Quercitron,
Lima-wood, Barberry root,
Bar-wood, Sumach,
Sapan-wood, Saffron,
Cam-wood, Weld,
Hypernic, Fustic,
Cudbear, ; Turmeric,
Cochineal, Persian berries,
Madder, Logwood,
Anatto, Tannin.

Lac,

The method proposed for testing or valuation of a dyestuff is
briefly as follows :—

For instance, logwood: Ten grams of flannel are mordanted with
alumina sulphate for one hour at 212° F., then cooled, washed, and
divided in two equal parts; one part is dyed in a 10 per cent. bath
of standard chips for one hour at 212° F. and the other part in a
10 per cent. bath of the. logwood to be tested under the same con-
ditions. The two pieces are finally removed from their respective
baths, dried, and compared as to shade. It is well to have a few
samples of 1, 24, and 5 per cent. standard dye for comparison.
With a little practice the shade may easily be matched within 1
per cent. It is best always to choose the brilliant shades for com-
parison. I have had no difficulty in keeping standard samples,
provided they are protected from strong sunlight.

The following formule used in these tests will be found inter-

158 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JUNE 6,

esting. The figures are always based on the 10 gram swatch of
wool ;—

BRAZIL-WOOD.

No. 1 (10106, 10107 R, 10108 mc
Wood : , . 5.0 gms.
Alum : : ; : : - 0.4 gm:
KC LO ‘ : ; ‘ 2 Qe. Fe
14 hours at 100° C.

Bluish-red.—No. 10106.
‘Mordant Al,(SO,), . : ; . 0.4 gm.
K,C,0; 0:2 i
Boil 1-14 hours, wash, dy e in separate bath 4 _] hour at 80°-100°
C. 5.0 gms. dye-wood; add to dye-bath 0.6— if 2 gms. CaCQO,, also
solution of glue. (See Lima-wood. )
Peach-wood same.

. 2 (10112) K,Cr,0.

: 0.38 gm
Boil for 14 ‘hours ; take out, wash, ‘and boil i in 1 the dve- bath
Wood . : : : : . 5.00 gms.
for 1 hour.
No. 1 (10110) FeSO,.
Boil in a bath of the
Wood . : . 95.00 gms.
for 1 hour, then “‘ sadden” in a bath of
HeESOn . : - : . 05005 ear

Boil for $ hour.

No. 2 (10111) CuSO,.
Same as above, but use CuSO, instead of Iron.
CusO0;, \. : : F : . 9.8000 gm.

No. 3 (10109) SnCl,.
Boil in the mordant for 1 hour.

SnCl, ; 3 ; E ‘ . 0.100 gm.
Tartar. : : ‘ . 1.600 gms.
Take out, wash, and dye ,
Wood. i : : 77 S60 ab O0 game:
Boil for 1 hour.
HYPERNIC.
Stannic tin.
SnCl, (10030) . ; : F én v0
Tartar (10031) : ; : . 3.0 gms.
HCl (10047) . . : : 4, (eee rary.

Water, dist. . : : : SS alitere:

1892. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
Boil for 14 hours; take out, wash, and dye in a bath of
Wood : : : : : | -1.0'ems.
Water, dist. . ; . 1.5 litres.
Boil for 1 hour with frequent agitation ; take out and wash.
Red-wood same way, but use 8. "0 gms. of wood.
No. 10162.
Boil in a bath of
Wredad: (2, . 6.000 gms,
for 1 hour, then wash and sadden in the alumina bath
Al,(SO,), : : : : . 1.000 gms.
Boil for 1 hour.
No. 10161.
Boil in CuSO, for 14 hours
Cuso, : . 0.800 gm.
Take out, wash, and dye i ina ‘separate bath
Wood. “ : : : . 6.00 gms.
Boil for 14 hours.
PEACH-WOOD.
No. 1 (10150, 10151) K,Cr,O,.
pOr.O, 3: . 0.300 gm.
Boil for 14 ‘hours ; take out, wash, and dye i in a separate bath
Wood ‘ ; é : : . 4.000 gms.
No. 2. Same as No. 1, using
Wood - 6.000 gms.
No. 1. Al,(SO,),.
Al,(SO,), ; : P s . 06.400 gm.
ECO . ‘ 0.200 <<
Boil 14 hours ; take out and wash ; dye i in a separate bath
Wood. : : : : . 4.000 gms.
No. 2. Same as No. 1, using
Wood : : , - ‘ - 6.000 gms.
No. eae 10156, 10157, Al, Sn, and Tartar.
Al,(SO,), : . 0.600 gm.
SnCl, i : : , ; OL OOF
Tartar 3 ‘ : . steal | TS 0) A
(1) 40 per cent. of wood.
(2) 60 ‘e “c “c
(3) 20 “ec “cc “ce

No. 3 (10155) Al.

Boil in a bath of
Wood ; : : I , . 6.000 gms.
Chalk ™ : : : ; . 0.600 gm.

159

160 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JUNE 6,
for one hour; take out, wash, and sadden in a bath of
A1,(SO,), : : ; ; . 0.600 gm.
Tartar.) : : 4 i O00,

Boil for 3—? hour.

No. 4 (10154) SnCl,,.
Boil in a bath of

SnCl, 3 : s : : . 0.200 gm.
Tartar. : : ; ; » 02500 TS
(HET): ) ; qs8:

for 14 hours; take out, wash, and dye i in a bath of
Wood : . 6.00 gms.

Boil for 1 hour. Use distilled ace
No. 1 (10153) FeSO,.

Boil with
Wood) : F ‘ : ‘ - , 6.00. ome
Cacor . 0.800 gm.
for 1 hour; take out, wash, and isniiden eat
FeS Ona : : ; : . ~ 0:500 “om:
Tartar ; 3 : : Z «. QS00> 55
Boil for 4 hour.
No. 2. CuSO,.
Boil with
Wood ; ‘ : : : . 6.000 gms.
Chalk : . 0.800 gm.

for 1 hour; take out, wash, a eedden in a bath of
“CuSO, : : : : . . 0.800 gm.
Boil for } hour.

REDWOoD.
INO:
Keer On. ; : ; ; 0.200 gm.
Boil for 14 hours, and dye in a separate bath
Wood) ; : ; : . 4.0-8.0 gms.

No. 2 (10115) Alumina.

Boil the wool first with 2.0-8.0 gms. of the wood for 1 to 14

hours; then boil in a separate bath of

Al,(SO,), : : : - . 0.100 gm.
BAR-Woop.

No. 1 (10113) SnCl,.
SnCl, : : : ‘ : . 0.100 gm
Tartar : : ; : .- 16. ems
(HCI) s : q. Ss.

Boil for 15 hours; take out, w vash, and dye i in a separate bath
Wood. . ‘ «' 8.00 gms.

Boil for 1 hour. Use distilled water.

i

1892. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

No. 2 (10114) CuSO,.
Boil with wood for 1 hour

Wieod sso ; : : : . 8.00 gms.

then sadden in a bath of
CuSO, 2 : : : : . 0.800 gm.
Boil for 4 hour.

No. 3. Same as No 2, but sadden with
FeSO, . : : : . 0.500 gm.

No. 4.
SnCl, 1.6° , : : ; ne,
Tartar 4.

161

Mordant 13-2 hours; wash and boil 1-2 hours. 4.0-8.0 gms.

wood.
Bar-wood = Crimson.
Cam-wood = Purplish-red.
Sanders-wood — Yellow-red.

Stuffing and Saddening.—Boil with
Wood : : , 8.0 gms.
Water, dist. : -) 125 liters
for 1 hour; take out, wash, and ‘sadden in a bath of
’ Sn0l, : : : ‘ : ge | |
HCl ‘ : . ~ ee
Water, dist. ie

Boil 2 hour ; take out and wash thoroughly.

oN

gm
ee
lit iters.

Nic-woop.
Nohk Ker 0...
Boil with
K,6r;0,, - . 0.300 gm.
for 14 hours ; “take out, wash, and dye in a bath of

Wood . . 5.000 gms.

Boil for 1 hour.

Nos2; FeSQ-
Boil witb the wood first

Wood... . 5.000 gms.

‘for 1 hour; take out, wash, and sadden with: ‘a bath of
FeSO, : . : : : . 0.400 gm.
Boil for ? hour,

No. 3. CuSQ,.
Same as No. 2, only sadden with

CuSO, . ; - - : . 0.400 gm.
Boil for 2 hour.

162 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JUNE 6,

No. 4. SnCl,.
Boil in a bath of
SnCl, é : : : : . 0.2000 gm.
Tartar,’ 4: e d : ‘ . 6.4000 “
HCl : : ; : ; : ath
for 14 hours; take out, wash, and boil in a bath of
; Wood. : ; . 9.000 gms.

See ee eee

No 5. Al(S0)),.
Boil in the mordant for 14 hours

Al,(SO,), . : 4 : . 0.600 gm.

Tartar < . ; : : ‘ .. “OS 00 sie
Take out, wash, and boil for 1 hour.

Woods 5 é é : . 95.000 gms.

LIMA-Woop.
No. 10142, 10148.

Wood . : : ° : .» 5100. ~ pias
Boil for 1 hour; then take out, wash, and sadden with

CuSO, ... : : : : . 0.800 om:
Boil for 14 hours.
No. 10141.

Wood). : ; : : - 5:00 emis
Boil for 1 hour; take out and sadden in a bath of

eSO, 0.500 gm.

Boil for 1 hour.
No. 1.

Dye-wood : : : : ., 5:00 Fy eins

Al,(SO,)s K : : . . 0.400 gm.

, : : 0,200

2-2-4
14 hours, 100° C.

Purplish slate.—No. 2 (10148, 10144, 10149) 0.3 gm. K,Cr,O

Wash and dye in a separate bath i

Dye-wood : ; ; é »/ 1:00 “emis
Brown.—No. 3.

Dye-wood. - : , : . 5.00 gms.

Chalk. “> .. ee at (22) em.

3-5 per cent. Chalk makes shade bluer.

Bluish-red.—No. 4 (10140).
Al,(SO,), 5 : ‘ : = AG gm.
Cream Tart. . ‘ , ; Ove sf
Chalk ’ : 4 5 : mabey (185) 3

1892. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 163

Wash and dye in separate bath 4-1 hour 80°-100° 4.0-60 gms.
dye-wood; add 2-6 per cent. Chalk. Brighter reds by adding to
mordanting bath 1 per cent. SnCl, and same amount old Fustic.

CAM-WooD.

Claret-brown.—No. 1 (10120), 40 per cent. No. 2 (10121), 80
per cent.

0.5-2.0 gm. K,Cr,O, dye in separate bath 4.0-8.0 gms. dye-
wood; or,

Boil wool 1-2 hours in bath of 4.0-8.0 gms. of dye-wood, to a
very full brownisb-red color; then in same, or, better, separate
bath of 0.2 gm. K,Cr,O, 3 hour.

Pink.—No. 3 (10122) 10 per cent. No. 4 (10123), 40 per cent.
No. 5 (10124), 80 per cent.

Boil with 1.0 gm. wood 1-2 hours and dye in 1.0 gm. A1,(SO,),
in separate bath.

40 per cent., red; 80 per cent., deep red.

No. 1 (10125) SnCl,.

SnCl, ‘ ; : é : . 0.100 gm.
Tartar . ; : ; ; oe SOOO"
(HCl). : : Be k= 8

Boil for 14 hours; take out, wash, ond von in a separate bath
Wood. ; . 5.00 gms.

Boil for 1 hour. Use disalied ano

No. 2 (10125) CuSO,.
Boil in a bath of the wood for 1 hour.

Wood. . : ; ; ; . 5.000 gms.
Caco. : : + ~ O00 oni.
Take out, wash, and sadden with
‘uso, : r : : : Se eO S001
Boil for 4 hour.
No. 3. FeSO,.
The same as No. 2 , but use FeSO, ; . 0.500 gm.

SAPAN-WOOD.
No. 10135, 10136. Sn.

sacl. 5.4 ‘ : ; é . 0.100 gm.

Tartar . . 1.600 gms.
Boil for 14 hours; take out, WwW vash, and dye i in a bath of.

Wood . . 5.00 gms.

No lime-salts must be present. Use distilled water.

164 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JUNE 6,

No. 10138.
uSO, . 0.800 gm.
Boil for 14 hours ; take out, wash, ‘and dye i in a bath of
Wood . : : : ‘ . 5.000 gms.
Chalk. c : : : . 0.800 gm.

Boil for 1 hour.

Nore.—To mordant wool efficiently with Aluminium Sulph., pre-
pare the following solution :—
: d : : : 1000.00 gms.
Al,(SO,), ; : : é <*, SOUR
Tartar : -- pn OU
Immerse the wool in the cold solution ; raise the temperature
gradually to the boiling-point in the course of 1-1} hours; continue
boiling $ hour longer, then wash well.

CocHINEAL.
Reddish-purple.—No. 1 (10065).
CusO, . ac) -@ 1.00.e08
Boil ? hour; take out and soni sei
Cochineal : : : ‘ «does

in separate bath. Boil 1 hour.

Purplish slate.—No. 2 Go:
Reso, ~~ 5 ; : 7 0.3¥.eme
Partather : . 2.00 gms.
Boil 2 hour; take out, wash, ‘dye i in separate bath for 1 hour at
100° C.
Cochineal ; : : : :). £2 seme:

Purple.—No. 8 (10064).

SOO ain. < - : . --) O03 me
K,C,0, : : ; 740-4
Cochineal : : : 1.2 gms.
Enter flannel at 50° C.; raise to boil; boil 1 hour.
Cochineal Spirits.—No. 1 (10050).
HCl : : : : ; 100 gms
Site : : : : ae me
Cochineal ; : 1.0 gm.
Tartar . ‘ : : : a OSD ees
Spirits 15 gms.

Boil 20 minutes, cool down; enter wool, boil 1 hour; soak over
night.

No. 10051. Same, using 0.5 dye, 0.3 Tartar, 0.8 ce. Spirits.

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 165
No. 10052. Same, using 0.1 dye, 0.1 Tartar, 0.2 ce. Spirits.

No. 2 (10061, 10062).

FeSO, : : : : : - OS lem,
Tartar : Oars

Boil ? hour; take out, wash, and dye i in separate bath for 1 hour
Cochineal : : ‘ : : sds?) ome:

Cochineal crimson.

ALGO x ' : : : . 0.4 gm.

Tartar : : a Oia 4 3°
Mordant; wash and dye is 13 hours:

Cochineal . é : : : Ea Se Sate

Scarlet.—No. 1.

Mordant 1-14 hours with 0.6 gm. SnCl,, 0.4 gm. Tartar; wash,
and dye in 0.5 gm. Cochineal 1-1} hours; enter wool in mordant-
ing and dye-baths at 50° C. and raise gradually to boiling.

No.
Baih 4 full of water.
H,C,0, : : : ; : . 06° om.
SnCi, : : : : ; ye SEONG! tt
Cochineal. . , ‘ ; : QoL ie

Boil 5-10 minutes; fill bath with cold H,0O; introduce wool;
heat to boiling 2-1 hour; boil 4 hour.

Use SnCl, in solution. A moderate amount of HCl is advan-
tageous.

Cochineal Spirits.—No. 10050.

Cochineal (10014). , : . 1.000 gm.
Tin Spirits (10040). ; ' <7 OOO: oS
Water, dist. : 5 . —L.5 liters:

Mix the Cochineal (ground) with water to a thin paste; add Tin
Spirits, dilute with water, heat to boiling, and continue 15 minutes;
then cool to 180° F., enter wool, raise to boiling, and continue for
1 hour, or until the bath is exhausted; allow to cool in the bath,
then take out and wash in warm water.

No. 10059, 10060.
~ Cochineal with K,Cr,O, 0.2 gm. and 0.3 gm. H,SO, cone. gives
purple.

Cochineal crimson.—No. 1 See
ALGSO)S.. : : 12) 0:4 gm.
Tartar. ; : : : we,
Boil 1-14 hours.

166 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JUNE 6,

No. 2.
Cochineal . : : ‘ . 8.0-15.0 gms.

Cochineal scarlet.—No. 2 (10054, 10055).

First method: Mordant 1-15 hours with 0.6 gm. SnCl, eryst.,
0.4 Tartar; wash, and dye in 1.2 gms. Cochineal 1-1} hours; enter
wool in mordanting and dye-baths at 50° C. and raise gradually to
boiling.

No. 3 (10056).
Second method: Bath 4 full of water

Oxalic Acid. : - F . 0.8 gm.
1; a , : ~~ CBG
Ground Cochineal. . |» ko ome:

Boil for 5-10 minutes; then fill bath with cold w ater, introduce
wool, heat to boiling-point (7-1 hour), and boil $ hour. Bath not
exhausted in this method.

Deficiency of tin causes dull bluish-red; an excess makes the
scarlet paler.

Lac.
Dye : . : : ; - 1.00 gm:
SnCl, ; : ’ : ‘ . 0.600 mee
HCl , : : : ; so es:
Oxalic Acid. 0.600 om.

Boil 15 hours. Add the HCl to the dye and allow to stand over
night.

Chromium.
Cr. O.7).: : : 2) Oem
Same amount of Lac as above. Mordant; wash, and dye in
separate bath 14 hours.

Alumina.
AL (SOR). : : : : ., U4 em:
Tartare : : 2 . , Oconee
Mordant; wash, and dye.
Copper.
uSO, 1.0 gm
Tron,
Peso, .. : : ; : . 0.8 gm.
Tartar 2.0 gms.

ee eee,

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 167

Scarlet Lac Spirits.

Solution—

BNO... : a A : . 20 gms.
HCl : ‘ : : : re Ons
H,O : ; : ; : PA ce
So. 2 ; ‘ : : <opebpa:
Lac ; , : : Pee Sas
Tartar +. , : ‘ ; 2) Ae mM.
Spirits 1.5 gms

Boil 20 eA cool down; enter wool, boil 1 ho our; soak over

night.

No. 2 (10068, 10069).
Dye : : : : ga Aves.
SnCl, : . F : : 3 yy OLG.em.
Oxalic Acid. : . 2 a Oe aes. s
HCl ges!

Boil 14 hours. Enter wool cold; raise to boil slowly.
Note well.—Add HCl, 4 or 5 drops, to about 25 ce. H,O; rub
this up with the dye and allow to stand over night. :

MADDER.
Red.—No. 1 (10077).
Mordant first—
Al,(SO,), 0.6-1 0 gm.
Tartar é f ‘ : 2A 5=0:8). 04%
Madder . 6.0-8.0 gms.
Begin dyeing at 40° C.; ; raise to 80°-100° C. dur ring 1 hour,

continue 1 ‘hour, wash, and dry.

The shade is ‘brownish-red, brightened by adding small amount
SnCl, to dye-bath at close of operation ; better colors, 1-2 per cent.
weight of Madder in Chalk.

The best results are obtained at 80° C.; add 0.6 gm. Sumach to
bring out color.

abe ange.—No. eh coed ea

SnCl, : : et NOLS vert.

Tartar ee ; ; - ae) ah

Madder 6.0 gms
No, 2a. Same (single ee

SnCl, ; ; : : = 20.4. gm:

EC; H Oe 0.2
Brown.

CuSO, . : : : : + (HOG: pr hits

Tartar: f " ; é a eh arcs **

Mordant and dye.

168 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JUNE 6,

Dark brown.
FeSO, . : : ; : . § 0.8 °em- )
SITE peo a a Nee 0 |
Mordant and dye.

Reddish-brown.—No. 10077.

ECri@, ; : ; ; . 0.3 gm.
Mordant; wash, and dye in separate bath of

Madder . : ; : ; . ) 6:04eme
No. 10076.
Dye with Madder alone at 80°C., using

Madder . ; . 6.00 gms.

In the second batch no Sumach was used; all samples were treated
in a bran-bath for 5 minutes at 70° C. to brighten and fix; used dis-
tilled water and Chalk.

OrcHIL (CUDBEAR).
Neutral bath:
Acid bath with H,SO,.
Alkaline bath with soap solution.

ANATTO.

Dye at 50° C., with soap for pale shades.
Dye at 80°-100° C., without addition, for dark shades.

No. 1 (10233).
Dye : : : z : -. 200 emg
Add soap; dye at 50° C. (use soap solution).

No. 2 (10234).
Dye ; ; ; : : . 4.00 gms.
Same as above.

No. 3 (10235).
Dye : ‘ : ; ¢ . 6.00 gms.
No soap.

No. 4 (10236).
Dye : : ; : . 8.00 gms.
No soap.
WELD.
Old gold.—No. 1 (10248).
CLO. ; : : . 0.2 gm.

2

1892. } NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 169

Mordant; wash, and a in si agates bath
Weld :

: . 6.0 gms,

Chalk . : : 3 ; » .035gm.
No. 2 (10250).

Al,(SO,), : 0.4 gm.
Mordant ; wash, and one in separate bath with

Weld : ; é ; . 4.5 gms.

1 hour at 80°-90° C.

No. 3.

San es! oo : : ; . 0.8 gm.
Mordant; wash, and dye in separate bath

Weld : A : : A . 4.5 gms.
No. 4 (10249).
Same, with

CuSO, . : . : : - > MG gan:

Chalk. ; : : : eden eda
No. 5.
Same, with

HesO, . : : : , . 0.4 gm.

Tartar. : : : - 7b eae
Old Gold.

mCeO. 0.2 gm.

Mordant and “dye in separate bath with 0.6 gm. ‘Weld; add
3.0 gms. Chalk to dye-bath.

Yellow.—Mordant 1-2 hours with 0.4 gm. Al,(SO,),; wash, and
dye in separate bath with decoction of 5.0-10.00 gms. Weld for
20-60 minutes at 80°-90° C.

Prepare bath just before dyeing; chop the Weld, put in bags,
and boil in soft water 3-1 hour; add 0.4 gm. Chalk before dyeing.

Brighter yellows are ‘obtained by mordanting with 0.8 gm. SnCl,.

Also, single bath similar to cochineal scarlet gives bright yellows.

Yellowish-olive.-—Mordant with 0.6 gm. CuSO,; add 0.2-0.8 gm.
CaCO, or 0.4 gm. FeSO, and 0.3 gm. Tartar, with Chalk.

Fustic.

Use water-bath.

No. 1 (10169, 10170).

Ke Cr.0y . 0.4 gm

Boil 1-14 hours ; dye in separate bath at 100° C., 20-80 per cent.
Wood.

This will yield a brownish or olive-yellow.

Vou. XI.—12

170 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JUNE 6,
Yellow.—-No. 2 eC te pee in sa
Al,(SO,), : 0.4 gm.
HCO): : ers gr : => MORDtae
Wood. A : . 2-4 gms.

Dye 1-14 hours at 80°-100° C.
The addition of Tartar deepens, but dulls the color.

Yellow.—No. 3 (10173, 10174, 10175).
Al,(SO,), : ... 0.32gm:
Mordant 1-14 hours at 100° ©. and wash ; dye-bath, 2-4 gms.
Wood; work in “this for 3-3? hour at 80°-90° 0.
By using 0.2-0.3 gm. SnCl, crystals with the alum, much brighter
colors can be obtained. (See No. 4.)

Yellow.—No. 4 yore 10177, ceonley
Al,(SO,), - : «. , 0.8: mms
SnCl, : 3, . Ota

Enter into bath at 50° ©. , heat gr adually to 100° for 1-15 hours, —

and dye as in No. 3.

Yellow.—No. 5 (10179, Amita

SnCl, : : : . 0.8 gm.

Tartar. . oe: OLSRE
Treat 1-14 hours at 100° C., wash, and dye i in a bath of

Wood : . 8-4 gms.

treating 30-40 minutes at 80°-100° ©.

Yellow.—No. 6 (10181) feingle aie
Wood)» 5 4.00 ts
SnCl, : , ys EN |B asl
Tartar. 3 : : . ht) Os. Me
Oxalic Acid. 0:2. ae
Avoid prolonged dyeing, especially at 100° C., as the tannin
injures the colors; to avoid this trouble use solution of glue to ex-
tent of 4-8 per cent. of the dye-wood.

Olives.—No. 7 (10182) (single bath).
CuSO

miaes : : - : . 0.6 gm.
Tartar ~ 7. 3 : : 4 eran
Wood y 5 z : 4 Pe: a)

Or omit Tartar.

No. 8 (10183).
Mordant and dye, using same bath.

No. 9 (10184, 10185).
BesOe
Tartar

Mordant and dye.

gm.

Se
oo CO

il te ee lee fl Ber ew pall

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 171

No. 10 (10186, 10187) (single bath).
Use no Tartar.

Brownish or olive-yellow.—No. 1.
K,Cr,0, 0.400 gm.
Boil 1-14 hours and dye i in separate bath 1- 1A hours at 100° C:,
2.0-8.0 gms. dye.

Yellow.—No. 2 (single bath).
1-14 hours at 80°-100° C.

Al,(SO,), . 0.4 gm.
CG; : : : : EHO ites
Wood ; . 2.0-4.0 gms.
The addition of Tartar deepens, but dulls color.

No. 3.

Mordant 1-14 hours with 0.8 gm. Al,(SO,),, wash, and dye 3-3
hour at 80°-90° C., 2.0-4.0 gms. dye.

By using 0.2-0.3 gm. SnCl, with the alum much brighter colors
are obtained.

No. 3.

Mordant 1-14 hours with 0.8 gm. SnCl, erystals and 0.8 gm.
Tartar, wash, and dye in separate bath 30-40 minutes at 80°-100°
C., 2.0-4.0 gms. Wood.

- QUERCITRON.

Use Flavin; 1 Fl. —16 Quer.
Canary-yellow.—N 0. 1 (10194, 10196).
Boil 3—? hour in solution of
SnCl, : : : : - =) O38) am,

H,0,0,
Take out wool and add 0.100. em. Flavin mixed toa paste; boil
5-10 minutes, re-enter wool, and continue to boil 3-1 hour.
Oxalic acid may be replaced by Tartar or Tartaric Acid. More
SnCl, yields brighter and redder ‘shades.

Bright orange.—No. 2 (10195, 10197).
Same as above, using
Flavin. : : : : poses gral

Quercitron Bark.
Olive-yellow.—No. 3 (10198, 10199).
EK CrOe 4: 2) Or El.
Mordant 1-14 hours, wash, and dye i in separate bath
Quercitron ; : : . 4.0 gms.

172 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JUNE 6,

No. 4. Same as above; use
Quercitron , : . : . _»8:0-ems.

Yellow. Wau 2 eee (single cco

SO,)s . : . 0.4 gm.
36,0; : : ; q «( OS
Quercitron : : , . 20 emis:

Dye for 1-14 hours at 80°-100° C.

No. 6 (10201).

Mordant 1-14 hours with 0.8 gm. Al,(SO,),, wash, and dye in
separate bath 4—? hour at 80°-90° C., 4.0 gms. Bark.

No. 7 (10202).

CusO, °-: 0.6 gm.
Mordant, wash, and dye in separate bath of —
Quereitron ; . 4.0 gms.

for 3-2 hour at 80°-90° C.

Quercitron Spirits.—No. 10203.

Quercitron Bark . 3 5 .. 1.00 gm:
Tartar. : : : : i Ot Tee
SnCl, : ; 5 : ; ab | 2) (2

(Same as Lac scarlet. )
Boil 20 minutes, cool down, enter wool, and boil 1 hour.
The bark was put in a bleeding bag and soaked over night.

SUMACH.
No. 1. Reddish-brown.—No. 10188.
Fer O.. - . 0.3 gm.
Mordant 1-14 hours, wash, and dye i in separate bath.
Sumach . . 4.0 gms.

Avoid too high heat and add elue solution.

‘ellow.—No. 2 (10189).
Hee ye : 7 5 : . - 0.82em:
H C AO oS - Oder
Mordant 13 3 ‘hour and take out wool ; add 4 gms. Sumach, boil

10 minutes, re-enter wool, and boil 3-1 foun

No. 3 (10190).

Al,(SO,), 0.8 gm.
Mordant 1-14 hours, Ww ash, and dye i in separate bath of
Sumach . é ; : : . 4.0 gms.

4-2 hour at 80°-90° C.

1892. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 175

No. 4 (10191) (single bath).

Al,(SO,)s 0.4 om
bie feet 4 * 0.2 %
Sumach . F 4.0 gms
Dye 1-15 hours at 80°- 90° C.
No. 5 (10193).
FeSO, . : ‘ , : *° 0:8 erm.
Tartar See Oe gues
Mordant, wash, and dye i in separate bath of
Sumach . . 4.0 gms.
for 1-14 hours at 80°-90° Cc.
No. 6 (10192).
CuSO, . : 2 2 O67 em:
Mordart, wa ash, and dye in separate bath of
Sumach . : j ; . 4.0 gms.
for 1-14 hours at 80°-90° C.
PERSIAN BERRIES.
No. 1 (10214, 10215, 10216, 10217).
SnCl, : : : ‘ : =. Ot em,
artar ~ |. : ; 4 ; SRO PRE
Persian Berries : EOF
Boil 4—? hour and remove wool; ‘add berries, boil 10 minutes,

and add fal bulk of cold water ; remove to water- bath, enter wool,
and treat 1 hour at 80°-90° C.

No. 2 (10218, 10219, 10220, 10221).
Same, using

Persian Berries - . : . 4.0 gms.
SnCl, , ; : : ; se OSke Mm.
Tartar. ; ‘ : : a Je ae Pe

No. 3 (10222, 10223, 10224).
Same as No. 1; use 0.2 gm. H,C,O, instead of Tartar.

No. 4.
Same as No. 2; use H,C,O, instead of Tartar.

Yellow.—No. 5 (10212).
Al1,(SO,), . ; : ; of ot 0.8. ermic
Persian Berries : . . - 4.0 gms.
Treat as in No. 1.

174 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JUNE 6,

No. 6 (10213).
FeSO, . d : : : . 04 em:
Tartar f : s ; ik Meee eee
Persian Berries

Treat as in No. 1.

TURMERIC.
Yellow.—No. 1 (10084).
AL(S0)); 0.8 gm.
Turmeric 4.0 gms.
Mordant and dye.
Olive.—No. 2 (10085).
Cr Oe; : ; : : » @ 07s em:
Turmeric ; : ; : . 4.0 gms.
Same as No. 1.
Brown.—No. 3 (10086).
FeSO, . : : ; : ; 10:8 ane
Turmeric : : ; . 4.0 gms.

Same as No. 1.

Yellow.—No. 4 (10083).
Turmeric : : : : . 4.0 gms.
Same as No. 1.

Yellow.—No. 5 (10087).

SnCl, 4 ; : . 0.4 gm.

Turmeric ; : é ‘ . 4.0 gms.
Same as No. 1.
No. 6 (10088).

MES Ost i é : : - 06 com.

Turmeric : : : : . 4.0 gms.
Same as No. 1.

BARBERRY Root.

No. 1 (10089) (alkaline bath).

Keres t: J 0:3 jem,
Mordant, wash, and dye i in separ ate bath of

Barberry Root ; . 5.0 gms.

2 (10090).
Al,(SO,), 0.8 gm.

Mordant, wash, and dye i in separate bath of -
Barberry Root ; . 5.0 gms.

1892.]

No. 3 (10093).
SnCl

HCl

2

Mordant, wash, and dye i in separate bath of —

Barberry Root

No. 4 (10091).
CuSO,

Mordant, wash, ‘and dye i in separate bath of -

"Barberry Root

No. 5 (10092).
FeSO,
Tartar

Mordant, wash, and dye in separate bath of

Barberry Root

CATECHU.

No. 1 (10205).
Catechu

Boil 1- 14 hours; sadden in separate bath of —

*K, Cr 0, :
for at hour at 80°-100° ©.

2 (10206).
ee as No. 1, but sadden in bath of
Cuso, ; : :

No. 3 (10207).
Same as No. 1, but sadden in bath of
FeSO, ‘ : ,

No. 4 (10208).
Same as No. 1, but sadden in bath of
Al,(SO,); |

No. 5 (10209).
Same as No. 1, but sadden in bath of

SnCl,
Loawoop.
Gray.—No. 10094.
Logwood :
Boil; then treat in separate bath of
Cr,0, ; ;

Wash well.

NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.

0.6 gm.

0.4 gm.

1.00 gm.

0.4 gm.

175

176 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JUNE 6,

Purple.—No. 10095, 10099.
Mordant the wool with

SnCl, ; ; : : : . 0.600 gm.
Tartar . : : - : «| O00 20
HCl : . 2 or 3 drops.
Boil for 1 hour, take out, and aye i ina separate bath of
Logwood : : . Iaeeme:
Distilled water : e ; « Ligaen:

Blue.—No. 10096, 10097.
Mordant for 1-14 hours at 100° C. in bath of
Aly SO oe ; 0.4 ;
Tartar. : - 20S
Wash well and dye in separate bath of
Chip oh igh : . 1.5-3.0
Chalk? . : : ; . 0.2-0.3 gm.
for 1-14 hours at 100° C.
Blue.—No. 10098 ae another eee
KCrO; *: : . \0s3 ame
H,SO, cone. . 0.1 gm.
Same method. At the close of the oper ation add 0.5-1 per cent.
SnCl,.
Brighest blues are dyed at 90° C.

Black.—TIron-black No. 1.
Mordant for 14-2 hours in bath of

FeSO, ‘ : 5 : . 0.4 gm
CusO,° . : : : : , Oe
Alum : : : : : (Up ig
Argol 1.2 gms.

Take out, wring, and let lie over night ; dye 14 hours at 100°
C. in 4.0-5.0 gms. Logwood.

No. 2. Black.

Boil wool 1 hour with decoction of 4.0-5.0 gms. Logwood and
0.5-1.0 gm. Fustic, lift, and cool bath; add 0. 4-0. 6 gm. FeSO, and
0.2 gm. ‘CuSO, re-enter wool, raise to 100° C. in ? of an hour, and
boil $ hour longer.

Black.—No. 10100.
Mordant 1-14 hours at 100° C. in bath

KCr.0. 0.3 gm.

H,SO, Os 1
Or, HC .0e 0.4
Or Pipe FEO ORG i

eee eri ealO

Wash, and dye in separate “bath 1- 12 hours at 100° ©. of
3.5-4.0 gms. Logwood and 0.5 gm. of old Fustic; finally pass
through a warm bath of 0.5 per cent K,Cr,O,, using Oxalic Acid.
We can recommend this bath as giving fine results,

1892. | NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 177

Black on Yarn.
Mordant in bath of

K.Cr.0.. . >, 4 OL Ein.
for 14 hours at 100° cs, drain, and dye i in bath of
Logwood Extract, "51° Tw. . 1.50 gms.

for 2} hours at “100° C., bath should be acid with Acetic Acid ; allow
to cool over night in bath, wash, and dry. Results are very good.

The dyeing with indigo on a small scale not proving successful,
is omitted; the best results, however, may be obtained with the
sulphite vat.

The following recipes from a practical American wool-dyer are
added to this article with the hope that they may prove of value to
some of the readers :—

Recirrpes To DyE Woot Buack.
(100 pounds clean Wool.)

No. 1.

Prepare with
Blue Vitriol (CuSO,) .. : . IS pounds.
Copperas (FeSO,) . . 3 pounds.

Boil wool 13 hours, then take out of the tub and drain ; throw
away this liquor.

Color with
Chip Fustic . : - - . 10 pounds.
Chip Logwood : 15-35 pounds.

The quantity of Log wood depends upon how intense a color is
wanted.

Boil chips in a bleeding bag 2 hours before putting in the wool;
boil wool in this liquor 13 hours, turn off steam, and let the wool
remain in the liquor until it cools—2 hours or longer; then drain
off the liquor.

No. 2.
Prepare with
Bichromate of Potash (K,Or,0O,) . 2 pounds.

Boil wool 14 hours, then take it out of the tub to denin and throw
away the liquor.

Color with

Chip Logwood : : . 15-80 pounds.

The quantity depends upon how intense a shade is required.
‘iy chips in bleeding bag 2 hours and treat wool as in recipe
wo, tT.

Where there is time, permit the wool to remain in the prepara-
tion (in either recipe) 2 hours after it is boiled, and let the liquor
cool before draining it off; the wool is of softer feeling than if
pushed through quickly.

178 TRANSACTIONS OF THE [JUNE 6,

Scartet Lac Dye Spirits.

Nitric Acid. ; - : . 2 parts.
Muriatic Acid . , : : . i part:
Water... . 2 parts.

Slowly add 2 ounces of feathered Tin to each pound of this liquid.

If the Tin be added in too great a quantity at once, it will fire the
Spirits, precipitate Oxide of Tin, and render the spirits useless. It
generally takes about 2 days to make good Lac Spirits.

For 100 pounds of wool (clean) :-—

15 pounds of Lac Dye, 5 pounds of White Tartar, and 5 quarts
(imperial) of above Spirits.

Boil solution 20 minutes, cool off a little, enter wool, and boil 1
hour ; shut off steam and let it soak at least 8 hours, then rinse (if
yarn, rinse in cold water; if wool, rinse in water at 100° F. ).

Use more or less Lac Dye, according to shade.

CocHINEAL SCARLET.

Same as Lac Dye, with the exception that the Spirits are entirely
of Muriatic Acid, with 2 ounces of Tin to each pound of acid, ana
the Tin may be added all at once without danger.

Use one-third less Cochineal than Lac Dye.

YELLOW (QUERCITRON).

Wool (clean) -. : ; : . 100 pounds.
Quercitron Bark 3 5 . 10 pounds.
White Tartar . . ‘ 2 : 5 pounds.
Muriate of Tin : 5 5 quarts.

Treat in same manner as Scarlet Lac Dye.
There is no yellow colored with Fustic nowadays, and Welds are
only used on silk.

INDIGO-BLUE.

There can be no recipe given for indigo-blue that would be of any
service on a small scale. The following is used in a dye-house near
New York.

Put into a vat 7 by 7 feet, heated oY a coil to 160° F.

Woad . : . 900 pounds.
Indigo . : : : : . 30 pounds.
Madder . . : : : . 10 pounds.
Wheat-bran. ; 5 pounds.

After standing 12 hours it will require from 15 to 30 quarts of
sifted Caustic Lime, added gradually (about 2 quarts at a time) in
the course of from 48 to 72 hours.

It will be at once seen that the success of the process depends
upon the skill of the operator.

1892. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 179

The Wool is steeped in the bath, then removed and allowed to
dry in the air, washed, and dipped again; repeat until the desired
shade is obtained.

Nore.—By resolution of the Council, the next volume of the
TRANSACTIONS will appear by signatures as often and as rapidly
as material can be collected. The Transactions will be sent to
Fellows and Members in signatures as issued, or in the completed
volume at the close of the year, as each Fellow and Member may
elect. Honorary Members will receive the completed volume.

The price of subscription will remain as before.

H. T. VULTE,
Recording Secretary, Editor of the Transactions.

Issu—D NoveMBER, 1892.

ae hs ae
ahs t

fy ae 4
ae ih + ow Pe , saa \ v= , To oh oo

INDEX.

PAGE
Aguilera, José G., elected cor-

responding member........ 25
Air iGlVeBlOL tN@s s2s2-c-+-s--00. 400 20
American species of the genus
JNTETIOTE: hobo spacaesoesOnee
Ancient senomutcal instru-
ments.......... - 106
inscription — on a “wall, “at
Chatata, Tenn.. oe 26
Anemone, American species of
the genus ..
Apgar, Dewitt as, ‘elected resi-
dent member .. Patdsce FeD
Aurora of February 13, 1893... . 105
Bell, Dr. Clark, elected resident
member... SS here
Bible times, chemical arts in,. - 120
Bibliography of chemistry ...... 131
Bill of Hudsonian Godwit.. 30
Bruce’s American Mineralogi-
cal Journal.. ye Any
Cairo, street scenes in............. 7
Calyptrate Muscide................ 131

Canal survey, Van Rensselaer... 45

Changes on the lunar surface... 42
Chapman, Frank M., elected
resident member............ 45
Chemical arts in Bible times.... 120
Chemistry, bibliography of...... 131
Chester, Prof. Albert H., elected
resident member....... 25

China, railway problem in... 44, 156
Chloroform, discovery of......... 149
Clays of the Hudson River valley 33
Clerc, L., elected corresponding
member . 25
Coleopterological Notices, No.
EEDA. coe Beas

2

No. IV .. se - 125
Columbian Chemical Society,

Memoirs of.. Rey seeds 57

Comet of 1892, observations on 120
Commercial oil- -testing .. . 126

Vou, XI.—13

Contributions of organic chem-
istry to modern medicine
Cretaceous formation on Staten

Island, Paleontology of 96
Crystals of metallic tin..... 96
Death of Prof. A. W. von Hoff-

man. 155

of Dr. T. Sterry Hunt... 72
of Dr. John C. Jay... 32
of John I. Northrop......... 1
of Dr. L. M. Rutherfurd... 155
Discharges, vacuum. 72, 124
Discovery of chloroform. eke «32 149
Wives. Water ss occrcsaseeeecsacao sec | 8
Earlier Ce tasia e woman’s

part in. AooochiGse 29
Eggs of the plover. 24
Elaeolite syenite .. 60
Elves of the air. 123
Evolution of the horse .. noe LOW
Exhibition of Spanish chestnuts 13
Fishes of the Pacific Coast of

America.. , -- 125
Formation of Section of ‘Biology 123
Fossil plants, tertiary.. stag 123
Garnets, origin of.. 32
Geologists in Philadelphia... 45
Geology of North Carolina, Mit-

chell’s foes 45

of Skunnemunk mountain 132

Wm. Maclure’s. Betts AO
Gibier, Dr. Paul, elected resi-

dent member... meee Io

Gold cure, notes on. 151
Gottlieb, Dr. J. Adelphi, e elected

resident member . : 40

Head of a South American In-
dian.

Heylyn, Mrs. “Edward, “elected
resident member . ;

182 INDEX.

PAGE
Hoffman, A. W. von, death of 155
Hollick, Arthur, elected resi-
dent member... ..02--.-=1 20
Horse, evolution of the .......... 107
Hudson River valley, clays of... 33
Hudsonian Godwit, bill of....... 30
Hungary, opal mines of........... 32
Hunt, Dr. T. Sterry, death of... 72

Instruments, ancient astronomi-
Calli ececsectesceecsctissscssecsasy aLOG

Jay, Dr. John C., death of...... 32
resolutions on death of 40

Kemp, Prof. James F., elected

resident member . 25
Knight, George H., elected r resi-
dent member . encore Ae

Lake Champlain valley, pap
dikes in.. 13

Land and people ‘of Paraguay... 24

Lederle, Ernest, elected resi-

dent member . 25
Lochs and crannogs of Scotland 48
Lunar surface, changes on.. 42

Mann, Charles Riborg, elected
resident member........... 40

Measures of stars about 8 Cygni 120

Meeting of National Academy

of Sciences.. a 41
Memoirs of Columbian Chemi-

cal Society .. 57
Memorial of Dr. John ie North-

rop.. 9
Metallic tin, ‘crystals of. soos) Ue
Mineralogical Journal, Bruce’ s

American.. 57

names, origin and history of 49
Minerals, gems, and ethnology
of the Ural mountains ... 119
Mitchell’s Geology of North
Carolina.. aeAD
Mme. Goguet, will of. Becta Me
Modern medicine, contributions
of organic chemistry to... 107
Morgan, J. Pierpont, elected

resident member.. Hee 2D
Mountains, their one and his-
PONY Wades = sastestieseieese peAO
Muscide, calyptrate .. Sic tol
Nash, Stephen P., elected resi-
dent member. setewegtee aed 0
National pe a of ' Sciences,
meeting of.. sid tablges 41

PAGE
Natural dyes as applied to wool
48, 157
Northrop, John I., death of...... 1
Memorial (Ofes.-sasssecensee
Notes on the gold cure............. 151
Notes, petrographical ............. 126
Notices, coleopterological, No.
TEL 2 ee pes :

No. TY won eee
Observations on comet of 1892... 120

Observatory of Columbian Col-
lege, transit factors for... 41

Oil-testing, commercial........... 126

Opal mines of Hungary .. Soomors
Origin and history of minera-

logical names.......... 49

of mountains............. 45

of garnets.. 32
Osborn, Prof. Henry F., “elected

resident member........... 40

Pacific coast of America, fishes
Of ‘thes. -s.2.-0s: . 125
Paleontology of ‘cretaceous for-
mation on Staten Island 96
Paraguay, the land and the

BeOpl i Heese ae 24
Paraguayan plants... Rees Wis
Petrographical NOLES ..ccsess—eae 196
Phalangide of the United ‘States 125
Philadelphia, geologists in. 45
HORE Ba measures, Ruther-

PUTGs scsrics .sceewetece gees cece
Plover, eggs ie Rad. et!
Progress of standard time . 45

Railway problem in China... 44, 156
Reduction of transit obserya-
tions by least squares..... 25
Report of Recording Secretary 93
Researches on the solar ae

trum.. a 2126
Resolutions on Heaths OP ‘Dr.

John C. Jay.. 40
Ries, Heinrich, elected. resident

member .. mee es)
Rocking stone at “West Farms... 13

Rutherfurd, L. M., death of..... 155
photographic measures... 41

Sapphire, yellow.. 58

Schermerhorn, Wm. (om “elected
resident member . was0/ BO

Scirpus and Rhyncospora, spe-
cies of.. <<) all

Scotland, lochs and. crannogs of 48
Section of Biology, formation of 128

tt,

INDEX. 183
PAGE PAGE
Skunnemunk mountain, geology United States, Phalangide of... 125
of.. 132 Ural mountains, minerals, gems,
Smith, Nelson, ‘elected resident and ethnology of........... 119
member.. i ahlso
Solar spectrum, resear ches. on.. . 125 Vacuum discharges............ 72, 124
South American Indian, headof 26 Van Rensselaer canal survey... 45
Spanish chestnuts, exhibition of 13 Vaughan, Miss Virginia, elected
Species of peels and Rhyn- resident member ............ 25
chospora.. sessceceeeesene U4 WVivier, Ernest du, elected resi-
Standard time, progress of... 45 dent member . 25
Stars about 8 Cygni, measures 8 of 120, ~Vulté,-H. T, elected ‘Librarian 25
Steinmetz, Charles Proteus,
elected resident member 25 Wall at Chatata, Tenn., ancient
Street scenes in Cairo.............. 738 inscription on . 26
Sucrose, dextrose, and levulose 126 Weir, Robert, elected ‘resident
Survey, Van Rensselaer canal 45 member? oo... cesses -- 128
Syenite, elaeolite..... =a eo, West arms, rocking stone at... 13
Will of Mme. Goguet .. 2
Tertiary fossil] plants.............. 123 | Wm. Maclure’s Geology .. Meets 45
Transit factors for observatory Woman’s part in the earlier
of Columbia College...... 41 civilizations.. : 29
observations by least squares, Wool, natural dvesa as ; applied to 157
reduction of.. 25 ;
Trap dikes in the Lake Cham- Yellow sapphire...... 58

DIAM WANE occ ca envsnncs es. 1S

ea
Pear we nis
fiay..; <, sate fits:
ioe ss i a Y=
ae Ars, on aid aoa bi
; bb. igwte Saiyan bred
° : iy tage aeoieels Freotte
ay : : = SONG Fee
ie Suly ete ag uF ae e 5 Ee ae
a OO et aas as SOM ad ale a2 2 oe a ite a
a Al Pal eebtevands Pra 1) em bes as 5! Nese il tot a
; ¢ “ver » gnabes't “nh
; lisiste " ak eed fi, ti ie ‘tg fie ibwiyad q
4 { oon Steals RT Eat Seip Aa shbe® tog, : ae T7812, 9 ip
- eke tnysanl' Bree at eae wih Seer ign tea

ae i, Sag

a J, eo enemies PIA TESE: 7M Pies be
i oe He ‘arid Qgtte: z 1 aires ¢ te “Vi ff ie eer ee adas
vying ie yeeinik be TW os es.
Led GON Da ORs it’ f4 OR F531 <u oes
eshte SH Ub Pa egies npr
. 4 * es. ;
ae ese 4 Pen ah oS TORE io 4 + ive
ilies Marke Sterne ph ne ” ea hee gael 4
[Sw 4 ea , = rey ; é
ee ar ge wos pee - es Sat eS tail
* 2 be Bt * beans
lt
Mi
.
‘ -
= «i
hy ,
oe
\
-

Vou. XI., Prats I.

Trans. N. Y. Acapb. Sct.

wade

x

A

MOLLUSCS

CEOUS

ATEN ISLAND CRETA

ST

Vou XE, Prare Ef.

? Trans. N. Y. Acap. Set.

RERONY CANO Nae ees
Se ESS

2458

455

ISLAND CRETACEOUS LEAVES.

STATEN

3 | Trans. N.Y. Acap. Sct.

Vou. XI., Puate ITI.

STATEN ISLAND CRETACEOUS LEAVES.

.

7 a
Veh 6 al =

pi
~~
ee _
;

=
ee eel gt

= Le |
f * — ean
‘ Hh
'
‘ =
&.

+ i /

+
-
2 *
; ae
‘i; f
é

>

Sire: “Color. ”? By Prof. Ocpen N. Roop . :

edings : May 234, 1892. Stated Meeting : : ro Be *
ose, Dextrose, and Levulose, their Quantitative Determination
“aes when Occurring together. By Dr. F. G. Wrecumann . 3 :
5 Commercial Oil-testing. By Dr. H. T. Vurré Re reey teens he
;, - Petrographical Notes. By JamesF. Kemp. 3 °

_ A Select Bibliography of Chemistry. By Dr. H. i ae Bourton.
a " (By title.) as . . . . . . .
roca “June 6th, 1892. Stated Messing z 5

Cc Catalogue of the Described South American srabies of ‘Dalyptrnte
Muscide. By C. H. Tyzer Townsenp. (By title.) 2 : 4
‘The Paraguayan Plants Collected by Dr. Thomas eee 1888-90.

4 By N. L. Brirron. (By title.) ; 2
‘Notes on the Geology of Skunnemunk banter: ae Garou Ss.
_ PRossER ° ee ee, = . E

Guthrie, the Discoverer of Chloroform. By Dr. OLIVER P. iknisi
Historical Notes on the Gold Cure. By H. Carrineton Botton’.
The Railway Problem i in China. By Jouy A. Cuurcu, Mining Engi-
= neer s" ; 5 a Ae 2

Natural we applied to Wool. By H. T. Vutré and D. W. Warp

-~

pina eS 16th, 1892, Stated Mecting . . . . .

131

131

132

_ 149.

“151

156
157

NEW YORK ACADEMY OF

Late LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY, -
Organized 1817.

The Meetings of the Academy are held in Hamilton Hall, Columbia Co!
49th Street and Madison Avenue, on Monday evening of each week, be; im 4
at 8 o’clock, from October to June, and are open to the public. On the e
ings devoted to the Popular Lecture Course, admission i is by tickets, which
free, on previous application.

OFFICERS OF THE ACADEMY,
FOR 1892-1893.

Honorary President:
JOHN 8. NEWBERRY.

President:
OLIVER P. HUBBARD.
Ist Vice-President: 2d Vice-President:
J. A. ALLEN. H. CARRINGTON BOLTON.
Corresponding Secretary: Recording Secretary:
THOMAS L. CASEY. H. T. VULTE.
Treasurer: Librarian: ¥
t HENRY DUDLEY. 4 JAMES F. KEMP.
Councilors: |
5 N. L. BRITTON, CHARLES F. COX, D.S. MARTIN, ;
H. F. OSBORN, J. K. REES, W.P. TROWBRIDGE. |
Curators: =
GEO. F. KUNZ, HAROLD JACOBY, ARTHUR HOLLICK,
H. H. RUSBY, F. G. WIECHMANN.
Finance Committee: Be See
JOHN H. HINTON, H. G. MARQUAND, O. B. POTTER. —

Committee of Publication: Messrs. CasEy, Chairman, BoLTON, MARTIN, REES, a
ALLEN, VULTE£, and HUBBARD. .

Committee on Nominations: Entire Council.
Library Committee: Messrs. Britton, Chairman, BOLTON, ALLEN, and HUBBARD, te
*

’ PRICE OF THE TRANSACTIONS.

To residents of the City of New York, not members of the Academy, $5.00
per annum, To non-residents, $3.00 per annum; 50 cents per number. To
resident and honorary members, they are free; extra copies, 25 cents per *
number.

ee ee

xy

813